Tsubaki Emerson Gearmotor Hypoid

GEARMOTOR
HYPOID MOTOR
Cutting-edge gear systems with
the most useful functions
H E LICAL
H Y PO ID
Our low-noise, high-efficiency Inline gear motor Tsubaki Emerson has developed this new type
can be mounted easily. Size and weight have of Right Angle reducer which was devised in
also been further reduced and functionality has the U.S.A. and produced in Japan. Offering
been enhanced. Tsubaki Emerson's cutting- excellent starting and operating efficiency and
edge technology has achieved quieter allows for great space savings. The compact
operation, high efficiency and easy body has its height reduced as much as
maintenance. possible to allow for flexible installation.
●Inline gear motor that can be mounted easily ●Excellent space savings in a right angle reducer
●Low noise and high efficiency ●Compact body has its height reduced as much as
●Excellent temperature characteristics enabling high possible to fit tight spaces
performance even in cold climates ●Outstanding space-saving efficiency
●Reduction in size and weight and a wide variety of ●Excellent temperature characteristics enabling
options high performance even in cold climates
●Ratios of 1/5 to 1/1200 ●Ratios of 1/5 to 1/1200
●Strong lineup from 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW ●Strong lineup from 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW
●Foot mount, face mount and flange mount types ●Foot mount, face mount, hollow shaft and solid
available shaft (single shaft, double shaft) types available
※For further details refer to the pages beginning p.03∼.
※For further details refer to the pages beginning p.117∼.
Gear Motor TA Series Hypoid Motor TA Series

0.1kW∼5.5kW 0.1kW∼5.5kW
GEAR MOTOR TA Series HYPOID MOTOR TA Series
1｜ I N T R O D U C T I O N
COMPACT GEAR MOTOR CATALOGUE
Guidance flowchart
Variations to meet diverse needs

In order to devise equipment in anticipation of user needs, it was necessary to develop a small-size gear motor
that meets those needs in advance. Tsubaki Emerson's gear motors adequately meets various needs relating to
international standards, high efficiency, low noise, environmental consideration, color selection, etc. Proceed
form Step 1 to Step 4 and you will be guided to the starting line for selecting the new standard gear motors.
STEP 1 0.1kW∼5.5kW
Motor capacity
STEP 2
Shaft arrangement Inline type Right angle type
Relation between motor
shaft and reducer output shaft
STEP 3
Output shaft type Hollow shaft Solid shaft
STEP 4
Comparison of Features of hypoid motor
characteristics
¡High starting efficiency
¡High operating efficiency
¡Low overall height
¡Long-life maintenance free
grease
¡Higher efficiency and lower
operating temperatures
Gear Motor TA Series Hypoid Motor TA Series

0.1kW∼5.5kW 0.1kW∼5.5kW
GEAR MOTOR TA Series HYPOID MOTOR TA Series
P03 P117
INTRODUCTION｜2
Quick reference Gear Motor TA Series
■Motorized type
Features・Nomenclature
ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー P 13
Specifications
Specification Chart
Outline Dimensions Non-brake/Foot mount/Face mount

Outline Dimensions Brake type/Foot mount/Face mount

Structure・Options・Installation・Others
Note) For selection, refer to pages 233 to 237 of Hypoid Motor TA Series Selection.
■Inline Reducer type

Structure・Specification Chart
Outline Dimensions Foot mount/Face mount

■Adapter type

■CB gear motor

Features
Specifications
Specification Chart
ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー P106

3
GEAR MOTOR
（0.1∼5.5kW）
CONTENTS
Model Lineup ・・・・・・・・・・・・・5 Inline Reducer type

Structure・Specification chart ・・・・・・・・・・68
Motorized type Outline Dimensions

Features・Nomenclature ・・・・・・・・・・・・・13 0.1 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・72
0.1 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・73
Specifications 0.2 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・74
Specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・16 0.2 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・75
Brake part specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・18 0.4 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・76
Terminal boxes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・22 0.4 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・77
Outdoor type specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・24 0.75 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・78
0.75 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・78
Specification chart ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・25 1.5 kW foot mount・face mount・flange mount ・79
2.2 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・80
Outline Dimensions (Non-brake type) 3.7 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・81
0.1 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・28 5.5 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・81
0.1 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・29
0.2 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・30
0.2 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・31 Adapter type
0.4 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・32 Structure・Specification chart ・・・・・・・・・・82
0.75 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・34 Outline Dimensions
0.75 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・34 0.1 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・86
1.5 kW foot mount・face mount・flange mount ・35 0.1 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・87
2.2 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・36 0.2 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・88
3.7 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・37 0.2 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・89
5.5 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・37 0.4 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・90
100 W foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・38 0.4 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・91
100 W face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・39 0.75 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・92
200 W foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・40 0.75 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・92
200 W face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・41 1.5 kW foot mount・face mount・flange mount ・93
Outline Dimensions (Brake type) 3.7 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・95
0.1 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・42 5.5 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・95
0.1 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・43
0.2 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・44
0.2 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・45 CB gear motor
0.4 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・46 Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・96
0.4 kW face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・47
0.75 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・48 Specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・98
1.5 kW foot mount・face mount・flange mount ・49 Specification chart ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・106
3.7 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・51 Outline Dimensions
5.5 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・51 0.1 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・108
100 W foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・52 0.1 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・108
100 W face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・53 0.2 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・109
200 W foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・54 0.2 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・109
200 W face mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・・55 0.4 kW foot mount・face mount・flange mount ・110
0.75 kW foot mount・face mount・flange mount ・111
Structure・Options・Others 1.5 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・112
Structure ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・56 2.2 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・113
Options ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・57 3.7 kW foot mount・flange mount ・・・・・・・114
Installation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・59 100 W foot mount・face mount ・・・・・・・・115
Others ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・65 200 W foot mount・face mount ・・・・・・・・116
4
Gear Motor TA Series Lineup
Motorized type GEAR MOTOR TA Series Lineup
Mounting type
Reduction ratio
Motor capacity 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Brake
Foot mount L Face mount U Foot mount L

Not P28
provided P28 M-12
M-11
Output
0.1kW Provided
P42
P42 B-12
B-11
Model number
GMTA010 Not P29
provided P29 M-17
M-16
●Specification chart→P25 P43
Provided P43 B-17
B-16
Not P30
provided P30 M-22 P30 M-23
M-21
Output
0.2kW P44
Model Lineup
Provided P44 B-22 P44 B-23

B-21
Model number
GMTA020 P31
Flange mount F
Not
Face mount U

M-27
B-27
Foot mount L
Not
Output
0.4kW Provided P46 B-33 P46 B-34

Three-phase motor types
Model number
GMTA040
Flange mount F
Not
Face mount U

●Specification chart→P26
Foot mount L
Not
Output

Model number
GMTA075
Flange mount F
Not
Face mount U

Foot mount L
Not
Output

Model number
GMTA150
Flange mount F
Not
Face mount U

Flange mount F Foot mount L
Not
Output
2.2kW
Model number
GMTA220 Not
※Page number for outline dimensions, Drawing number P28 M-11

※ indicates that the case is made of die-cast aluminum. Otherwise, the case is made of cast iron.
5
■indicates products in stock. ■indicates quick delivery products.
Gear Motor TA Series GEAR MOTOR TA Series Lineup
75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
P28 M-13 P28 M-14 P28 M-15
P42 B-13 P42 B-14 P42 B-15
P29 M-18 P29 M-19 P29 M-20
P43 B-18 P43 B-19 P43 B-20
P30 M-24 P30 M-25 P30 M-26
Model Lineup
P44 B-24 P44 B-25 P44 B-26
P31 M-30 P31 M-31 P31 M-32
P45 B-30 P45 B-31 P45 B-32
P32 M-35 P32 M-36 P32 M-37
P46 B-35 P46 B-36 P46 B-37
P33 M-40 P33 M-41 P33 M-42
P47 B-40 P47 B-41 P47 B-42
P34 M-45 P34 M-46
P48 B-45 P48 B-46
P34 M-49 P34 M-50
P48 B-49 P48 B-50
P35 M-53
P49 B-53
P35 M-56
P49 B-56
P36 M-59
P50 B-59
P36 M-62
P50 B-62
6
Motorized type GEAR MOTOR TA Series Lineup
Mounting type
Reduction ratio
Motor capacity 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Brake
Foot mount L Face mount U Foot mount L Flange mount F Foot mount L Flange mount F Foot mount L
Not
Output

Model number
GMTA370 Not
Not
provided P37 M-67
Output
5.5kW
Model Lineup
Provided P51 B-67

Model number
GMTA550 Not
provided P37 M-68
Provided P51 B-68
Not P38
provided P38 M-70
M-69
Output
100W P52
Provided P52 B-70
B-69
Single-phase motor types
Model number
GMTA100 Not P39
provided P39 M-75
M-74
Provided P53 B-75
B-74
Not P40
M-79
Output
200W P54
B-79
Model number
GMTA200 P41
Flange mount F
Not
Face mount U

M-85
B-85
7
75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
Model Lineup
P38 M-71 P38 M-72 P38 M-73
P52 B-71 P52 B-72 P52 B-73
P39 M-76 P39 M-77 P39 M-78
P53 B-76 P53 B-77 P53 B-78
P40 M-82 P40 M-83 P40 M-84
P54 B-82 P54 B-83 P54 B-84
P41 M-88 P41 M-89 P41 M-90
P55 B-88 P55 B-89 P55 B-90
8
Inline reducer adapter types GEAR MOTOR TA Series Lineup
Mounting type
Reduction ratio
Motor capacity 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
P72
mount F Foot mount L Flange mount F Foot mount L Flange mount F Foot mount L Flange mount F Foot mount L Face mount U Foot mount L
Inline
Output
reducer types G-11 P72 G-12

0.1kW P86
Adapter types
A-11 P86 A-12
Model number
GRTA010 Inline P73
reducer types G-16 P73 G-17
●Specification charts
Adapter types P87 P87 A-17
→P69, 83 A-16
Inline P74
Output
reducer types G-21 P74 G-22 P74 G-23

0.2kW P88
Adapter types
A-21 P88 A-22 P88 A-23
Model number
GRTA020 Inline P75
Face mount U
reducer types G-27 P75 G-28 P75 G-29

Model Lineup
Adapter types P89 P89 A-28 P89 A-29

→P69, 83 A-27
Inline
Output
reducer types P76 G-33 P76 G-34

0.4kW Adapter types P90 A-33 P90 A-34
Model number
GRTA040 Inline
Face mount U

→P70, 84 Adapter types P91 A-38 P91 A-39
Inline
P78 G-43 P78 G-44
Output
reducer types
0.75kW
Inline reducer adapter types
Adapter types P92 A-43 P92 A-44

Model number
GRTA075 Inline
Face mount U

Inline
Output

1.5kW
Model number
GRTA150 Inline
Face mount U

Flange mount F Foot mount L Flange mount F Foot mount L Flange mount F Foot mount L Flange

Inline
Output

2.2kW
Model number
GRTA220 Inline
Inline
Output

3.7kW
Model number
GRTA370 Inline
Inline
P81 G-67
Output
reducer types
5.5kW Adapter types P95 A-67
Model number
GRTA550 Inline
P81 G-68
reducer types
→P71, 85 Adapter types P95 A-68
※Page number for outline dimensions, Drawing number P72 G-11
9
■ ■indicates quick delivery products.
75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
P72 G-13 P72 G-14 P72 G-15
P86 A-13 P86 A-14 P86 A-15
P73 G-18 P73 G-19 P73 G-20
P87 A-18 P87 A-19 P87 A-20
P74 G-24 P74 G-25 P74 G-26
P88 A-24 P88 A-25 P88 A-26
P75 G-30 P75 G-31 P75 G-32
Model Lineup
P89 A-30 P89 A-31 P89 A-32
P76 G-35 P76 G-36 P76 G-37
P90 A-35 P90 A-36 P90 A-37
P77 G-40 P77 G-41 P77 G-42
P91 A-40 P91 A-41 P91 A-42
P78 G-45 P78 G-46
P92 A-45 P92 A-46
P78 G-49 P78 G-50
P92 A-49 P92 A-50
P79 G-53
P93 A-53
P79 G-56
P93 A-56
P80 G-59
P94 A-59
P80 G-62
P94 A-62
10
CB gear motors GEAR MOTOR TA Series Lineup
Reduction ratio
Motor capacity 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Mounting type
P108
Output
0.1kW Foot mount L

C-11
P108 C-12 P108 C-13
Model
number GMTA010 P108
●Specification chart→P106 Face mount U P108 C-16 P108 C-17
C-15
P109
Output
0.2kW Foot mount L

C-19
P109 C-20 P109 C-21
Model
number GMTA020 P109
C-23
Output
0.4kW Foot mount L P110 C-27 P110 C-28

Model
GMTA040
number
Model Lineup

Output

Model
number GMTA075 Face mount U
●Specification chart→P107 Flange mount F P111 C-36 P111 C-37
Output

Model
number GMTA150
Output

Model
number GMTA220
Output

Model
number GMTA370
P115
Single-phase motor type
Output
100W Foot mount L

C-55
P115 C-56 P115 C-57
Model
number GMTA100 P115
C-59
P116
Output
200W Foot mount L P116 C-64 P116 C-65

C-63
Model
number GMTA200 P116
C-67
※Page number for outline dimensions, Drawing number P108 C-11
11
75 100 120 165 200
P108 C-14
P108 C-18
P109 C-22
P109 C-26
P110 C-29
Model Lineup
P110 C-32
P111 C-35
P111 C-38
P112 C-41
P112 C-44
P113 C-47
P113 C-50
P115 C-58
P115 C-62
P116 C-66
P116 C-70
12
Gear Motor TA Series Features
Gear Motor TA Series Features
Helical-Gear Inline Types - The Standard for Reducers
Features
Three-phase 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW and

Compact! single-phase 100 W and 200 W models
provide many variations!
These low-noise and long-life reducers are based on the silent design and
1 Low Noise & Long Life processing technology of the Gear Motor T Series.
Further reduction in size and weight has been realized through the adoption of
2 Small Size & Light Weight motors made with aluminum frames.
In consideration of the global environment, unleaded grease is used and, the
3 Environmental Friendliness environmentally green paint identifies this change. (Munsell 2.5G6/3)
A frame number is included in the model number. A tapped (screw) hole is provided
in the end of the output shaft. The face mount type is standard, which allows for
4 Ease-of-use
easy fastening with bolts from the output shaft side into screw holes in the gear
case mounting face.
As option, an inverter-ready motor is connected directly. Continuous operation with

100% constant torque is possible even at low frequencies (6 Hz or more). (For 2.2
Inverter Motor Type
5 Quick-delivery made-to-order products
kW and 3.7 kW devices, reduced torque occurs at frequencies of 10 Hz or less.)
13
Nomenclature
■Model number 1（0.1kW∼0.75kW）
GMTA010-38L1200□□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
① Product series GMTA Motorized type Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number)
name GRTA Inline reducer and adapter type Supplementary codes may be combined arbitrarily.
② Motor capacity 010 Three-phase 0.1 kW
(example) 100 Single-phase 100 W Position of terminal box
③ Frame number (example) 38 Frame number 38 (Note 1) P2 ：180°swing
④ Mounting type L Foot mount Position of lead outlet of hard terminal box of outdoor type
D1 ：90°swing
U Face mount type
D2 ：180°swing
Ｆ Flange mount D3 ：270°swing
⑤ Reduction ratio (example) 1200 1/1200 Note) The standard position is opposite the load side.
⑥ Specification No code Without B, CB or BE For resin terminal boxes, the position of the lead outlet can be changed by changing
Features Nomenclature
the top cover mounting direction.
code B Brake type Paint color (The standard color : Munsell 2.5G6/3)
CB Clutch type with brake C1 ：Light silver metallic
FI Adapter type C2 ：Ivory white (Munsell 7.5Y9/1)
BE Encoder type C3 ：Dark silver metallic
・
SR Shock relay type, for 0.1 and 0.2 kW only
⑦ Option code 1. Z Inverter motor type
(Order of priority) 2. W Outdoor type ■Combination of specification codes and option codes
3. J Water proof type
No brake type Brake type Cluth brake
4. V 400 V class（400/400/440V 50/60/60Hz）
type
Z ZW ZWV Z ZV ZVH
5. V1 380V50Hz Z ZV
ZJ ZJV ZVQ
6. V2 380V60Hz ZV ZVH ZVM V
7. V3 415V50Hz ZH ZH ZHQ
W WV ZHM
8. V4 460V60Hz
WV1 ZQ ZQM Encorder
9. N Ready for CE marking WV2 ZM type
10. N2 UL（Note2） WV3 V VN Z ZV
11. N3 CCC（Note2） WV4 VN2 V VH

WN WVN VN3 H
12. H Hard terminal box type WN3 WVN3 VH VHQ
13. Q One-touch manual release type J JV VHM Shock relay
14. M Manual shaft type JV1 VQ VQM type
JV2 VM N
Note 1) For the frame number, refer to the specification chart and outline dimensional drawing. JV3 V1 V1H
Note 2) Please consult us for voltage. JV4 V2 V2H
■Codes for terminal box positions ■Codes for positions of lead outlets V VN V3 V3H
For standard motors, change the position of the lead outlet
of outdoor-type hard terminal boxes VN2 V4 V4H
by changing the terminal box top cover mounting direction. VN3 N
V1 V1H N2
D1
D1
Standard P2 D3 V2 V2H N3
V3 V3H H HQ HQM
V4 V4H HM
D2 N Q QM
Standard
N2 M
N3
H
D3 D1 D3 Note) Combinations of brake-types and outdoor-

The directions shown by D1 and D2 in the figure above are for
Positions D1, D2 and D3 are obtained by sequentially swinging
use are made-to-order products.
outdoor-type motors with hard terminal boxes.
the lead outlet clockwise, as viewed facing the terminal box, Please contact us for details.
by 90 degrees from the standard position of the lead outlet.
D1 Standard P2
D3
0.1kW∼1.5kW 5.5kW
100
90 Continuous operation
D3 maximum torque
︶ 2.2kW、3.7kW
％
For reduction 1/300 to 1/1200 of 0.1kW and 0.2kW D1 ︵
are 15˚ leans its positions.
Output torque
50
①Quick delivery
Available on short delivery
②Compact
Realization of exactly the same size as the standard product 6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120
Output frequency（Hz）
③Low price The rating of the motor at a frequency of 60 Hz is 100% output torque.
(Base frequency set to 60 Hz)
For a reduction ratio of 1/30, the price of the standard product is raised by about 20%
14
Nomenclature
GMTA150-50L200□□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
① Product series GMTA Motorized type Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number)
name GRTA Inline reducer and adapter type Supplementary codes may be combined arbitrarily.
② Motor capacity (example) 150 Three-phase 1.5 kW
③ Frame number (example) 50 Frame number 50 (Note 1) Position of terminal box
④ Mounting type L Foot mount P1 ： 90°swing
U Face mount type P2 ：180°swing
Position of lead outlet of terminal box of outdoor type and standard model
Ｆ Flange mount
E1 ：90°swing
⑤ Reduction ratio (example) 200 1/200 E2 ：180°swing
⑥ Specification No code Without B, CB and BE E3 ：270°swing
code B Brake type Note) The standard position is downward.
Paint color (The standard color : Munsell 2.5G6/3)
CB Clutch type with brake
Nomenclature
C1 ：Light silver metallic

FI Adapter type C2 ：Ivory white (Munsell 7.5Y9/1)
BE Encoder type for 1.5 and 2.2 kW only C3 ：Dark silver metallic
⑦ Option code 1. Z Inverter motor type
(Order of priority) 2. W Outdoor type
3. V 400 V class（400/400/440V 50/60/60Hz） ■Combination of specification codes and option codes
4. V1 380V50Hz
Non brake type Brake type Clutch brake
5. V2 380V60Hz (Only the 5.5 kW option is handled as a made-to-order product.) type
Z ZW ZWV Z ZV ZVQ
6. V3 415V50Hz ZV ZQ Z ZV
7. V4 460V60Hz W WV V VQ V
8. N Ready for CE（without brake only） WV1 V1

9. Q WV2 V2
One-touch manual release type
WV3 V3 Shock relay
10. M Manual shaft type WV4 V4 type
Note 1) For the frame number, refer to the specification chart and outline dimensional drawing. WN WVN Q Z ZV
V VN V
V1
V2
V3
V4
N
Note) Combinations of brake-types and outdoor-

use are made-to-order products.
Please contact us for details.
■Codes for position of terminal box
Standard P1 P2 P3
H
M-1
M-2
■Codes for position of lead outlet of terminal box of outdoor type and standard product
M-3
M-4 E2
40
60
90 E3
E1
Standard model
Positions E1, E2 and E3 are obtained by sequentially rotating the lead outlet clockwise as viewed toward the terminal box
by 90 degrees from the standard position of the lead outlet.
15
Gear Motor TA Series Specifications
Motorized type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
■Specifications
Three-phase：0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7, 5.5kW Single-phase：100、200W
Output
Non-brake type・Brake type Non-brake type・Brake type
Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz 100V 50/60Hz
Number of poles 4 4
Motor
Protection type 0.1 kW - Totally-enclosed type (IP44), 0.2-5.5 kW - Totally-enclosed external fan type (IP44) Drip-proof protection type (IP22)
Cooling method 0.1 kW - Self-cooled type (IC410), 0.2-5.5 kW - Self-managed type (IC411) Draft type (IC01)
Starting method ー Split-phase starting type
Rating Continuous Continuous
Insulation 0.1 kW-3.7 kW - Class E, 5.5 kW - Class B Class E
Brake Non-excitation type・DC electromagnetic brake
Reduction ratio
Specifications
1/5 to 1/1200
Reducer
Lubricating method Grease
Shaft end key way New JIS key (JIS B1301-1976): Output shaft key attached (Ordinary-class key way)
Output shaft end Tapped
Installation place Indoor not exposed to dust or water

Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature −20℃ to 40℃
Ambient humidity Less than 85% (non condensing)
Altitude Elevations below 1000 m
Atmosphere Free from corrosive gases, explosive gases and steam
Mounting direction No limitations on mounting angles: horizontal, vertical or inclined
Paint color Munsell 2.5G6/3

Note) The protective construction for the brake-type is IP20.
■Motor specifications
Number Number Frequency Voltage Rated current Rated revolution AC-side brake current
of Output of
Hz V A
phases r/min Reference value at 20℃
poles
0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710
0.1kW 0.12 A
（0.32/0.29/0.29）（1440/1740/1740）
1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720
0.2kW 0.12 A
（0.59/0.55/0.55）（1410/1690/1720）
2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680
0.4kW 0.16 A
（1.2/1.0/1.0）（1390/1670/1700）
Three-phase
3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710
0.75kW 0.17 A
（2.0/1.7/1.7）（1410/1690/1710）
4 50/60/60 200/200/220
7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730
1.5kW （400/400/440） 0.10 A
（3.5/3.1/3.0）（1420/1710/1730）
9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730
2.2kW 0.10 A
（4.9/4.5/4.3）（1420/1710/1730）
0.1 0.2
0.4 0.75
16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 1.5 2.2
3.7kW 0.08 A
（8.0/7.4/7.0）（1420/1710/1730） 3.7 5.5
23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740
5.5kW 0.10 A
（11.9/10.5/10.0）（1430/1730/1740）
Single-phase
100W 3.2/2.8 1440/1730 0.21 A

4 50/60 100
200W 5.2/4.6 1430/1710 0.21 A
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440 V.
Note 2) For brake-type models, the brake current shown above is added for the phase where the brake lead wire is
connected to the motor lead wire. The AC-side brake current is for 200 V AC 60 Hz and 100 V AC 60 Hz.
16
GEAR MOTOR TA Series
■ Special motor types (Applied to gear motors and gear motors with brakes) ○ Quick delivery product
△ Made-to-order product
Three-phase motor type
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW

Motor specifications
Brake Brake Brake Brake Brake Brake Brake Brake
Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not
provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided
400/400/440V
Double voltage ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
50/60/60Hz
Voltage
Other voltage (Note 1) 200 V・400 V level ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Other voltage Special voltage △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △
Standard voltage Standard model △
400/400/440V
Double voltage ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Terminal 50/60/60Hz
box
Specifications
type Other voltage (Note 1) 200 V level ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Other voltage (Note 1) 400 V level ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Standard voltage ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △
400/400/440V
Double voltage ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △
Outdoor 50/60/60Hz
type
Other voltage (Note 1) 200 V・400 V level ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △
Standard voltage (Note 2) ○ − ○ − ○ − ○ − △ − △ − △ − △ −
Explosion- 400/400/440V
proof Double voltage (Note 2) ○ − ○ − ○ − ○ − △ − △ − △ − △ −
50/60/60Hz
type
Other voltage (Note 2) Special voltage △ − △ − △ − △ − △ − △ − △ − △ −
(Note 1) The other voltage 200 V level and 400 V level function at the levels indicated by "〇" in the table below.
(Note 2) The explosion-proof-type 0.1 kW device is of the same size and dimensions as the 0.2 kW device.
（1）0.1kW・0.2 kW・0.4 kW・0.75kW・1.5kW・2.2kW・3.7kW

Three-phase 200 V level Three-phase 400 V level
Frequency of 50 Hz Frequency of 60 Hz Frequency of 50 Hz Frequency of 60 Hz
Voltage (V) Voltage (V) Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
210 220 210 230 380 415 420 380 415 420 460
Non-Brake ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Brake-type ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
（2）5.5kW
210 220 210 230 380 415 420 380 415 420 460
Non-Brake △ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △ △ ○ ○ ○
0.1 , 0.2
0.4 , 0.75
Brake-type △ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △ △ ○ ○ ○
1.5 , 2.2
3.7 , 5.5
○ Quick delivery product

■ One-touch manual release brake-type △ Made-to-order product
Three-phase brake motor type Single-phase brake motor type

0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW 100W 200W
One-touch manual release brake-type ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○
17
Brake Part Specifications (Common to Hypoid Motors and Gear Motors)
1. Features
(1) Non-excitation type (spring-close type)
Because this type allows the brake to be actuated with the power OFF, it can cope with a sudden power failure.
(2) SLB brake, VNB brake: Dry multiple-plate DC system SBH brake: Dry single-plate DC system
The construction is simple and compact. It is possible to brake and release with low noise.
(3) No asbestos
Harmful asbestos is not used in the brake lining.
(4) Ready for various applications

It is possible to use with external wiring and for external operation.
The SLB brake comes with a manual release.
The optional one-touch manual release is also available.
Specifications
2. Brake specifications
Motor output Three-phase 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW
Single-phase 100W 200W ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー
Brake model Three-phase 200V SLB01 SLB02 SLB04 SLB07 VNB158K VNB228K VNB371K VNB55K
number
Three-phase 400V SLB01 SLB02 SLB04V SLB07V VNB158KV VNB228KV VNB371KV ーーーーーーーーーー
Single-phase SBH01 SBH02 ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー
DC module Three-phase 200V DM200D PM90B PM180B
model
Three-phase 400V DM200D DM400D ーーーーーーーーーー
number
Single-phase DM100A ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー
Rated torque Static friction torque 0.98 1.96 3.92 7.35 14.7 21.6 36.3 53.5
｛kgf・m｝ 0.1 0.2 0.40 0.75 1.50 2.20 3.70 5.50
Dynamic friction torque 0.78 1.57 3.14 5.88 11.8 17.2 29.0 43.1
｛kgf・m｝ 0.08 0.16 0.32 0.60 1.20 1.76 2.96 4.40
Voltage Three-phase 200V DC90V DC54V
Three-phase 400V DC90V DC180V ーーーーーーーーーー
Single-phase DC90V ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー
Current at 20℃ Ａ 0.178 0.178 0.232 0.273 0.273 0.273 0.261 0.288
Capacity at 20℃ Ｗ 16.0 16.0 20.9 24.6 27.3 27.3 26.1 16.7
Normal gap mm 0.15∼0.20 0.15∼0.20 0.15∼0.20 0.15∼0.20 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.35
Maximum gap mm 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 1.2
Total braking J 1.31×108 1.85×108 1.85×108 3.66×108 10.8×108 10.8×108 13.5×108 24.7×108
workload ｛kgf・m｝ 1.34×107 1.89×107 1.89×107 3.73×107 11.0×107 11.0×107 13.8×107 25.2×107
Allowable starting frequency 10 times/minute
0.15∼0.25
Braking delay AC internal wiring 0.18∼0.25 0.15∼0.21 0.14∼0.17 0.20∼0.24 0.30∼0.40 0.30∼0.40 （0.50∼0.70）
0.20∼0.30
time S 0.05∼0.15
AC external wiring 0.11∼0.18 0.09∼0.12 0.06∼0.09 0.10∼0.13 0.10∼0.20 0.10∼0.20 （0.20∼0.40）
0.03∼0.13
(reference value)
0.05∼0.15
AC external operation 0.11∼0.18 0.09∼0.12 0.06∼0.09 0.10∼0.13 0.10∼0.20 0.10∼0.20 （0.20∼0.40） 0.03∼0.13
DC external wiring 0.05∼0.07 0.04∼0.06 0.03∼0.05 0.04∼0.06 0.01∼0.02 0.01∼0.02 （0.02∼0.04）ーーーーーーーーーー
Note 1) If the single-phase motor starting frequency is 6 times/minute, keep the duty rate below 50% ED (5 seconds running, 5 seconds stopping). The life of the contacts in the built-in centrifugal switch (governor switch) is approximately 300,000 cycles.
Note 2) The rated torque values shown above are static and dynamic friction torque values after rubbing.
Note 3) The braking delay time is a reference value, which may differ depending on the brake condition, use conditions, individual part differences, etc. If you want to shorten the braking delay time (for elevators, etc.), we recommend that you employ DC external wiring.
Note 4) The values in parentheses in the box of the braking delay time of the 3.7 kW device are for 400 V. If you want to shorten this braking delay time, employ DC external wiring.
Note 5) The 5.5 kW device is a made-to-order product. Please contact us for details.
3. Rectifier (DC module)

The built-in DC module is connected with the motor lead wire. If you intend to employ a DC external wiring circuit, please
inform us at the time of order placement or make the connections according to the wiring diagram on page 63.
If you want us to deliver the DC module separately for use in the control panel, etc., please instruct us to do so at the time of
placement of the order.
Outline dimensions Outline dimensions

48 15.2
（DM200D）（PM90B、PM180B）
40
Round crimping terminal
1.25-4
Closed end connection binder

25
Exposed conductor
10mm
2-φ4.8
110 Tie wrap TYB24M
18
Outline dimensions（DM400D） Outline dimensions（DM100A）

55 16.5
41.5
6 4
32
4.5
Exposed conductor
10mm
Round crimping terminal
25-4
4. Brake structure
Specifications
¡GMTA010（SLB01） 9 8 6 5 7 4 3 2 1
10
1918 1. Anti-load bracket with yoke
2. Coil
¡HMTA010（SLB01） 12 3. Armature
13 4. Presser bar spring
14 5. Brake plate
6. U nut
7. Collar
8. Guide bolt
9. Lining
B1 U V W B2 10. Fan cover
12. Square hub
13. Snap ring
14. Key
15. Spring pin
16. Brake spring
17. Fan cover fastening screw
18. DC module
15 16 17 19. Closed end connection binder
1. Anti-load bracket with yoke

¡GMTA020（SLB02） 9 8 6 5 7 4 3 2 1 1918 2. Coil
10
¡GMTA040（SLB04） 11
3. Armature
4. Presser bar spring
¡GMTA075（SLB07） 12
13
5. Brake plate
6. U nut
14 7. Collar
8. Guide bolt
¡HMTA020（SLB02） 9. Lining
10. Fan cover
¡HMTA040（SLB04） 11. Fan (not provided in the figure above)
¡HMTA075（SLB07） 12. Square hub
13. Snap ring
14. Key
15. Spring pin
16. Brake spring
17. Fan cover fastening screw
1516 17 18. DC module
19. Closed end connection binder
¡GMTA150（VNB158K） ¡HMTA150（VNB158K） ¡GMTA100（SBH01）

¡GMTA220（VNB228K） ¡HMTA220（VNB228K） ¡GMTA200（SBH02）
¡GMTA370（VNB371K） ¡HMTA370（VNB371K） ¡HMTA100（SBH01）
¡GMTA550（VNB55K） ¡HMTA550（VNB55K） ¡HMTA200（SBH02）
16 15 11 1 2 4 9 8 7 10 13
0.1 , 0.2
0.4 , 0.75
1.5 , 2.2
3.7 , 5.5 U V W
17 18 14 3 5 12 6 19 20 Gap
1. Yoke 6. Anti-load bracket 11. Hexagon nut 16. Fan cover

2. Coil 7. Stud bolt 12. Brake plate 17. Snap ring 1. Yoke 5. Adjusting nut 9. Hexagon socket
3. Brake spring 8. Liner 13. Sheet packing 18. Key 2. Coil 6. Lining head bolt
4. Armature 9. Distance collar 14. Center hub 19. DC module 3. Armature 7. Brake spring 10. Fan cover
5. Lining 10. Protective liner 15. Fan 20. Closed end 4. Brake plate 8. Mounting bolt 11. DC module
connection binder
19
5. Manual release
(1) For 0.1 kW-0.75 kW: SLB brake ※The manual release is included as standard equipment.
¡Perform release with no load Holes in brake plate into which M5 screws are to be inserted (at two places)
applied to the output shaft. M5 screw (length: 10-15 mm) Hole in

（Not included） brake plate
¡Remove the fan cover and
Brake gap
install the screws.
¡After the completion of
work, be sure to remove the
screws and install the cover
before starting operation.
Specifications
The one-touch manual release is optional. Can be supplied made-to-order with short lead times.
Arm for one-touch release
Operation
Release
After the completion of work,
be sure to return the arm
to the operation position.
Note) For the 0.1 kW device, the fan cover is 25 mm

longer in the longitudinal direction.
(2) For 1.5 kW-5.5 kW: VNB brake

The one-touch manual release type is optional. Can be supplied made-to-order with short lead times.
After the completion of work,

Arm for one-touch release be sure to return the arm
Operation
Motor to the operation position.
Release
Fan cover
※For the 5.5 kW device, the release position
and operation position are reversed.
0.1 , 0.2
0.4 , 0.75
1.5 , 2.2
3.7 , 5.5
20
Gear Motor TA series Specifications
(3) For 100 W-200 W: SBH brake

The one-touch manual release type is optional. We can supply with short lead times.
1. Release arm
2. Release bolt
3. Release nameplate
4. Hexagon socket
head bolt
5. Flat washer
6. U nut
7. Spacer
Specifications
＊The outline dimensions are the same as those of the standard product.
Manual release Brake operation

Operating procedure
For brake release, turn For brake operation, turn

Release bolt Fan cover Release bolt
the release bolt about the release bolt about
Fan cover
five turns clockwise until seven turns
it touches the stopper, counterclockwise until it
using a flat-blade turns freely.
screwdriver or similar ＊Before starting
tool. operation, make sure
that the brake works
properly.
6.Formula for brake life span and braking distance

SI units Gravitational units
1. Braking workload 1. Braking workload
2
（IM＋Ir） ×n Tb （GD2M＋GD2r）×n2 Tb
Er＝ × Er＝ ×
182.5 （Tb±Tr) 7160 （Tb±Tr)
Er ：Braking workload per operation J Er ： Braking workload per operation kgf・m

IM ： Moment of inertia of hypoid motor (gear motor) GD2M ： GD2 of hypoid motor (gear motor) with
with brake kg・m2 (Table 2 on page 191) brake kg・m2 (Table 2 on page 191)
Ir ： Moment of inertia of motor-shaft-equivalent load kg・m2 GD2r ： GD2 of motor-shaft-equivalent load kgf・m2
n ：Motor shaft revolution r/min n ：Motor shaft revolution r/min
Tb ：Dynamic friction torque of brake N・m Tb ： Dynamic friction torque of brake kgf・m
(Brake characteristics chart on page 18) (Brake characteristics chart on page 18)
Tr ： Motor-shaft-equivalent load torque N・m Tr ： Motor-shaft-equivalent load torque kgf・m
± sign：(−Tr) is applied for a negative load ± sign：(−T r ) is applied for a negative
such as a suspension load. load such as a suspension load.
２. Brake life span ２. Brake life span
ET Z ：Total number of working cycles ET Z ：Total number of working cycles
0.1、 0.2 Z＝ Z＝
Er ET：Total braking workload J Er ET：Total braking workload kgf・m
0.4、0.75
（Refer to the brake specifications on page 18）
1.5、2.2 （Refer to the brake specifications on page 18）
3.7、5.5
３. Braking time ３. Braking time
t＝ta＋tb t＝ta＋tb
（IM＋Ir）
×n （IM＋Ir）
×n
tb＝ tb＝
9.55×
（Tb±Tr） 9.55×
（Tb±Tr）
ta：Braking delay time s ta：Braking delay time s
Time between operation signal issuing and brake operation
Time between operation signal issuing and brake operation
(Refer to the brake specifications on page 18.)
(Refer to the brake specifications on page 18.)
４. Braking distance ４. Braking distance
1 S：Braking distance mm 1 S：Braking distance mm

（）
S＝ ta＋
2
t ×V b
V：Speed of linear motion mm/s
（）
S＝ ta＋
2
t ×V b
V：Speed of linear motion mm/s
21
■About terminal boxes (common to gear motors and hypoid motors) 0.1 kW-0.75 kW
1. Standard terminal boxes
(1) A resin terminal box is included as standard equipment.
Note) If you need a hard terminal box type (made of die-cast aluminum), order it using the option code.
(2) Position and dimensions of terminal box

B P B P
C
C
Q
12 12
A φ12 A φ12
Specifications
Motor output A B C P Q
0.1kW 64.5 67 67 81 12.5
0.2kW 102.5 67 67 81 12.5
0.4kW 102.5 67 67 81 12.5
0.75kW 98.5 67 67 90 12.5
(3) Change of the position of the terminal box

If you want to change the position of the terminal box because, for example, it is positioned inconveniently for you,
please instruct us to do so. The position of the terminal box can be changed by changing the tightening position of
the through bolt for fastening the motor.
Change of position: For a 180° swing for a gear motor or a hypoid motor, or a 90° or 270° swing for a face mount
or hollow shaft type, use an option code to instruct us to change the position.
(4) Change of the lead outlet direction of the terminal box

The lead outlet direction can be changed 90° to the left (anti-load side) or 180°(upper side) by changing the top
cover mounting direction. For the hard terminal box, the lead outlet direction can be changed 90°.
(5) Construction of the terminal box

¡Resin terminal box (standard)
U V W
¡The hard terminal box (optional) is of the same specifications as the outdoor type.
Refer to this type. The cable port is φ18.
B P
2. Terminal box of brake-types

(1) A resin terminal box is included as
C
standard equipment. H
Q
9.5 M-5
(2) Position and dimensions of the terminal box A φ12
M-6
M-7
M-8
0.1kW 102.5 83 70 104.5 31
0.2kW 119,5 83 70 104.5 31 0.1、0.2
0.4、
0.75
0.4kW 119.5 83 70 104.5 31
0.75kW 125.5 83 70 113.5 31

The lead outlet direction can be changed by 180°upper side by changing the top cover mounting direction.
(4) Construction of terminal box

¡Resin terminal box (standard)
B1 U V W B2
22
■Terminal boxes (common to gear motors and hypoid motors) for 1.5 kW-5.5 kW
1. Standard terminal boxes
(1) A steel plate terminal box is included as standard equipment.
(2) Position and dimensions of the terminal box
A P A P
C
C
KD
KD
B Q
B Q
Motor output A B C P Q φKD θ°

1.5kW 117 83 97 143 37 27 0
2.2kW 117 83 97 143 37 27 0
Specifications
3.7kW 137.5 83 97 151 37 27 0

5.5kW 151.5 123 128 202 32 35 15
Note) For the 5.5 kW device, the position of the terminal box is turned 15 degrees clockwise (upward) from the horizontal.
(3) Change of the position of the terminal box

Change of position: 90°swing is possible for both the gear motor and hypoid motor. Use the option code to instruct
us to change the position.
(4) Change of lead outlet direction of the terminal box The lead outlet direction can be changed by 90°.
(5) Construction of terminal boxes

¡Steel plate terminal boxes (standard)
2. Terminal boxes of brake-types

A P
(1) A resin terminal box is A P
included as standard
equipment.
C
C
(2) Position and dimensions KD

of the terminal box B
KD
Q
B
Q
Motor output A B C P Q φKD

1.5kW 196 135 96 141 35.5 27
2.2kW 196 135 96 141 35.5 27
H
3.7kW 211.5 176.5 97 154 35.5 27
M-1
M-2 (3) Change of the position of the terminal box
M-3
M-4
1.5、2.2
3.7、5.5
Change of position: 90° swing is possible for both gear motors and hypoid motors. Use the option code to instruct

The lead outlet direction can be changed by 90°.

¡Steel plate terminal box (standard)
Note) For the 3.7 kW device, the DC module is positioned outside the terminal box.
23
■Outdoor type (common to gear motors and hypoid motors) 0.1 kW-0.75 kW (Protective construction IP55)
(1) Position and dimensions of the terminal box (Note) If the motor is not to be installed horizontally, please contact us.
A B P A B P
Q Q
C
C
PF1/2 PF1/2
(2) Change of the position 0.1kW 2.5 95 84 118 21.5
of the terminal box 0.2kW 40.5 95 84 118 21.5

0.4kW 40.5 95 84 118 21.5
If you want to change the
0.75kW 36.5 95 84 127 21.5
position of the terminal box
Note) The entire length is the same as that of the indoor-type standard product.
Specifications
because, for example, it is
positioned inconveniently for you, please instruct us to do so. The position of the terminal box can be changed by
changing the tightening position of the through bolt for fastening the motor.
Change of position: For a 180° swing for a gear motor or hypoid motor, or a 90° or 270° swing for a face mount
type or a hollow shaft type, use the option code to instruct us to change the position.
(3) Change of the lead outlet direction of the terminal box The lead outlet direction can be changed by 90°.

B1 U V W B2
(5) Restrictions on types of gear motor foot mounting bolts

For a combination of the outdoor type, hard terminal box type and foot mount type, the terminal box interferes with
tools and bolts in some models. The type of bolt should therefore be restricted as shown below.
・GMTA020-28L100 to 200: Hexagon socket head bolts should be used.
・GMTA010-18L10 to 50, GMTA020-18L10 to 25: The thread length of bolts to be used should be M 8-25 mm or less.
■Outdoor type (common to gear motors and hypoid motors) 1.5 kW-5.5 kW (Protective construction IP55)
(1) Position and dimensions of the terminal box (Note) If the motor is not to be installed horizontally, please contact us.
A P A P
B B
C
KD KD
Q Q
Motor output A B C P Q KD θ°
H
(2) Change of the position of 1.5kW 117 96 116 153 47 PF3/4 0 M-5
the terminal box 2.2kW 117 96 116 153 47 PF3/4 0 M-6
If you want to change the position 3.7kW 137.5 96 116 162 47 PF3/4 0 M-7
of the terminal box because, for 5.5kW 151.5 158 185 254 54 PF1 15
M-8
example, it is positioned Note) The entire length is the same as that of the indoor-type standard product.
Note) For the 5.5 kW device, the position of the terminal box is turned 15 degrees clockwise (upward) from the horizontal. 0.1 , 0.2
inconveniently for you, please 0.4 , 0.75
1.5 , 2.2
instruct us to do so. The position of the terminal box can be changed by changing the tightening position of the 3.7 , 5.5
through bolt for fastening the motor.
Change of position: 90° swing is possible for both gear motors and hypoid motors. Use the option code to instruct
(3) Change of the lead outlet direction of the terminal box The lead outlet direction can be changed by 90°.
PF screw
24
Gear Motor TA Series Specification Chart
■Specification Chart 〔〕The values in parentheses are for brake types.
Frame number
Motor Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number of outline dimensions
Nominal Number revolution rate
Model number of N・m ｛kgf・m｝ N・m ｛kgf・m｝ shaft O.H.L. Three-phase Single-phase
output reduction
reduction r/min
（kW） ratio steps 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N ｛kgf｝ Foot mount Flange mount Foot mount Flange mount
P28 Drawing P29 Drawing P38 Drawing P39 Drawing
5 1/5 300 360 2.8 ｛0.29｝ 2.4 ｛0.24｝ 274 ｛ 28｝ M-11 M-16 M-69 M-74 ※１
10 1/10 150 180 5.7 ｛0.58｝ 4.8 ｛0.49｝ 431 ｛ 44｝

P28 P29 P38 P39
15 1/15 100 120 8.6 ｛0.88｝ 7.2 ｛0.73｝ 568 ｛ 58｝
Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
20 1/20 75 90 11.8 ｛ 1.2｝ 9.5 ｛0.97｝ 686 ｛ 70｝
18 2 M-12 M-17 M-70 M-75
25 1/25 60 72 14.7 ｛ 1.5｝ 11.8 ｛ 1.2｝ 804 ｛ 82｝
P42 P43 P52 P53
30
40
50
1/30
1/40
1/50
50
37.5
30
60
45
36
17.6
22.5
28.4
｛ 1.8｝
｛ 2.3｝
｛ 2.9｝
14.7
19.6
23.5
｛ 1.5｝
｛ 2.0｝
｛ 2.4｝
902
1098
1264
｛
｛ 112｝
｛ 129｝
92｝
〔〕〔〕〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-12
Drawing
B-17
Drawing
B-70
Drawing
B-75
60 1/60 25 30 34.3 ｛ 3.5｝ 28.4 ｛ 2.9｝ 1431 ｛ 146｝ P28 P29 P38 P39
GMTA010 75 1/75 20 24 43.1 ｛ 4.4｝ 36.3 ｛ 3.7｝ 1666 ｛ 170｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
Specification Chart
100 0.1 1/100 15 18 56.8 ｛ 5.8｝ 48.0 ｛ 4.9｝ 2009 ｛ 205｝ M-13 M-18 M-71 M-76
24 3 P42 P43 P52 P53
〔〕〔〕〔〕〔〕
GMTA100 120 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 ｛ 7.0｝ 56.8 ｛ 5.8｝ 2274 ｛ 232｝
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 ｛ 9.6｝ 78.4 ｛ 8.0｝ 2813 ｛ 287｝
B-13 B-18 B-71 B-76
200 1/200 7.5 9 115 ｛11.7｝ 95.1 ｛ 9.7｝ 3195 ｛ 326｝
P28 P29 P38 P39
300 1/300 5 6 143 ｛14.6｝ 120 ｛12.2｝ 3195 ｛ 326｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
M-14 M-19 M-72 M-77
360 28 1/360 4.2 5 172 ｛17.5｝ 143 ｛14.6｝ 3606 ｛ 368｝ P42 P43 P52 P53
450 1/450 3.3 4 215 ｛21.9｝ 179 ｛18.3｝ 4185 ｛ 427｝〔〕〔〕〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-14
Drawing
B-19
Drawing
B-72
Drawing
B-77
600 1/600 4 2.5 3 286 ｛29.2｝ 239 ｛24.4｝ 5076 ｛ 518｝ P28 P29 P38 P39
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 344 ｛35.1｝ 286 ｛29.2｝ 5733 ｛ 585｝ M-15 M-20 M-73 M-78
38
P42 P43 P52 P53
1000
1200
1/1000
1/1200
1.5
1.3
1.8
1.5
446
※
459
｛45.5｝
※
｛46.8｝
319
382
｛32.5｝
｛39.0｝
6664
6684
｛ 680｝
｛ 682｝〔〕〔〕〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-15
Drawing
B-20
Drawing
B-73
Drawing
B-78
P30 Drawing P31 Drawing P40 Drawing P41 Drawing ※2

5 1/5 300 360 5.7 ｛0.58｝ 4.7 ｛0.48｝ 431 ｛ 44｝ M-21 M-27 M-79 M-85
10 1/10 150 180 11.8 ｛ 1.2｝ 9.5 ｛0.97｝ 686 ｛ 70｝ P30 P31 P40 P41
15 18 1/15 100 120 17.6 ｛ 1.8｝ 14.7 ｛ 1.5｝ 902 ｛ 92｝ M-22 M-28 M-80 M-86
P44 P45 P54 P55
20
25
1/20
1/25
2 75
60
90
72
22.5
28.4
｛ 2.3｝
｛ 2.9｝
19.6
23.5
｛ 2.0｝
｛ 2.4｝
1098
1264
｛ 112｝
｛ 129｝〔〕〔〕〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-22
Drawing
B-28
Drawing
B-80
Drawing
B-86
30 1/30 50 60 34.3 ｛ 3.5｝ 28.4 ｛ 2.9｝ 1431 ｛ 146｝

P30 P31 P40 P41
40 1/40 37.5 45 46.1 ｛ 4.7｝ 38.2 ｛ 3.9｝ 1735 ｛ 177｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
M-23 M-29 M-81 M-87
50 24 1/50 30 36 56.8 ｛ 5.8｝ 48.0 ｛ 4.9｝ 2009 ｛ 205｝ P44 P45 P54 P55
GMTA020
60
75
1/60
1/75
25
20
30
24
68.6
86.2
｛ 7.0｝
｛ 8.8｝
56.8
71.5
｛ 5.8｝
｛ 7.3｝
2274
2636
｛ 232｝
｛ 269｝
〔〕〔〕〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-23
Drawing
B-29
Drawing
B-81
Drawing
B-87
100 0.2 1/100 3 15 18 115 ｛11.7｝ 95.1 ｛ 9.7｝ 3195 ｛ 326｝ P30 P31 P40 P41
GMTA200 120 1/120 12.5 15 137 ｛14.0｝ 115 ｛11.7｝ 3606 ｛ 368｝ M-24 M-30 M-82 M-88
28
P44 P45 P54 P55
165
200
1/165
1/200
9.1
7.5
10.9
9
189
218
｛19.3｝
｛22.2｝
158
181
｛16.1｝
｛18.5｝
4459
4822
｛ 455｝
｛ 492｝
〔〕〔〕〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-24
Drawing
B-30
Drawing
B-82
Drawing
B-88
P30 P31 P40 P41

300 1/300 5 6 286 ｛29.2｝ 239 ｛24.4｝ 4861 ｛ 496｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
M-25 M-31 M-83 M-89
360 38 1/360 4.2 5 343 ｛35.0｝ 286 ｛29.2｝ 5488 ｛ 560｝ P44 P45 P54 P55
450 1/450 3.3 4 430 ｛43.9｝ 358 ｛36.5｝ 5792 ｛ 591｝〔〕〔〕〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-25
Drawing
B-31
Drawing
B-73
Drawing
B-89
600 1/600 4 2.5 3 611 ｛62.3｝ 509 ｛51.9｝ 7301 ｛ 745｝ P30 P31 P40 P41
H Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 733 ｛74.8｝ 611 ｛62.3｝ 8242 ｛ 841｝ M-26 M-32 M-84 M-90
M-1 42 P44 P45 P54 P55
M-2
M-3
1000
1200
1/1000
1/1200
1.5
1.3
1.8
1.5 ※
840
827 ｛84.4｝
※
｛85.7｝ ※
700
689 ｛70.3｝
※
｛71.4｝
9800
9800
｛1000｝
｛1000｝〔〕〔〕〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-26
Drawing
B-32
Drawing
B-84
Drawing
B-90
M-4 (Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. Three-phase Single-phase
0.1 (Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the motor synchronous revolution rate by the Foot mount Flange mount Foot mount Flange mount
100 nominal reduction ratio. Models P42 P43 P52 P53
0.2 For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on pages 69 to 71. marked
with ※1 〔 Drawing
〕〔 Drawing
B-11
〕〔 Drawing
B-16
〕〔 Drawing
B-69
〕
B-74
200 (Note 3) The page and drawing numbers of the brake type outline dimensions for the models marked with Models P44 P45 P54 P55
※1 and ※2 are as shown to the right. marked
with ※2 〔 Drawing
〕〔 Drawing
B-21
〕〔 Drawing
B-27
〕〔 Drawing
B-79
〕
B-85
(Note 4) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.
25
■Specification Chart 〔〕The values in parentheses are for brake type.

Page and drawing number
Frame number
Motor Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output of outline dimensions
Model number of N・m ｛kgf・m｝ N・m ｛kgf・m｝ shaft O.H.L. Three-phase
output reduction
reduction r/min
（kW） ratio steps Foot mount Flange mount
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N ｛kgf｝
5 1/5 300 360 12.1 ｛ 1.23 ｝ 10.0 ｛ 1.02｝ 686 ｛ 70｝
P32 P33
10 1/10 150 180 24.5 ｛ 2.5｝ 20.6 ｛ 2.1｝ 1098 ｛ 112｝ Drawing Drawing
M-33 M-38
15 24 1/15 100 120 36.3 ｛ 3.7｝ 30.4 ｛ 3.1｝ 1431 ｛ 146｝
2 P46 P47
20
25
1/20
1/25
75
60
90
72
48.0
60.8
｛
｛
4.9｝
6.2｝
40.2
50.0
｛
｛
4.1｝
5.1｝
1735
2009
｛ 177｝
｛ 205｝
〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-33
Drawing
B-38
30 1/30 50 60 72.5 ｛ 7.4｝ 60.8 ｛ 6.2｝ 2274 ｛ 232｝

P32 P33
40 1/40 37.5 45 94.1 ｛ 9.6｝ 78.4 ｛ 8.0｝ 2754 ｛ 281｝ Drawing Drawing
M-34 M-39
50 28 1/50 30 36 118 ｛ 12.0｝ 98.0 ｛ 10.0｝ 3195 ｛ 326｝ P46 P47
GMTA040
60
75
1/60
1/75
25
20
30
24
140
175
｛ 14.3｝
｛ 17.9｝
118
146
｛ 12.0｝
｛ 14.9｝
3606
4185
｛ 368｝
｛ 427｝
〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-34
Drawing
B-39
Specification Chart
100 0.4 1/100 15 18 234 ｛ 23.9｝ 195 ｛ 19.9｝ 5076 ｛ 518｝ P32 P33
Drawing Drawing
120 1/120 12.5 15 281 ｛ 28.7｝ 234 ｛ 23.9｝ 5733 ｛ 585｝ M-35 M-40
38
P46 P47
165
200
1/165
1/200
9.1
7.5
10.9
9
364
389
｛ 37.1｝
｛ 39.7｝
303
324
｛ 30.9｝
｛ 33.1｝
6664
6684
｛ 680｝
｛ 682｝〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-35
Drawing
B-40
P32 P33
300 1/300 5 6 611 ｛ 62.3｝ 509 ｛ 51.9｝ 7301 ｛ 745｝ Drawing Drawing
M-36 M-41
360 42 1/360 4.2 5 733 ｛ 74.8｝ 611 ｛ 62.3｝ 8242 ｛ 841｝ P46 P47
450 1/450 3.3 4 916 ｛ 93.5｝ 763 ｛ 77.9｝ 9565 ｛ 976｝〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-36
Drawing
B-41
600 1/600 4 2.5 3 1222 ｛124.7｝ 1018 ｛103.9｝ 11584 ｛1182｝ P32 P33
Drawing Drawing
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 1466 ｛149.6｝ 1222 ｛124.7｝ 13073 ｛1334｝ M-37 M-42
50
1/1000 1.8 1654 P46 P47
1000
1200 1/1200
1.5
1.3 1.5 ※
1680
｛168.8｝
※
｛171.4｝
1379
※
1400
｛140.7｝ 13230
※
｛142.9｝ 13230
｛1350｝
｛1350｝〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-37
Drawing
B-42
5 1/5 300 360 22.6 ｛ 2.31 ｝ 18.8 ｛ 1.92｝ 1049 ｛ 107｝

P34 P34
10 1/10 150 180 45.1 ｛ 4.6｝ 38.2 ｛ 3.9｝ 1666 ｛ 170｝ Drawing Drawing
M-43 M-47
15 28 1/15 100 120 67.6 ｛ 6.9｝ 56.8 ｛ 5.8｝ 2176 ｛ 222｝ P48 P48
2
20
25
1/20
1/25
75
60
90
72
91.1
114
｛ 9.3｝
｛ 11.6｝
75.5
94.1
｛
｛
7.7｝
9.6｝
2636
3058
｛ 269｝
｛ 312｝
〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-43
Drawing
B-47
30 1/30 50 60 136 ｛ 13.9｝ 114 ｛ 11.6｝ 3459 ｛ 353｝

P34 P34
40 1/40 37.5 45 175 ｛ 17.9｝ 146 ｛ 14.9｝ 4185 ｛ 427｝ Drawing Drawing
M-44 M-48
50 38 1/50 30 36 220 ｛ 22.4｝ 183 ｛ 18.7｝ 4861 ｛ 496｝
P48 P48
GMTA075 60
75
0.75 1/60
1/75
25
20
30
24
264
300
｛ 26.9｝
｛ 30.6｝
220
250
｛ 22.4｝
｛ 25.5｝
5488
5792
｛ 560｝
｛ 591｝
〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-44
Drawing
B-48
3
100 1/100 15 18 439 ｛ 44.8｝ 369 ｛ 37.7｝ 7301 ｛ 745｝ P34 P34
Drawing Drawing
120 42 1/120 12.5 15 527 ｛ 53.8｝ 439 ｛ 44.8｝ 8242 ｛ 841｝ M-45 M-49
P48 P48
165
200
1/165
1/200
9.1
7.5
10.9
9
724
735
｛ 73.9｝
｛ 75.0｝
604
613
｛ 61.6｝
｛ 62.5｝
9800
9800
｛1000｝
｛1000｝〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-45
Drawing
B-49
P34 P34
300 1/300 5 6 1146 ｛116.9｝ 955 ｛ 97.4｝ 9418 ｛ 961｝ Drawing Drawing
M-46 M-50
360 50 1/360 4 4.2 5 1289 ｛131.5｝ 1074 ｛109.6｝ 10633 ｛1085｝ P48 P48
450 1/450 3.3 4 ※
1396 ※
｛142.4｝ ※
1163 ※
｛118.7｝ 12338 ｛1259｝〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-46
Drawing
B-50
5 1/5 300 360 45.3 ｛ 4.62 ｝ 37.7 ｛ 3.85｝ 1666 ｛ 170｝

P35 P35
10 1/10 150 180 91.1 ｛ 9.3｝ 75.5 ｛ 7.7｝ 2548 ｛ 260｝ Drawing Drawing H
15 1/15 100 120 136 ｛ 13.9｝ 114 ｛ 11.6｝ 3342 ｛ 341｝ M-51 M-54 M-5
38 2 M-6
｛ 413｝ P49 P49
〔〕〔〕
20 1/20 75 90 181 ｛ 18.5｝ 151 ｛ 15.4｝ 4047
Drawing Drawing M-7
25 1/25 60 72 226 ｛ 23.1｝ 189 ｛ 19.3｝ 4694 ｛ 479｝
B-51 B-54 M-8
30 1/30 50 60 272 ｛ 27.8｝ 226 ｛ 23.1｝ 5302 ｛ 541｝
40 1/40 37.5 45 351 ｛ 35.8｝ 293 ｛ 29.9｝ 6292 ｛ 642｝ P35 P35
0.4
GMTA150 1.5 Drawing Drawing 0.75
50 1/50 30 36 439 ｛ 44.8｝ 366 ｛ 37.3｝ 7301 ｛ 745｝ M-52 M-55
42 1.5
P49 P49
60
75
1/60
1/75
3
25
20
30
24
527
659
｛ 53.8｝
｛ 67.2｝
439
549
｛ 44.8｝
｛ 56.0｝
8242
9565
｛ 841｝
｛ 976｝〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-52
Drawing
B-55
100 1/100 15 18 878 ｛ 89.6｝ 732 ｛ 74.7｝ 11584 ｛1182｝ P35 P35
Drawing Drawing
120 1/120 12.5 15 1054 ｛107.5｝ 878 ｛ 89.6｝ 13073 ｛1334｝ M-53 M-56
50 P49 P49
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 1449 ｛147.9｝ 1207 ｛123.2｝ 13230 ｛1350｝
200 1/200 7.5 9 ※
1470 ※
｛150.0｝ ※
1225 ※
｛125.0｝ 13230 ｛1350｝〔〕〔〕
Drawing
B-53
Drawing
B-56
(Note 1) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the motor synchronous revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on pages 69 to 71.
26
■Specification Chart 〔〕The values in parentheses are for brake type.
Frame number
Motor Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output
Page and drawing number
Model number of N・m ｛kgf・m｝ N・m ｛kgf・m｝ shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
output reduction
reduction r/min
（kW） ratio steps Foot mount Flange mount
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N ｛kgf｝
5 1/5 300 360 66.6 ｛ 6.8｝ 55.9 ｛ 5.7｝ 2078 ｛ 212｝ P36 P36
10 1/10 150 180 133 ｛ 13.6｝ 111 ｛ 11.3｝ 3293 ｛ 336｝ Drawing Drawing
15 1/15 100 120 200 ｛ 20.4｝ 167 ｛ 17.0｝ 4312 ｛ 440｝ M-57 M-60
42 2
P50 P50
〔〕〔〕
20 1/20 75 90 266 ｛ 27.1｝ 221 ｛ 22.6｝ 5223 ｛ 533｝
25 1/25 60 72 332 ｛ 33.9｝ 277 ｛ 28.3｝ 6066 ｛ 619｝ Drawing Drawing
B-57 B-60
30 1/30 50 60 399 ｛ 40.7｝ 332 ｛ 33.9｝ 6850 ｛ 699｝
40 1/40 37.5 45 515 ｛ 52.6｝ 429 ｛ 43.8｝ 8114 ｛ 828｝ P36 P36
GMTA220 2.2 Drawing Drawing
50 1/50 30 36 644 ｛ 65.7｝ 537 ｛ 54.8｝ 9418 ｛ 961｝ M-58 M-61
50 P50 P50
60
75
1/60
1/75
25
20
30
24
773
966
｛ 78.9｝
｛ 98.6｝
644
805
｛ 65.7｝ 10633
｛ 82.1｝ 12338
｛1085｝
｛1259｝
〔 Drawing
B-58 〕
〔 Drawing
B-61 〕
3
Specification Chart
100 1/100 15 18 1288 ｛131.4｝ 1073 ｛109.5｝ 14955 ｛1526｝ P36 P36
Drawing Drawing
120 63 1/120 12.5 15 1545 ｛157.7｝ 1288 ｛131.4｝ 16885 ｛1723｝ M-59 M-62
P50 P50
165
200
1/165
1/200
9.1
7.5
10.9
9 ※
2126
2156
｛216.9｝
※
｛220.0｝ ※
1771
1796
｛180.7｝ 17640
※
｛183.3｝ 17640
｛1800｝
｛1800｝〔 Drawing
B-59 〕
〔 Drawing
B-62 〕
5 1/5 300 360 112 ｛ 11.4｝ 93.1 ｛ 9.5｝ 2930 ｛ 299｝ P37 P37
10 1/10 150 180 223 ｛ 22.8｝ 186 ｛ 19.0｝ 4645 ｛ 474｝ Drawing Drawing
15 1/15 100 120 335 ｛ 34.2｝ 279 ｛ 28.5｝ 6096 ｛ 622｝ M-63 M-65
2
P51 P51
〔〕〔〕
20 1/20 75 90 448 ｛ 45.7｝ 372 ｛ 38.0｝ 7389 ｛ 754｝
GMTA370 3.7 50 Drawing Drawing
25 1/25 60 72 560 ｛ 57.1｝ 466 ｛ 47.6｝ 8565 ｛ 874｝
B-63 B-65
30 1/30 50 60 671 ｛ 68.5｝ 560 ｛ 57.1｝ 9673 ｛ 987｝
P37 P37
40 1/40 37.5 45 866 ｛ 88.4｝ 722 ｛ 73.7｝ 10290 ｛1050｝ DrawingM-64 DrawingM-66
3 P51 P51
50 1/50 30 36 1083 ｛110.5｝ 903 ｛ 92.1｝ 10290 ｛1050｝〔〕
〔
DrawingB-64 DrawingB-66 〕
5 1/5 300 360 167 ｛ 17.0｝ 138 ｛ 14.1｝ 3812 ｛ 389｝ P37 P37
10 1/10 150 180 332 ｛ 33.9｝ 277 ｛ 28.3｝ 6056 ｛ 618｝ Drawing Drawing
15 1/15 100 120 499 ｛ 50.9｝ 416 ｛ 42.4｝ 7938 ｛ 810｝ M-67 M-68
GMTA550 5.5 50 2
P51 P51
〔〕〔〕
20 1/20 75 90 665 ｛ 67.9｝ 554 ｛ 56.5｝ 9624 ｛ 982｝
25 1/25 60 72 831 ｛ 84.8｝ 693 ｛ 70.7｝ 10290 ｛1050｝ Drawing Drawing
※ ※ ※ ※ B-67 B-68
30 1/30 50 60 893 ｛ 91.1｝ 744 ｛ 75.9｝ 10290 ｛1050｝
(Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
(Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the motor synchronous revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
H
M-1
M-2
M-3
M-4
2.2
3.7
5.5
27
Gear Motor TA Series Outline Dimensions
Three-phase 0.1 kW・L：Foot mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
M-11 0.1kW GMTA010-18L5 M-14 0.1kW GMTA010-28L300∼450

Reduction ratio：5 Approx. weight：6.6kg Reduction ratio：300, 360, 450 Approx. weight：10.5kg
Reference page：Specification Chart→P25 Reference page：Specification Chart→P25
256.5 81 M6 TAP
16 DEEP 353.5
φ18h6
28 6 86 M8 TAP
42
φ28h6
20 DEEP
6
7
19
25
φ127
37
18
φ127
23
8
134.5
164
3.5
90
4-φ11
105
4-φ12 4
15
φ12
φ12 16 16 30 30 16 16
12
98 57 63 63 116 78 35 35
148 75 75
130 150 180
Outline Dimensions
M-12 0.1kW GMTA010-18L10∼50 M-15 0.1kW GMTA010-38L600∼1200
Reduction ratio：10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight：5.4kg Reduction ratio：600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight：14.5kg
81 M10 TAP
M6 TAP 393.5 8 25 DEEP
236
φ38h6
6 16 DEEP 58
10
φ18h6
28 50
6
25
27
φ127
15
φ127
128.5
198.5
5
130
19
4-φ9 3.5
85
4-φ15
20
φ12
φ12 12 12 31 31
10
17 17 41 41
87 49 59 59 140 98 93 93
111 140 174 220
M-13 0.1kW GMTA010-24L60∼200

Reduction ratio：60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：6.8kg
Reference page：Specification Chart→P25
M6 TAP
265.5 81 16 DEEP
φ24h6
36 7
32
18
8
φ127
134.5
4-φ11 4
90
12
φ12 16 16
98 66 30 30
130 63 63
150 L
M-11
M-12
M-13
M-14
M-15
0.1
28
Three-phase 0.1 kW・U：Face mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
M-16 0.1kW GMTA010-18U5 M-19 0.1kW GMTA010-28U300∼450

Reference page：Specification Chart→P25 Options →P57 Reference page：Specification Chart→P25 Options →P57
256.5 353.5
50 81 67 M8 TAP
10 28 M6 TAP 20 DEEP
16 DEEP 10 42 86
25 37
82
φ127
φ105h7
19
φ128
φ127
φ125h7
φ157
18
6
φ18h6
8
3.5
φ28h6
4
23
6
7
φ12
30 50
φ12 1 D1
CD
R9
PC
1
4-M10 TAP
R1
P 32 DEEP 4-M12 TAP
38 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
M-17 0.1kW GMTA010-18U10∼50 M-20 0.1kW GMTA010-38U600∼1200

Reference page：Specification Chart→P25 Options →P57 Reference page：Specification Chart→P25 Options →P58
393.5 M10 TAP

236 25 DEEP
46 87
81 M6 TAP 12 58
8 28 16 DEEP
25 50
137.5
58.5
φ127
φ127
φ90h7
φ109
φ155h7
φ191
10
φ18h6
φ38h6
6
15
3.5 5
27
19
58.5
6 8
φ12
10 95
D1 D1
R8
φ12 PC PC
6
4-M8 TAP
R1
26 DEEP 4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP
M-18 0.1kW GMTA010-24U60∼200

Reference page：Specification Chart→P25 Options →P57
265.5
59 81
10 36 M6 TAP
16 DEEP
32
8
φ127
φ105h7
φ128
φ24h6
18
4
7
0
D 13
PC
R9
U φ12 4-M10 TAP

32 DEEP
M-16
M-17
M-18
M-19
M-20
0.1
29
M-21 0.2kW GMTA020-18L5 M-24 0.2kW GMTA020-28L100∼200

Reduction ratio：5 Approx. weight：6.7kg Reduction ratio：100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：9.3kg
294.5 81 M6 TAP M8 TAP

16 DEEP 330 20 DEEP
81
φ28h6
φ18h6
28 42
25 6 37 7
18
23
6
φ140
8
φ140
158.5
139.5
4
105
90
4-φ11 3.5
4-φ12
12
15
16 16 30 30 16 16
φ12 φ12 35 35
98 57 63 63 116 78
75 75
130 150 148
180
Outline Dimensions
Reduction ratio：10 ,15, 20, 25 Approx. weight：5.5kg Reduction ratio：300, 360, 450 Approx. weight：15.3kg
M6 TAP 451.5 M10 TAP

274 81 16 DEEP 58 25 DEEP
φ38h6
φ18h6
28 50 8
6
23.5
25
10
φ140
27
15
φ140
137.5
198.5
6
130
85
4-φ9 3.5 4-φ15
20
10
φ12
12 12 31 31 17 17 41 41
φ12 87 49 59 59 140 98 93 93
111 174 220
140

Reduction ratio：30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight：6.9kg Reduction ratio：600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight：37.4kg
M6 TAP 481
303.5 81 16 DEEP 66 M10 TAP
φ24h6
φ42h6
36 60 25 DEEP
32 7 8
9.5
33
φ140
18
8
φ140
139.5
230
12
4
90
150
4-φ11 5
4-φ18
12
φ12
16 16 30 30
22
φ12 25 25 60 60
98 66 63 63 150 96 105 105
130 150 200 L
260
M-21
M-22
M-23
M-24
M-25
M-26
0.2
30
Three-phase 0.2 kW・U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
M-27 0.2kW GMTA020-18U5 M-30 0.2kW GMTA020-28U100∼200

Reference page：Specification Chart→P25 Options→P57 Reference page：Specification Chart→P25 Options→P57
330 M8 TAP
294.5 M6 TAP 20 DEEP
67 81
50 81 16 DEEP 10 42
10 28
37
67.5
25
φ140
φ125h7
φ140
φ157
φ105h7
φ128
23
8
φ28h6
φ18h6
6
3.5 4
18
6 7
67
50
13
0 D1
CD
φ12 PC
1
R9
4-M10 TAP
R1
φ12 P 4-M12 TAP
32 DEEP 38 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
M-28 0.2kW GMTA020-18U10∼25 M-31 0.2kW GMTA020-38U300∼450

Reduction ratio：10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight：5.3kg Reduction ratio：300, 360, 450 Approx. weight：21.3kg
274 M6 TAP 451.5 M10 TAP

46 81 16 DEEP 87 25 DEEP
8 28 12 58
50
67.5
137.5
25
φ140
23.5
φ109
φ90h7
φ140
φ155h7
φ191
φ18h6
6
15
3.5
10
φ38h6
27
5
67
6
8
0 95
φ12 D 11 φ12 D1
R8
PC PC
6
4-M8 TAP
R1
26 DEEP 4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP
M-29 0.2kW GMTA020-24U30∼75 M-32 0.2kW GMTA020-42F600∼1200

Reference page：Specification Chart→P25 Options→P57 Reference page：Specification Chart→P25
303.5 481 M10 TAP

59 98 25 DEEP
81 M6 TAP 18 10 255
10 36
32 16 DEEP
φ42h6
66
67.5
8
60 8
φ140
φ105h7
φ128
φ230h7
12
9.5
255
φ140
φ24h6
18
4
67
0
31
7
146
5
φ
30
D1
R9
φ12
φ12 PC
U.F 4-M10 TAP
32 DEEP 4-φ18
M-27
M-28
M-29
M-30
M-31
M-32
0.2
31

Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight：7.5kg Reduction ratio：300, 360, 450 Approx. weight：43.1kg
529
66 M10 TAP
325 M6 TAP 25 DEEP
81
φ42h6
60
φ24h6
36 16 DEEP
32 8
φ140
7
1.5
12
33
18
8
φ140
139.5
230
150
90
4-φ11 4 5
4-φ18
12
22
φ12
16 16 30 30 25 25
φ12 60 60
98 66 63 63 150 96
130 105 105
150 200
260
Outline Dimensions
556 M10 TAP

82
φ50h6
355 25 DEEP
81 M8 TAP 75
φ28h6
42 20 DEEP 9
8.5
37
14
7
φ140
8
43
292.5
φ140
23
5.5
158.5
190
φ12 4-φ18
105
25
4-φ12 4
15
16 16 25 25 65 65
φ12 35 35
116 78 180 112 135 135
75 75
148 230 330
180
M-35 0.4kW GMTA040-38L100∼200

Reduction ratio：100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：14.0kg
395 M10 TAP

25 DEEP
φ38h6
58
50 8
10
27
φ140
198.5
130
5
4-φ15
20
φ12
17 17 41 41
140 98 93 93
174
220 L
M-33
M-34
M-35
M-36
M-37
0.4
32
Three-phase 0.4 kW・U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

325 529 M10 TAP

59 98 25 DEEP
255
10 36 81 M6 TAP 18 10
32 16 DEEP
φ42h6
66
67.5
60
8
8
φ140
φ105h7
φ128
φ230h7
1.5
12
φ140
255
φ24h6
18
67
7
0
31
146
5
φ
30 φ12
D1
R9
φ12
PC 4-M10 TAP
32 DEEP 4-φ18
Outline Dimensions

556 M10 TAP

355 25 DEEP
67 M8 TAP 114 320
10 42 81 20 DEEP 18 10
37
82
φ50h6
75 9
φ300h7
φ140
φ125h7
φ157
8.5
14
φ140
320
8
φ28h6
23
4
7
0
39
188.5
5.5
φ
0 φ12
15
CD
1
φ12
R1
P 4-M12 TAP
38 DEEP 4-φ18
M-40 0.4kW GMTA040-38U100∼200

Reference page：Specification Chart→P26 Options→P58
395 M10 TAP

87 25 DEEP
12 58
50
137.5
φ140
φ155h7
φ191
27
10
φ38h6
5
8
95
φ12 D1
PC
U.F
6
R1
4-M16 TAP
M-38 34 DEEP
M-39
M-40
M-41
M-42
0.4
33
Three-phase 0.75 kW・L：Foot mount type / U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
M-43 0.75kW GMTA075-28L5∼25 M-47 0.75kW GMTA075-28U5∼25

Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight：12.5kg Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight：12.5kg
Reference page：Specification Chart→P26 Reference page：Specification Chart→P26 Options→P57
372.5 372.5
90 M8 TAP M8 TAP
42 67
φ28h6
20 DEEP 90 20 DEEP
37 10 42
7 37
23
8
φ158
158.5
φ158
φ125h7
φ157
105
8
4
φ28h6
4-φ12 4
23
15
7
79
16 16 35 35 50
φ12 116 78 75 75 D1
1
PC
R1
148 180 φ12 4-M12 TAP
38 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
415.5 M10 TAP 415.5

25 DEEP M10 TAP
87 25 DEEP
φ38h6
58 12 58
50 8 50
10
27
137.5
φ158
198.5
φ158
φ155h7
φ191
27
130
10
4-φ15
φ38h6
5
20
8
φ12 17 17
41 41 95
140 98 D1
93 93 φ12 PC
6
174
R1
220 4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP
M-45 0.75kW GMTA075-42L100∼200 M-49 0.75kW GMTA075-42F100∼200

Reduction ratio：100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：38.0kg Reduction ratio：100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：40.0kg
445 445 M10 TAP

M10 TAP 98 25 DEEP
66 25 DEEP 255
18 10
φ42h6
60
8
φ42h6
12
66
φ158
60 8
33
230
φ230h7
12
255
φ158
150
5
33
4-φ18
0
31
22
5
146
φ
φ12
25 25 60 60
150 96 105 105 φ12
200
260 4-φ18 L.U.F
M-43
M-44
M-45
M-46
M-47
M-48
M-46 0.75kW GMTAO75-50L300∼450 M-50 0.75kW GMTAO75-50F300∼450 M-49
M-50
Reduction ratio：300, 360, 450 Approx. weight：62.1kg Reduction ratio：300, 360, 450 Approx. weight：65.1kg 0.75
592 M10 TAP 592 M10 TAP

82 25 DEEP 114 25 DEEP
320
φ50h6
75 18 10
9
φ158
1.5
14
82
φ50h6
292.5
75
43
9
φ300h7
φ158
1.5
14
190
320
4-φ18 5.5
φ12
25
0
39
188.5
φ
5.5
25 25 65 65 φ12
180 112 135 135
230 330 4-φ18
34
Three-phase 1.5 kW・L：Foot mount type / U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight：26.0kg Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight：33.0kg
467.5 143
M10 TAP 467.5 143
25 DEEP 87 M10 TAP
φ38h6
58 12 58 25 DEEP
198.5
50 8
110
φ191
50
10
φ155h7
φ198
φ198
110
27
27
10
5
φ38h6
5
130
4-φ15 8
95
20
φ27
φ27 D1
PC
6
R1
17 17 41 41 4-M16 TAP
140 98
93 93 34 DEEP
174
220
Outline Dimensions

486.5 143 M10 TAP

M10 TAP 486.5 25 DEEP
66 98 255
25 DEEP 18 10 143
φ42h6
60
8
66
φ42h6
12
φ198
60
8
φ230h7
255
33
230
12
5
φ198
150
4-φ18 33
0
31
5
146
φ
22
φ27 25 25 60 60
150 96 105 105
260 φ27
200
4-φ18

513.5
513.5 114 320
M10 TAP 18 10 M10 TAP
82 25 DEEP
φ50h6
25 DEEP
75 9
292.5
82
75
14
φ50h6
φ198
9
43
φ300h7
14
5.5
190
320
4-φ18
φ198
43
25
φ27
39
5.5
188.5
φ
25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
L.U.F 230 330 φ27
M-51 4-φ18
M-52
M-53
M-54
M-55
M-56
1.5
35
Three-phase 2.2 kW・L：Foot mount type / F：Flange mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

486 M10 TAP

486 143 M10 TAP 98 25 DEEP
66 255
60 25 DEEP 18 10 143
φ42h6
8
66
φ42h6
12
60
φ198
φ230h7
255
33
230
12
5
φ198
150
33
4-φ18
0
31
5
146
φ
φ27
22
25 25 60 60
150 96 105 105
200 260
φ27 4-φ18
Outline Dimensions
537.5 M10 TAP

537.5 25 DEEP
M10 TAP 114 320
82 25 DEEP 18 10
φ50h6
75
9
82
75
14
φ50h6
9
φ198
292.5
43
320
14
5.5
190
φ198
43
4-φ18
φ300h7
25
0
39
188.5
φ27 5.5
φ
25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330 φ27
4-φ18

582 M12 TAP

95 30 DEEP 582
φ63h6
90 127 360 M12 TAP

11 18 10 30 DEEP
φ63h6
95
18
φ198
360
339.5
54
90 11
φ340h7
7
φ198
225
54
φ 18
0
4-φ22
214.5
44
φ27 7
28
35 35 75 75 φ27
210 135 150 150
280 370 4-φ18 L.F
M-57
M-58
M-59
M-60
M-61
M-62
2.2
36
Three-phase 3.7 kW・L：Foot mount type / F：Flange mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

M10 TAP
575.5 151 M10 TAP 575.5
82 25 DEEP 320 25 DEEP
114
φ50h6
75 18 10
9
82
14
φ50h6
φ214
75
9
43
292.5
φ300h7
14
5.5
190
320
φ214
43
4-φ18
25
0
39
188.5
5.5
φ
φ27 25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330 φ27 4-φ18
Outline Dimensions

Reduction ratio：40, 50 Approx. weight：76.0kg Reduction ratio：40, 50 Approx. weight：78.0kg
602 M10 TAP

602 151 M10 TAP
82 25 DEEP 114 320 25 DEEP
φ50h6
75 18 10
9
82
14
φ50h6
φ214
75 9
φ300h7
292.5
43
320
14
5.5
φ214
190
43
4-φ18
0
25
39
188.5
5.5
φ
φ27 25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330 φ27 4-φ18
Three-phase 5.5 kW・L：Foot mount type / F：Flange mount brakeless-type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

643.5 M10 TAP

114 320 25 DEEP
643.5 202 M10 TAP 18 10 202
82 25 DEEP
φ50h6
75 82
φ50h6
9
(166)
75
320
9
(166)
φ300h7
14
14
292.5
43
φ252
43
φ252
5.5
190
0
39
188.5
4-φ18 5.5
φ
25
φ35
L.F φ35
25 25 65 65
M-63 180 112 135 135
4-φ18
M-64 230 330
M-65
M-66
M-67
M-68
3.7
5.5
37
Single-phase 100 W・L：Foot mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
M-69 100W GMTA100-18L5 M-72 100W GMTA100-28L300∼450

Outline Dimensions
M-70 100W GMTA100-18L10∼50 M-73 100W GMTA100-38L600∼1200
M-71 100W GMTA100-24L60∼200

L
M-69
M-70
M-71
M-72
M-73
100
38
Single-phase 100 W・U：Face mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
M-74 100W GMTA100-18U5 M-77 100W GMTA100-28U300∼450

Outline Dimensions
M-75 100W GMTA100-18U10∼50 M-78 100W GMTA100-38U600∼1200

M-76 100W GMTA100-24U60∼200

U
M-74
M-75
M-76
M-77
M-78
100
39
Single-phase 200 W・L：Foot mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
M-79 200W GMTA200-18L5 M-82 200W GMTA200-28L100∼200

Outline Dimensions
M-80 200W GMTA200-18L10∼25 M-83 200W GMTA200-38L300∼450
M-81 200W GMTA200-24L30∼75 M-84 200W GMTA200-42L600∼1200

Reduction ratio：30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight：9.2kg Reduction ratio：600,720,1000,1200 Approx. weight：39.7kg
L
M-79
M-80
M-81
M-82
M-83
M-84
200
40
Single-phase 200 W・U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount non-brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
M-85 200W GMTA200-18U5 M-88 200W GMTA200-28U100∼200

Outline Dimensions
M-86 200W GMTA200-18U10∼25 M-89 200W GMTA200-38U300∼450

M-87 200W GMTA200-24U30∼75 M-90 200W GMTA200-42F600∼1200

U.F
M-85
M-86
M-87
M-88
M-89
M-90
200
41
Brake-Type Gear Motor TA Series Outline Dimensions
Three-phase 0.1 kW・L：Foot mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
B-11 0.1kW GMTA010-18L5B B-14 0.1kW GMTA010-28L300∼450B

M6 TAP M8 TAP
294.5 104.5 16 DEEP 391.5 109 20 DEEP
φ18h6
φ28h6
28 42
25 6 37 7
φ140
6
8
φ140
139.5
18
19
23
171
3.5 4
105
90
4-φ11 4-φ12
15
12
φ12
φ12 16 16 30 30 16 16 35 35
98 57 63 63 116 78 75 75
130 150 148 180
Outline Dimensions
B-12 0.1kW GMTA010-18L10∼50B B-15 0.1kW GMTA010-38L600∼1200B
M6 TAP 431.5 M10 TAP

274 104.5 16 DEEP 109 25 DEEP
φ38h6
φ18h6
28 58
25 6 50 8
φ140
10
φ140
15
198.5
137.5
27
6
130
19
4-φ9 3.5
85
4-φ15
20
φ12
φ12 12 12 31 31 17 17
10
41 41
87 49 59 59 140 98 93 93
111 140 174 220
B-13 0.1kW GMTA010-24L60∼200B

303.5
104.5 M6 TAP
φ24h6
36 16 DEEP
32 7
18
φ140
139.5
4
90
4-φ11
12
φ12 16 16 30 30
98 66 63 63
130 150 L
B-11
B-12
B-13
B-14
B-15
0.1
42
Three-phase 0.1 kW・U：Face mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
B-16 0.1kW GMTA010-18U5B B-19 0.1kW GMTA010-28U300∼450B

294.5 391.5
M6 TAP 67 109 M8 TAP
50 104.5 20 DEEP
28 16 DEEP 10 42
10
25 37
67.5
φ140
89
φ140
φ105h7
φ125h7
φ128
φ157
23
18
19
6
8
φ18h6
φ28h6
3.5 4
6 7
67
0 φ12 50
13 D1
1
D
PC
R9
R1
φ12 PC 4-M10 TAP 4-M12 TAP
32 DEEP 38 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
B-17 0.1kW GMTA010-18U10∼50B B-20 0.1kW GMTA010-38U600∼1200B

274 431.5 M10 TAP

M6 TAP 109 25 DEEP
46 104.5 16 DEEP 87
8 28 12 58
137.5
67.5
25 50
φ140
φ140
φ109
φ90h7
φ155h7
φ191
6
φ18h6
10
φ38h6
15
3.5
27
5
19
6
67
8
0 5
11 φ12 D 19
D
PC
R8
PC
φ12
6
4-M8 TAP 4-M16 TAP
R1
26 DEEP 34 DEEP
B-18 0.1kW GMTA010-24U60∼200B

303.5
59 104.5 M6 TAP
10 36 16 DEEP
67.5
32
φ140
φ105h7
φ128
18
φ24h6
4
67
7
30
D1
R9
U φ12 PC 4-M10 TAP

32 DEEP
B-16
B-17
B-18
B-19
B-20
0.1
43
B-21 0.2kW GMTA020-18L5B B-24 0.2kW GMTA020-28L100∼200B

M6 TAP M8 TAP
311.5 104.5 16 DEEP 347 104.5 20 DEEP
φ28h6
42
φ18h6
28 37 7
25 6
8
φ140
6
18
158.5
φ140
23
139.5
4
105
4-φ11 3.5 4-φ12
90
15
12
φ12 16 16
30 30 35 35
φ12 16 16 116 78
98 57 63 63 75 75
148
130 150 180
Outline Dimensions
104.5 M6 TAP 468.5 109 M10 TAP

291 16 DEEP 25 DEEP
φ38h6
58
φ18h6
28 8
6 50
25
23.5
27
φ140
10
15
φ140
198.5
137.5
130
4-φ9 3.5 4-φ15
85
20
φ12
10
17 17
φ12 12 12 31 31 140 98 41 41
87 49 59 59 174 93 93
111 140 220

498
320.5 66 M10 TAP
104.5 M6 TAP 25 DEEP
φ24h6
36 16 DEEP 60
φ42h6
32 7 8
18
9.5
12
φ140
8
φ140
33
139.5
230
4
90
4-φ11 5
150
12
4-φ18
φ12 16 16 30 30 φ12
98 66 25 25 60 60
22
63 63
130 150 150 96 105 105
200 260
L
B-21
B-22
B-23
B-24
B-25
B-26
0.2
44
Three-phase 0.2 kW・U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
B-27 0.2kW GMTA020-18U5B B-30 0.2kW GMTA020-28U100∼200B

311.5 347
50 104.5 M6 TAP 67
16 DEEP 104.5 M8 TAP
10 28 10 42 20 DEEP
25
67.5
37
φ140
φ125h7
φ140
φ105h7
φ128
φ157
6
8
φ18h6
φ28h6
3.5
18
23
6 7
67
0 50
13 φ12 D1
R9
1
D PC
R1
φ12 4-M10 TAP
PC 32 DEEP
4-M12 TAP
38 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
B-28 0.2kW GMTA020-18U10∼25B B-31 0.2kW GMTA020-38U300∼450B

468.5 M10 TAP

291 109
104.5 M6 TAP 87 25 DEEP
46 16 DEEP 12 58
8 28
137.5
50
23.5
67.5
25
φ140
φ140
φ155h7
φ90h7
φ109
φ191
10
φ38h6
6
φ18h6
27
3.5 5
15
6 8
67
95
10 φ12 D1
D1 PC
6
R8
φ12 4-M8 TAP

PC
R1
26 DEEP 4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP
B-29 0.2kW GMTA020-24U30∼75B B-32 0.2kW GMTA020-42F600∼1200B

320.5 498 M10 TAP

104.5 25 DEEP
59 M6 TAP 98 255
10 36 16 DEEP 18 10
66
φ42h6
32
67.5
60
φ230h7
φ140
φ105h7
8
φ128
9.5
φ140
12
255
φ24h6
4
18
67
7
0
31
146
5
φ
30 φ12
R9
φ12 D1
PC 4-M10 TAP
U.F 32 DEEP 4-φ18
B-27
B-28
B-29
B-30
B-31
B-32
0.2
45

546
342 M6 TAP M10 TAP
104.5 66
25 DEEP
φ24h6
φ42h6
36 16 DEEP 60
32 7 8
φ140
1.5
18
33
12
8
φ140
139.5
230
4
90
150
4-φ11 5
12
4-φ18
22
φ12
16 16 30 30
φ12 25 25 60 60
98 66 63 63
150 96 105 105
130 150 200
260
Outline Dimensions
573
372 M8 TAP 82 M10 TAP
104.5 20 DEEP
φ50h6
φ28h6
42 75 25 DEEP
37 7 9
14
8.5
23
43
8
φ140
φ140
292.5
158.5
4 5.5
105
190
4-φ12 4-φ18
15
25
φ12
φ12 16 16 35 35 25 25
116 78 75 75 65 65
180 112
148 180 135 135
230
330
B-35 0.4kW GMTA040-38L100∼200B

412 M10 TAP

104.5
φ38h6
58 25 DEEP
50 8
10
φ140
27
198.5
5
130
4-φ15
20
φ12
17 17 41 41
140 98 93 93
174 220 L
B-33
B-34
B-35
B-36
B-37
0.4
46
Three-phase 0.4 kW・U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

342 546 M10 TAP

59 M6 TAP 98 25 DEEP
18 10 255
10 36 104.5 16 DEEP
32
φ42h6
66
67.5
φ230h7
φ140
8
8
φ105h7
60
φ128
1.5
φ140
12
255
φ24h6
4
18
0
7
67
31
5
146
φ
30
D1 φ12
PC
R9
φ12 4-M10 TAP
32 DEEP 4-φ18
Outline Dimensions

573 M10 TAP

372 M8 TAP 114 25 DEEP
67 320
104.5 20 DEEP 18 10
10 42
37
φ50h6
82
75 9
φ140
φ125h7
φ157
φ300h7
8.5
14
320
φ140
8
φ28h6
23
0
7
39
188.5
φ
5.5
0 φ12
15
φ12 CD
1
R1
P 4-M12 TAP
38 DEEP 4-φ18
B-40 0.4kW GMTA040-38U100∼200B

412 104.5 M10 TAP

87 25 DEEP
12 58
50
137.5
10
φ140
φ155h7
φ191
φ38h6
5
27
8
95
φ12 D1
PC
6
U.F
R1
4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP
B-38
B-39
B-40
B-41
B-42
0.4
47
Three-phase 0.75 kW・L：Foot mount type / U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
B-43 0.75kW GMTA075-28L5∼25B B-47 0.75kW GMTA075-28U5∼25B

399.5 M8 TAP 399.5

113.5 20 DEEP
φ28h6
42 67
10 42 113.5 M8 TAP
37 7 20 DEEP
37
23
8
φ158
158.5
φ158
φ125h7
4
φ157
105
4-φ12
φ28h6
8
15
4
23
7
79
φ12 16 16 35 35
0
116 78 75 75 15
1
D 4-M12 TAP
R1
148 180 φ12 PC 38 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
442.5 M10 TAP 442.5 M10 TAP

113.5 87 113.5 25 DEEP
φ38h6
58 25 DEEP
12 58
50 8 50
137.5
10
φ158
198.5
27
φ158
φ155h7
φ191
5
130
10
4-φ15
φ38h6
5
27
20
8
φ12 95
17 17 41 41 D1
PC
6
140 98 93 93 φ12
R1
174 4-M16 TAP
220 34 DEEP
B-45 0.75kW GMTA075-42L100∼200B B-49 0.75kW GMTA075-42F100∼200B

472 472 M10 TAP

66 M10 TAP 98 25 DEEP
25 DEEP 255
φ42h6
60 18 10
8
12
33
φ42h6
66
φ158
60 8
230
φ230h7
12
33
5
255
φ158
150
4-φ18
0
31
5
146
φ
φ12 25 25 60 60
22
150 96 105 105

200 φ12 4-φ18 L.F.U
260
B-43
B-44
B-45
B-46
B-47
B-48
B-46 0.75kW GMTA075-50L300∼450B B-50 0.75kW GMTA075-50F300∼450B B-49
B-50
619 M10 TAP

619 M10 TAP 25 DEEP
25 DEEP 114 320
82
φ50h6
18 10
75
9
1.5
14
φ158
82
43
φ50h6
292.5
75 9
φ300h7
1.5
φ158
14
320
190
4-φ18 5.5
25
φ12
188.5
39
5.5
φ
25 25 65 65 φ12
180 112 135 135
230
330
4-φ18
48
Three-phase 1.5 kW・L：Foot mount type / U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

521.5 141
M10 TAP 521.5 141
58 25 DEEP 87 M10 TAP
φ38h6
12 58 25 DEEP
50 8
110
φ191
50
10
φ155h7
φ198
110
φ198
198.5
27
27
10
5
φ38h6
5
130
4-φ15 5 8
19
20
CD
φ27 φ27 P
6
17 17 4-M16 TAP
R1
140 98 41 41
93 93 34 DEEP
174
220
Outline Dimensions

540.5 M10 TAP

540.5 141 25 DEEP
M10 TAP 98 255
66 18 10 141
25 DEEP
φ42h6
60
8
66
φ42h6
60
12
φ230h7
φ198
255
33
230
31 12
φ198
5
150
33
0
4-φ18
5
146
φ
60 60
22
25 25
φ27 150 96 105 105
200 260 φ27 4-φ18

567.5 M10 TAP 567.5 M10 TAP

82 25 DEEP 114 320
φ50h6
25 DEEP
75 18 10
9
14
82
φ50h6
φ198
75
43
9
292.5
φ300h7
320
14
5.5
190
φ198
4-φ18
43
0
25
39
188.5
5.5
φ
φ27 25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
φ27
L.U.F 230 330 4-φ18
B-51
B-52
B-53
B-54
B-55
B-56
1.5
49
Three-phase 2.2 kW・L：Foot mount type / U：Flange mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

540 141 540 M10 TAP

66 M10 TAP 98 255 25 DEEP
25 DEEP
φ42h6
60 18 10 141
8
66
φ42h6
12
φ198
60 8
33
255
230
31 12
5
150
φ198
φ230h7
33
4-φ18
0
22
5
146
φ
φ27 25 25 60 60
150 96 105 105
200 260 φ27
4-φ18
Outline Dimensions
591.5 591.5
M10 TAP 114 M10 TAP
320
82 25 DEEP
φ50h6
25 DEEP 18 10
75 9
82
14
φ50h6
φ198
75 9
292.5
43
320
14
5.5
190
φ198
4-φ18
43
φ300h7
25
0
39
188.5
5.5
φ
φ27 25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 φ27
330 4-φ18

M12 TAP
636
636 M12 TAP 127 360 30 DEEP
95 30 DEEP 18 10
φ63h6
90 11
95
φ63h6
18
90
φ198
11
339.5
φ340h7
54
360
7
225
φ198
54
φ 18
4-φ22
0
44
214.5
28
7
φ27
35 35 75 75
210 135 150 150
280 370 φ27 L.F
4-φ18
B-57
B-58
B-59
B-60
B-61
B-62
2.2
50
Three-phase 3.7 kW・L：Foot mount type / U：Flange mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

649.5 M10 TAP

649.5 154 M10 TAP 25 DEEP
82 114 320
φ50h6
25 DEEP
75 18 10
9
14
82
φ50h6
φ214
75
43
9
φ300h7
292.5
320
5.5
190
14
4-φ18
φ214
43
25
0
39
188.5
5.5
φ
φ27 25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230
330
φ27
4-φ18
Note) For 400 V, the DC module is incorporated in the terminal box. Note) For 400 V, the DC module is incorporated in the terminal box.
Outline Dimensions

676 M10 TAP

676 154 M10 TAP 114 320 25 DEEP
82
φ50h6
25 DEEP 18 10
75 9
82
14
φ50h6
φ214
75 9
43
φ300h7
292.5
5.5
14
190
320
φ214
4-φ18
43
25
0
39
188.5
5.5
φ
φ27 25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330 φ27
4-φ18
Note) For 400 V, the DC module is incorporated in the terminal box. Note) For 400 V, the DC module is incorporated in the terminal box.
Three-phase 5.5 kW・L：Foot mount type / F：Flange mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

755.5 M10 TAP

755.5 205 M10 TAP 114 320 25 DEEP
25 DEEP
φ50h6
82 18 10 205
75 9
82
14
φ50h6
75
292.5
9
43
φ252
φ300h7
5.5
14
190
320
4-φ18 φ35
43
25
φ252
0
39
188.5
5.5
L.F
φ
25 25 65 65
φ35
B-63
180 112 135 135
B-64 230 330
B-65 4-φ18
B-66
B-67
B-68 We can make it to order with short lead times. We can make it to order with short lead times.
3.7
5.5
51
Single-phase 100 W・L：Foot mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
B-69 100W GMTA100-18L5B B-72 100W GMTA100-28L300∼450B

Outline Dimensions
B-70 100W GMTA100-18L10∼50B B-73 100W GMTA100-38L600∼1200B
B-71 100W GMTA100-24L60∼200B

L
B-69
B-70
B-71
B-72
B-73
100
52
Single-phase 100 W・U：Face mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
B-74 100W GMTA100-18U5B B-77 100W GMTA100-28U300∼450B

Outline Dimensions
B-75 100W GMTA100-18U10∼50B B-78 100W GMTA100-38U600∼1200B

B-76 100W GMTA100-24U60∼200B

U
B-74
B-75
B-76
B-77
B-78
100
53
Single-phase 200 W・L：Foot mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
B-79 200W GMTA200-18L5B B-82 200W GMTA200-28L100∼200B

Outline Dimensions

L
B-79
B-80
B-81
B-82
B-83
B-84
200
54
Single-phase 200 W・U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount brake type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
B-85 200W GMTA200-18U5B B-88 200W GMTA200-28U100∼200B

Outline Dimensions
B-86 200W GMTA200-18U10∼25B B-89 200W GMTA200-38U300∼450B

B-87 200W GMTA200-24U30∼75B B-90 200W GMTA200-42F600∼1200B

U.F
B-85
B-86
B-87
B-88
B-89
B-90
200
55
Gear Motor TA Series Structure
■Structure
■GMTA010-18L20 １．Motor
２．L case
1 11 13 15 16 3 14 9 6 2 10 12
３．M bracket
４．1st stage wheel
５．2nd shaft with pinion
６．Output shaft with wheel
７．Bearing metal (2nd shaft M bracket side)
８．Bearing metal (2nd shaft L case side)
９．Bearing metal (output shaft M bracket side)
10．Bearing (output shaft L case side)
11．Bearing (motor shaft load side)
5 12．Oil seal (output side)
13．Oil seal (motor shaft)
8
14．O-ring
4 15．Filter
Structure
16．Shim
7
１．Motor
２．L case
３．M bracket
■GMTA040-28L50 ４．1st stage wheel
５．2nd shaft with pinion
６．2nd stage wheel
1 16 18 21 20 3 19 12 8 2 15 17 9 ７．3rd shaft with pinion
８．3rd stage wheel
９．Output shaft
10．Bearing metal (2nd shaft M bracket side)
11． Bearing metal (2nd shaft L case side)
12． Bearing metal (output shaft M bracket side)
13．Bearing (3rd shaft M bracket side)
14．Bearing (3rd shaft L case side)
15．Bearing (output shaft L case side)
16．Bearing (motor shaft load side)
5
17．Oil seal (output shaft)
11 18．Oil seal (motor shaft)
19．O-ring
14
20．Filter
11 13 21．Shim
１．Motor
２．L case
３．M bracket
4 6 7 ４．H bracket
５．1st stage wheel with pinion
■GMTA010-28L450 ６．2nd stage wheel
７．3rd shaft with pinion
８．3rd stage wheel
1 22 26 25 3 23 24 26 25 15 10 2 19 21 H
11 ９．4th shaft with pinion
10．4th stage wheel M-11
M-12
11．Output shaft M-13
M-14
12．Bearing metal (2nd shaft H bracket side) M-15
M-15
13．Plametal (3rd shaft M bracket side) M-15
M-15
14．Plametal (3rd shaft L case side)
40
15．Plametal (output shaft M bracket
60
side)
5 90
16．Bearing (2nd shaft M bracket side)
6 17．Bearing (4th shaft M bracket side)
7 18．Bearing (4th shaft L case side)
20 12 16
13 14 19．Bearing (output shaft L case side)
4 20．Bearing (motor shaft load side)
22．Oil seal (motor shaft)
23．Oil seal (2nd shaft)
17 8 9 18
24．O-ring
25．Filter
26．Shim
56
Gear Motor TA Series Options
Flange
●When converting a face mount type (U) to a flange mount type (F), place an order separately for an S
flange (eccentric) or an M flange (concentric).
●The S flange (eccentric) and M flange (concentric) are both made of cast iron.
1. S flange (eccentric)
This flange can be installed easily with four bolts. Please utilize it according to your need. (The four bolts
are included with the flange.)
Options
(1) Flange number
Motor output
Reduction
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW
ratio
100W 200W 400W ―
1/5 UFS27
1/10
1/15 UFS27 UFS37
UFS15
1/20
UFS15
1/25
（UFS13）
1/30 UFS27（25）
1/40
1/50 UFS37
UFS27
1/60
UFS27
1/75
（UFS25）
1/100
1/120
H UFS37
1/165 UFS27
M-1
M-2 1/200
M-3 1/300
M-4 1/360 UFS37
(Note) Shown in parentheses is the one-frame smaller S flange.
40 1/450 Either can be used by customer's choice.
60
90
(2) Dimension list
Flange number Cs E F H R O Y Z Weight kg

UFS13 18 4 12 135 32 125 150 9 1.2
UFS15 20 4 12 150 32 140 170 9 1.3
UFS25 20 4 16 150 41 140 170 9 1.4
UFS27 24 4 16 175 41 165 200 11 2.3
UFS37 24 4 18 175 47 165 200 11 2.1
57
Gear Motor TA Series Options
2. M flange (concentric)
This flange can be installed easily with four bolts. Please utilize it according to your need. (The four bolts
are included with the flange.)
Options
screw
(1) Flange number

Motor output
Reduction 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW
ratio
100W 200W 400W ― ―
1/5 UFM26
1/10
1/15 UFM26 UFM39
UFM15 UFM48
1/20
1/25 UFM15
1/30
1/40
1/50 UFM26 UFM39 UFM48
1/60
1/75
1/100
UFM26
1/120
UFM39 UFM48
1/165
1/200
1/300
1/360 UFM39 UFM48
1/450
H
M-11
M-5
1/600 M-12
M-13
M-6
M-14
1/720 M-15
UFM48 M-7
M-15
1/1000 M-15
M-8
M-15
1/1200
40
60
90
(2) Dimension list

Flange number E F H R O Y Z Weight kg
UFM15 3.5 12 155 32 145 170 M10 1.4
UFM26 3.5 16 165 41（32） 148 185 M12 1.7
UFM39 4 18 190 47 180 215 M12 2.5
UFM48 5 26.5 280 60.5 260 290 φ12 7.5
Note 1) For the UFM48 only, the bolthole used for fixing the flange is a through-hole.
Note 2) The dimension in parentheses is applied when installing the 0.1 kW, 0.2 kW, 100 W and 200 W devices with
a reduction ratio of 1/5.
58
Gear Motor TA Series Installation
■Lubrication
1. Grease lubrication
Grease is used for lubrication.
2. Grease injection
The product is delivered with the correct amount of unleaded grease already installed.
3. Grease change
In most cases, it is not necessary to change or replenish the grease, but if the grease is changed after 20,000 hours
of operation, the life will be prolonged.
4. Grease specification
Use grease for high-grade gears with a viscosity No. 000 or equivalent.
5. Recommended grease
Nippon Grease Co., Ltd.: Nigtight LMS No. 000 (this is the unleaded grease installed before delivery)
Showa Shell Sekiyu K.K.: Alvania EP Grease R000
Installation
Nippon Oil Mitsubishi Co., Ltd.: Pyronoc Universal 000
6. Grease quantity
・ Gear motor
・ Gear motor with brake type
CB gear motor
・ Inline reducer
・ Adapter-type reducer
Motor output Reduction ratio Grease quantity kg Motor output Reduction ratio Grease quantity kg
1/10∼1/50 0.14 1/10∼1/25 0.14

0.1 kW
0.1 kW 1/5・1/60∼1/200 0.3 1/5・1/30∼1/75 0.3
（100W）
（100W） 1/300∼1/450 0.5＋（0.35） 1/100∼1/200 0.5
1/600∼1/1200 1.1＋（0.35） 1/10∼1/25 0.14
0.2 kW
1/10∼1/25 0.14 1/5・1/30∼1/75 0.3
（200W）
1/5・1/30∼1/75 0.3 1/100∼1/200 0.5
0.2 kW 1/100∼1/200 0.5 1/5∼1/25 0.3
（200W） 0.4 kW
1/300∼1/450 1.1＋（0.6） 1/30∼1/75 0.5
1/600∼1/1200 1.3＋（0.6） 1/100∼1/200 1.1
1/5∼1/25 0.3 1/5∼1/25 0.5
1/30∼1/75 0.5 0.75 kW 1/30∼1/75 1.1
0.4 kW 1/100∼1/200 1.1 1/100∼1/200 1.3
1/300∼1/450 1.4＋（0.8） 1/5∼1/30 1.3
1/600∼1/1200 2.8＋（0.8） 1.5 kW 1/40∼1/75 2.8
1/5∼1/25 0.5 1/100∼1/200 4.2
1/30∼1/75 1.1 1/5∼1/30 1.3
0.75 kW
1/100∼1/200 1.3 2.2 kW 1/40∼1/75 2.8
1/300∼1/450 2.8＋（1.0） 1/100∼1/200 4.2
1/5∼1/30 1.3 1/5∼1/30 2.8
3.7 kW
1.5 kW 1/40∼1/75 1.4 1/40・1/50 2.8
1/100∼1/200 2.8
1/5∼1/30 1.3
2.2 kW 1/40∼1/75 2.8
1/100∼1/200 4.2
1/5∼1/30 2.8
3.7 kW
1/40・1/50 2.8
5.5 kW 1/5∼1/30 3.3
Note) The values in parentheses under "Grease quantity" are for the 1st step speed reduction part of the 4-step speed reduction
(1/300 to 1/1200).
7. Oil seal
A contact-type oil seal is used to seal the shaft of the speed reducer housing. In most cases, it is not necessary to
replace the oil seal. If the oil seal is replaced after 10,000 hours of operation, though, the life of the reducer will be
prolonged. Because the life of the oil seal depends on the use conditions, there may be cases where the oil seal needs
to be replaced before 10,000 hours of operation.
If the product is used in equipment for which oil leakage should be particularly avoided, such as food processing
machines, install an oil pan or similar device in preparation for unexpected oil leakage due to failure, life expiration or
other cause.
59
■Installation
1. Mounting direction
Because all the models employ grease lubrication, they can be mounted in any position: horizontal, vertical or
inclined.
2. Ambient conditions
Installation place Indoor place not exposed to dust or water
Ambient temperature −20℃ to 40℃ (0℃ to 40℃ for CB gear motors)
3. Bolt tightening
Installation
(1) Foot mount type
¡Use a strong flat mounting surface that is not significantly affected by vibration during operation. After cleaning
dirt and foreign matter from the mounting face, securely fasten the product with four bolts.
¡When a none directly connected drive is employed or the product is started and stopped frequently, we recommend
installing a stopper on the foot section.
(2) Face mount type

When installing a face mount type, please note the following in particular.
① Mounting
If the length of engagement of the mounting bolt and the female threads of the main body is short or the
tightening torque is too high, the female threads of the main body will be damaged. If the tightening torque is too
low, the bolts fastening the reducer may loosen durring operation.
② Mounting bolt
A) Use hexagon head bolts (JIS B1051, Strength 4.6) or hexagon socket bolts (JIS B1051, Strength 10.9).
B) Bolt length
Determine the bolt length based on <Thickness of mounting flange + Length of engagement of bolt > (shown in
the table below).
Threaded portion of case Length of engagement of bolt

M8-26mm 18 mm or more
H
M-11
③ Tightening torque M-12
M-13
M-14
Tighten the bolt to the tightening torque shown in the table below. M-15
M-15
M-15
M-15
Screw Hexagon head bolt Hexagon socket bolt
40
size N・m ｛｝
kgf・m N・m ｛｝
kgf・m 60
M8 9.8∼10.3 ｛1.0∼1.05｝ 9.8∼19.6 ｛1.0∼ 2.0｝ 90
M10 19.6∼20.6 ｛2.0∼2.1 ｝ 19.6∼39.2 ｛2.0∼ 4.0｝

M12 34.3∼36.6 ｛3.5∼3.7 ｝ 34.3∼68.6 ｛3.5∼ 7.0｝
M16 84.3∼88.2 ｛8.6∼9.0 ｝ 84.3∼168.6 ｛8.6∼17.2｝
Note) When mounting an optional flange, be sure to use the bolts and washers that are included.
(3) Flange mount type

Securely fasten to the flange mounting plate.
60
■Coupling
1. For direct coupling
¡When easy removal and safety are required, we recommend the compact and strong Tsubaki Roller
Chain Coupling.
¡When the product is used in places where lubrication is impossible, we recommend the Tsubaki Nylon
Chain Coupling.
¡When shaft misalignment or vibration is anticipated, we recommend the Tsubaki Neo-flex Coupling or
Tsubaki Jaw-flex Coupling.
2. For parallel coupling
¡We recommend a strong and safe roller chain transmission.
3. Notes on coupling
(1) Accurately aligning the coupling and shaft center will prolong the operating life of the reducer and
shaft coupling.
Installation
(2) For roller chain transmissions, make sure that the reducer's shaft and the mating shaft are parallel
and adjust the tension of the chain to eliminate slack.
4. Recommended couplings to be used for direct coupling to the output
shaft
Motor Output Recommended coupling Motor Output Recommended coupling
Reduction shaft Reduction shaft
output Roller chain Neo-flex Nylon chain output diameter Roller chain Neo-flex Nylon chain
ratio diameter ratio
kW mm coupling coupling coupling kW mm coupling coupling coupling
1/5∼1/50 18 CR4012-J NF 303 CN411 1/5∼1/25 28 CR4014-J NF 503 CN611
1/60∼1/100 CR4014-J NF 403 CN415 1/30∼1/50 CR5016-J NF 603 CN618
24 38
1/120∼1/200 CR4014-J NF 503 CN611 1/60・1/75 CR5016-J NF 703 ―
0.75
0.1 1/300 CR4014-J NF 603 CN613 1/100・1/120 CR5018-J NF 804 ―
28 42
1/360・1/450 CR4014-J NF 603 CN617 1/165・1/200 CR5018-J NF 1004 ―
1/600・1/720 CR5016-J NF 703 ― 1/300∼1/450 50 CR6018-J ― ―
38
1/1000・1/1200 CR5016-J NF 804 ― 1/5・1/10 CR5016-J NF 503 CN614
1/5∼1/25 18 CR4012-J NF 303 CN411 1/15・1/20 38 CR5016-J NF 603 CN615
1/30∼1/60 CR4014-J NF 403 CN417 1/25・1/30 CR5016-J NF 703 ―
24
1/75 CR4014-J NF 503 CN419 1.5 1/40・1/60 CR5018-J NF 804 ―
42
1/100・1/120 CR4014-J NF 603 CN613 1/75 CR5018-J NF 904 ―
28
0.2 1/165・1/200 CR4014-J NF 603 CN617 1/100 CR6018-J NF 1004 ―
50
1/300・1/360 CR5016-J NF 703 ― 1/120・1/200 CR6018-J ― ―
38
1/450 CR5016-J NF 804 ― 1/5・1/15 CR5018-J NF 603 CN616
1/600 CR5018-J NF 904 ― 1/20・1/25 42 CR5018-J NF 703 ―
42
1/720∼1/1200 CR5018-J NF 1004 ― 1/30 CR5018-J NF 804 ―
2.2
1/5∼1/25 24 CR4014-J NF 403 CN416 1/40・1/50 CR6018-J NF 904 ―
50
1/30∼1/50 CR4014-J NF 503 CN612 1/60・1/75 CR6018-J NF 1004 ―
28
1/60・1/75 CR4014-J NF 603 CN615 1/100・1/200 63 CR6022-J ― ―
1/100・1/120 CR5016-J NF 703 ― 1/5・1/10 CR6018-J NF 603 CN618
0.4 38
1/165・1/200 CR5016-J NF 804 ― 1/15・1/20 CR6018-J NF 804 ―
H 1/300 CR5018-J NF 904 ― 3.7 1/25・1/30 50 CR6018-J NF 904 ―
42
M-11
1/360・1/450 CR5018-J NF 1004 ― 1/40 CR6018-J NF 1004 ―
M-12
M-13 1/600∼1/1200 50 CR6018-J ― ― 1/50 CR6018-J ― ―
M-14
M-15 1/5・1/10 CR6018-J NF 703 ―
M-15
M-15 5.5 1/15・1/20 50 CR6018-J NF 904 ―
M-15
1/25・1/30 CR6018-J NF 1004 ―
40
60
90
61
5. Recommended roller chain and sprocket tooth numbers to be used for

parallel coupling to output shafts
※Use the following sprocket sizes to prevent the overhang load applied to the output shaft from becoming too high.
Motor Output
shaft Recommended roller chain
output Reduction ratio diameter and sprocket tooth numbers
kW mm
1/5∼1/50 18 RS 35-13T
1/60∼1/200 24 RS 40-14T
0.1
1/300∼1/450 28 RS 80-13T
1/600∼1/1200 38 RS100-14T
1/5∼1/25 18 RS 40-13T
1/30∼1/75 24 RS 50-13T
0.2 1/100∼1/200 28 RS 60-13T
1/300∼1/450 38 RS100-15T
1/600∼1/1200 42 RS120-15T
1/5∼1/25 24 RS 50-13T
Installation
1/30∼1/75 28 RS 60-13T
0.4 1/100∼1/200 38 RS 80-13T
1/300∼1/450 42 RS120-16T
1/600∼1/1200 50 RS160-16T
1/5∼1/25 28 RS 60-13T
1/30∼1/75 38 RS 80-13T
0.75
1/100∼1/200 42 RS120-13T
1/300∼1/450 50 RS140-15T
1/5∼1/30 38 RS 80-13T
1.5 1/40∼1/75 42 RS100-14T
1/100∼1/200 50 RS140-16T
1/5∼1/30 42 RS100-13T
2.2 1/40∼1/75 50 RS120-13T
1/100∼1/200 63 RS160-16T
1/5∼1/30 RS100-14T
3.7 50
1/40・1/50 RS140-15T
5.5 1/5∼1/30 50 RS120-15T
6. Recommended couplings to be used for direct coupling between

input shafts of inline reducers and motors
Input shaft Recommended coupling
Motor output
diameter
kW Roller chain coupling Nylon chain coupling Jaw-flex coupling
mm
0.1 12 CR3812 CN310 LO50-S
0.2 12 CR3812 CN310 LO50-S
0.4 14 CR3812 CN311 LO50-S
0.75 19 CR4012-J CN315 LO70-S
1.5 22 CR4012-J CN317 LO75-S
H
2.2 24 CR4014-J CN317 LO75-S
M-11
3.7 28 CR4014-J CN415 LO90-S M-12
M-13
M-14
5.5 32 CR4016-J CN417 LO99-S M-15
M-15
M-15
M-15
40
60
90
62
■Wiring
1. Wiring of motors
Three-phase motor（0.1kW∼5.5kW） Single-phase motor（100W、200W）
Connection
U X Y V U X Y V
U V W U V W
Black Blue Brown Red Black Blue Brown Red
R S T T S R
Direction
of rotation
¡The direction of rotation shown above is for two-step and 4-step reduction as viewed from the output shaft
side.
For three-step reduction, the direction of rotation is reversed.
For the number of reduction steps, refer to the characteristics charts shown on the following pages.
Gear motors: Pages 25 to 27
Installation
Gear motors with brakes: Pages 25 to 27

CB gear motors: Page 106 to 107
¡For the three-phase motor, interchange any two of U, V and W to reverse the rotation direction.
2. Wiring of gear motors with brakes

¡There are various methods for wiring the brake. While referring to the diagram below, select a wiring method
suitable for your application.
For further details, refer to the instruction manual included with the product.
■Wiring diagram
Wiring method
Application Three-phase 200 V Three-phase 400 V Three-phase 400 V Single-phase 100 V
0.1kW∼5.5kW 0.1kW∼0.75kW 1.5kW∼3.7kW 100W∼200W
AC internal wiring
Black
Normal use
Power supply
●
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Blue
Red
Brown
● Standard shipping
specifications Yellow Black Yellow Black Azure HD-12MYH Black Red Black
Yellow Black Black Azure Black Red Black
Yellow
Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue
AC external wiring
● When you want to Black

Power supply
Power supply
shorten the stop time

Power supply
Power supply
Blue
Red
Brown
● When attaching a
Yellow Black Azure HD-12MYH Black
Black
phase advancing Yellow Black
Yellow
Azure Black
Red Black
Yellow Black Red Black
Blue Blue Blue Blue
condenser Blue Blue
0.1、0.2kW
Power supply
AC external operation
200V Yellow Black

● For use with an inverter
Power supply
Black
Power supply
Yellow Black
Power supply
(Set the inverter to the Blue Blue Blue

Red
MC section) Brown
0.4、0.75kW
Yellow Black AC Azure HD-12MYH Black
Yellow Black Azure Black
● When operating the Blue Blue
400V Blue Blue
Red Black
Power supply
Red Black
brake separately
230V Yellow Black

Yellow Black
Blue Blue
DC external wiring
Black
Power supply
Power supply
Blue
Power supply
Power supply
● When stopping Red

Brown
accuracy is required
Varistor
(For lift, etc.) Yellow Black

Yellow Black Azure HD-12MYH Black Red Black
Yellow Black Black Red Black
Yellow
Blue N Blue
Black Blue N Blue Azure
Blue N Blue
Varistor Varistor
Varistor
M : Motor, B : Brake, MC: Electromagnetic contactor, MCa: Auxiliary relay, OCR: Overcurrent relay, ー｜／
｜ー: Protective element (varistor)
DM200D, HD-12MYH, HD100A: DC module (The three-phase 200 V 3.7 kW device is PM90B; the 5.5 kW device is PM180B.)
Notes:
1. Use an auxiliary relay with rated load of 250 V AC, 7A or more.
2. The contact capacity of the contacts marked with an asterisk in the DC external wiring diagram should be 250 V AC, 10A or more.
3. When performing AC external operation on the 0.1 kW-0.75 kW three-phase 400 V level motors, disconnect the N section with a closed
end connection binder. Then be sure to insulate the N section. In this case, the necessary input power to the DC module is 200 V for 0.1
kW and 0.2 kW and 230 V for 0.4 kW and 0.75 kW. If a 200 V or 230 V power supply is not available, reduce the voltage to 200 V or
230 V using a transformer. (For the inverter motor type, the input power to the DC module should be 200 V). Use a transformer with the
following capacity: (0.1 kW-0.2 kW: 60 VA or more, 0.4 kW-0.75 kW: 150 VA or more).
4. The contact capacity of the contacts marked with an asterisk in the DC external wiring diagram for 1.5 kW to 3.7 kW and 400 V should
be 400 to 440 V AC: two (or three) contacts with an inductive load of 1A or more should be connected serially.
5. The DC module (DM200D, HD-12MYH) includes a protective element for absorbing surges.
6. Add a protective element for protecting contacts as necessary.
63
■Precautions for connecting a varistor when using DC external wiring

When DC external wiring is employed, the power supply module for the brake may be damaged depending on
the length of the wiring, the method of wiring, the type of relay, etc. Therefore, connect a varistor between
the terminals for DC external wiring.
Connecting it near the power supply module for the brake (to the blue lead wire section for the three-phase
motor) will be more effective. The model number of the varistor to be used is as shown below.
The varistor voltage should be 470 V for DM100A and DM200D and 910 V for HD-12MYH.
Model number
Name of product Name of maker
For DM100A、DM200D For HD-12MYH
Surge absorber Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. ERZV14D471 ERZV14D911
Set-Lap Fuji Electric Co., Ltd. ENC471D-14A ENC911D-14A
Ceramic varistor Marcon Electronics Co., Ltd. TNR15G471K TNR15G102K
■Inverter drive (when a standard motor is continuously inverter-driven )
Installation
At present, an inverter and gear motor are usually set up to perform speed control.
Because inverter driving enables soft starting, it is possible to prevent the reducer and transmission system
from being damaged due to shock torque caused at the time of starting. To meet such needs, the Gear
Motor TA Series is designed and manufactured to perform effectively over a wide frequency range.
1. Frequency range
The maximum frequency is 120 Hz. At low frequencies (low speed), use within the inverter's allowable
range.
2. Torque Specification
For the frequency and torque characteristics, refer to the figure below.
¡At high frequencies, the torque decreases in reverse proportion to the revolution because of the
constant kW. The motor noise, motor fan noise, reducer noise and vibration increase because the
revolution speed is high.
¡At medium frequencies, almost constant torque characteristics are shown.
¡At low frequencies, the temperature increases largely because the operating efficiency and cooling
efficiency of the motor decrease. To prevent this, reduce the required torque as shown in the figure
below.
100
Continuous operation
maximum torque
80
︶
％
︵
Torque
50
6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120
The rating of the motor at a frequency of 60 Hz is 100% output torque.
H
M-11
M-12
M-13
3. Brake type M-14
M-15
M-15
¡Because the brake requires a fixed power supply (frequency, voltage), set up the brake circuit separately by M-15
M-15
referring to the wiring diagram on page 63. For the standard product, the brake lead wire and motor lead wire
40
are shipped screwed together. Therefore, remove the screw and connect each lead wire separately. 60
¡Perform braking at 60 Hz (1800 r/min) or less. 90
Braking at high frequencies, above 60 Hz, may cause mechanical damage or excessive wear on the
lining of the brake.
¡At low frequencies, the heat-resistant life may be shortened due to a reduction in cooling performance.
In such cases, minimize the time the brake is powered-on.
64
Gear Motor TA Series Others
4. For CB gear motors

There may be cases where tripping is caused due to motor torque being generated instantaneously when
the clutch is engaged. Therefore, the capacity of the inverter should generally be two to three times the
capacity of the motor.
5. For single-phase motors and explosion-proof motors

Because the single-phase motor uses a centrifugal switch and condenser, it cannot be inverter-driven.
For the explosion-proof motor, an inverter cannot be used because the explosion-proof verified power
supply (frequency, voltage) is not satisfied.
6. Cautions
¡Increased temperatures, noise and vibration result when compared with using a commercial power
supply.
¡In order to prevent the motor from overheating, use an electronic thermal relay adjusted to the general
motor characteristics or provide a thermal relay, etc., between the inverter and motor.
¡If you will inverter-drive a 400 V level unit, we recommend use of an inverter motor.
Others
There may be cases where high-voltage surges (micro surges) generated from switching of the inverter
cause dielectric breakdowns. When the wiring length is long (20 m or more), dielectric breakdowns are
likely to occur.
¡When the base frequency is set to 50 Hz, the output torque should be 80% of that shown in the table above.
We also manufacture an inverter-motor-type gear motor and hypoid motor to which an inverter-
ready motor is coupled directly. Running with 100% constant torque is possible even at low
frequencies (6 Hz or more). For the 2.2 kW and 3.7 kW devices, reduction of torque is produced at
frequencies of 10 Hz or less. For further datails, refer to pages 14 and 67.
Explosion-proof type specifications

(1) Model: Motor capacity…0.1 kW to 0.75 kW
(2) Explosion-proof level: eG3
(3) Dimensions
PF3/4 screw
Motor output Reduction ratio ＰＸ θ°
0.1 ｋＷ 1/5∼1/200 170 94 15

0.2 ｋＷ 1/300∼1/1200 163 62 0
1/5∼1/200 96 15
0.4 ｋＷ 179
1/300∼1/1200 61.5 15
1/5∼1/200 99 15
0.75 ｋＷ 188
1/300∼1/450 57.5 15
Note 1)
The frame of the 0.1 kW motor is the same as that of the 0.2 kW motor.
Because the frame number of the reducer is also the same as that of the 0.2 kW motor, the 0.1 kW motor has the same
appearance and dimensions as the 0.2 kW motor.
Note 2)
For the 0.1 kW and 0.2 kW motors, the orientation of the motors with a reduction ratio of 1/300 or more is turned 15
degrees counterclockwise as compared with that of motors with a reduction ratio of 1/200 or less, and therefore there is a
difference in the dimension <P> between the former and the latter.
Note 3)
The dimension <X> represents the distance from the center of the motor.
65
Special products
We manufacture special products in addition to our standard series. Please place orders for special products using the
option code and the specification code as listed on page 14 and 15.
For example, the following specifications are available. For the meaning of model numbers, refer to pages 14 and 15.
①Outdoor motor type ②Special voltage motor type ③Inverter motor type
④Ready for CE marking (0.1 kW to 0.75 kW) ⑤One-touch brake manual release type ⑥Position of terminal box
⑦Paint color ⑧Encoder type ⑨Shock relay specification (described in the section for hypoid motors)
⑪Manual shaft type (0.1 kW-0.75 kW gear motors and hypoid motors)
In addition, steel plate fan covers, steel plate terminal boxes, lead wire lagging, etc. are available for 0.1 kW to 0.75 kW
models; special variable voltage, hot-zone-passing processing, class B insulation, class F insulation, cold-resistant, and
heat-resistant types, etc. are available for 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW models. Please contact us with any requests.
Special product specifications

■Ready for CE marking (0.1 kW to 0.75 kW)
Manufacturers are obliged to attach the CE marking to products conforming to the Directive on Product Safety (EU
directive) from the European Union (EU), a system that ensures the free distribution and safety of products in the EU.
For the Hypoid Motor TA Series and Gear Motor TA Series, brakeless-type and brake-type 200 V level and 400 V level
motors conforming to the Directive on Machinery and the Directive on Low Voltage can be incorporated in products
Others
with short lead times.
■Encoder type
It is possible to set a rotary encoder in the shaft end of the motor (brake-type) to take revolution signals from the
reducer.
This is available for the 0.1 kW-2.2 kW gear motors and hypoid motors.
Features
(1) Controllability Because open-collector signals can be taken from the reducer, various types of operation are
possible.
(2) Compact It is not necessary to connect the motor shaft and rotary encoder by a coupling.
(3) Cost reduction Unlike the conventional separate component types, couplings, base plates and concerns for a
level surface are not necessary.
(4) Quick delivery The rotary encoder type is now a semi-standard product allowing quick delivery.
Construction (encoder mounting section)

Actual reduction ratio of reducer
3 5 8 4 9 7 6 2 1 For the actual reduction ratio of hypoid and gear
1. Motor
motors, refer to their specification charts.
2. Anti-load bracket with yoke
3. Fan cover
4. Encoder mounting plate
5. Encoder
6. Fixing screw
7. Motor shaft
8. Fixing screw Wiring diagram
9. Fan (0.2 kW or more)
Color Connection
Red Power supply
Black 0 V common
Encoder section specifications
Green or blue Signal A
Power supply voltage DC10.8∼26.4V H
White Signal B
Pulse count 100 pulses M-11
M-12
Yellow Signal Z M-13
Output form Open-collector output (NPN type) 6 pcs M-14
Shield NC M-15
Vcc Power supply M-15
M-15
M-15
Signal A.B.Z
Output circuit Dimensions 40
The connection dimensions are the same as the for 60
0V 0V common the brake-type standard product. 90
Electric current consumption 60 mA or less Only the length is increased, as shown in the table
Output voltage 0.5 V or less (at the time of maximum incoming) below, because the motor fan cover is extended.
Maximum incoming current 20mA MAX Motor output kw Fan cover extension mm
Signal rise/fall time 1μS or less 0.1 61
0.2、0.4 45
Maximum response frequency 200kHz
0.75 43
Output circuit resistance 50V MAX
Cable length 0.5m 1.5 37
Vibration 4.9m/s2｛0.5G｝or less（20∼50Hz） 2.2 37
66
■Inverter motor type

(Optimum for inverter driving)
Output torque 0.1kW∼1.5kW 5.5kW
Quick-delivery
characteristics 100 made-to-order product
maximum torque
︶
％ 2.2kW、3.7kW
★Exactly the same
︵
Output torque
50 size as the standard

product
★Quick delivery time of
one week
6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 ★Low price
Others
An inverter-ready motor optimum for inverter driving is coupled directly.

At frequencies of 6 to 60 Hz, constant-torque running at a level equal to that available at 60 Hz is
possible.
For the 2.2 kW and 3.7 kW devices, reduction of torque is produced at frequencies of 10 Hz or less. (90%
torque at a frequency of 6 Hz.)
・At frequencies of 60 to 120 Hz, as with the standard motor, there is a characteristic zone with constant
horsepower and limited output torque. Care should therefore be taken with the load torque.
・Be sure to adjust the output voltage of the inverter so that the input voltage from the inverter to the
motor conforms to the voltage and frequency indicated on the nameplate.
・If 100% torque is required at low frequencies, apply a torque boost with the inverter as necessary.
Continuous operation for a long time with too much torque boost applied will cause overheating, and
should be avoided.
・The motor may resonate depending on the revolution speed and frequency. When operating continuously,
avoid the resonance frequency by, for example, changing the carrier frequency setting of the inverter.
・When the load is low, for example, at the time of a trial run, the current may become large at low
frequencies. This is due to motor characteristics and does not indicate an abnormal condition.
It is possible to decrease the current by changing the setting of the inverter (reducing the torque boost,
reducing the V/F ratio and/or adjusting the torque vector).
・In order to prevent the motor from overheating, use an electronic thermal relay adjusted to the general
・For the brake-types, refer to the wiring diagram on page 63. If braking is performed at high frequencies
above 60 Hz, mechanical damage or excessive wear on the lining of the brake may be caused. Therefore,
be sure to perform braking at frequencies of 60 Hz or less.
■Manual shaft type

This is available for the brake-type 0.1 kW-0.75 kW gear motors and hypoid motors.
Hexagon rod
spanner
Using a commercially available

hexagon rod spanner, turn the
hexagon socket (M6, Opposite
side distance of 5 mm) located
in the center of the fan cover of
the motor.
Be sure to do so with the brake
released manually. Never
Manual shaft (Hexagon socket M6: Opposite side distance of 5 mm)
manually turn the unit during
operation.
67
Gear Motor TA Series Inline Reducer Type
■Structure
■GRTA150-38L30
18 19
１ . L case
２ . M bracket
３ . R bracket
４ . Input shaft with pinion
５ . 1st stage wheel
６ . 2nd shaft with pinion
７ . 2nd stage wheel
８ . Output shaft
９ . Plametal (output shaft M bracket side)
１
０. Bearing (input shaft R bracket side)
１
１. Bearing (input shaft M bracket side)
Structure
１
２. Bearing (2nd shaft M bracket side)
１
３. Bearing (2nd shaft L case side)
１
４. Bearing (output shaft L case side)
１
５. Oil seal (output shaft)
１
６. Oil seal (input shaft)
１
７. O-ring
１
８.Filter
１
９.Shim
■Relation between input shaft revolution speed and allowable output shaft torque
The allowable output shaft torque shown in the specification chart is for an input shaft revolution speed
of 1500 r/min.
When the input shaft revolution speed is other than 1500 r/min, the values shown in the specification
chart should be multiplied by the torque correction coefficient shown in the figure below to obtain the
allowable output shaft torque.
Allowable output shaft torque correction coefficient by input shaft revolution speed
Torque correction coefficient
H
M-11
M-12
M-13
M-14
M-15
M-15
M-15
M-15
40
60
90
Input shaft revolution speed r/min
(Note 1) The correction coefficient shown in the figure above is also applied to the allowable input/output shaft O.H.L.
(Note 2) For the inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency, refer to Table 3 on page 191.
68
Inline Reducer Type Specification Chart
■Specification Chart
Allowable output shaft torque Allowable O.H.L. Page and drawing
Frame number
4P motor
capacity
Nominal Actual Number of at input shaft revolution number of outline
Model number equivalence reduction reduction speed of 1500 r/min Input shaft Output shaft dimensions
reduction ratio steps
kW ratio N・m {kgf・m} N {kgf} N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5 1/5 1/ 4.932
（ 5.031） 2.8 { 0.29 } 274 { 28 } P72 Drawing G-11 P73 Drawing G-16
10 1/10 1/ 9.953
（ 9.779） 5.7 { 0.58 } 431 { 44 }
15 1/15 1/ 15.027 （14.800） 8.6 { 0.88 } 568 { 58 }
20 1/20 1/ 20.417 （19.821） 11.8 { 1.2 } 686 { 70 } P72 P73
18 2
25 1/25 1/ 25.461 （24.843） 14.7 { 1.5 } 804 { 82 } Drawing Drawing
30 1/30 1/ 29.464 17.6 { 1.8 } 902 { 92 } G-12 G-17
40 1/40 1/ 40.153 22.5 { 2.3 } 1098 { 112 }
50 1/50 1/ 49.817 28.4 { 2.9 } 1264 { 129 }
60 1/60 1/ 57.829 34.3 { 3.5 } 1431 { 146 }
75 1/75 1/ 75.252 43.1 { 4.4 } 1666 { 170 }
P72 P73
GRTA010 100 0.1 1/100 1/ 99.644 56.8 { 5.8 } 2009 { 205 }
24 3 96.0 {9.8} Drawing Drawing
Specification Chart
120 1/120 1/ 122.160 68.6 { 7.0 } 2274 { 232 }

165 1/165 1/ 172.821 94.1 { 9.6 } 2813 { 287 } G-13 G-18
200 1/200 1/ 197.213 115 { 11.7 } 3195 { 326 }
300 1/300 1/ 305.455 143 { 14.6 } 3195 { 326 } P72 P73
360 28 1/360 1/ 360.000 172 { 17.5 } 3606 { 368 } Drawing Drawing
450 1/450 1/ 439.481 215 { 21.9 } 4185 { 427 } G-14 G-19
600 1/600 1/ 609.265 4 286 { 29.2 } 5076 { 518 }
P72 P73
720 1/720 1/ 702.677 344 { 35.1 } 5733 { 585 }
38 Drawing Drawing
1000 1/1000 1/ 964.229 446 { 45.5 } 6664 { 680 }
※ ※ G-15 G-20
1200 1/1200 1/ 1155.363 459 { 46.8 } 6684 { 682 }
5 1/5 1/ 5.023
（ 5.031） 5.7 { 0.58 } 431 { 44 } P74 Drawing G-21 P75 Drawing G-27
10 1/10 1/ 10.066 （ 9.779） 11.8 { 1.2 } 686 { 70 }
P74 P75
15 18 1/15 1/ 15.079 （14.800） 17.6 { 1.8 } 902 { 92 }
Drawing Drawing
20 1/20 1/ 20.118 （19.821） 22.5 { 2.3 } 1098 { 112 }
2 G-22 G-28
25 1/25 1/ 25.333 （24.843） 28.4 { 2.9 } 1264 { 129 }
30 1/30 1/ 29.571 （29.464） 34.3 { 3.5 } 1431 { 146 }
40 1/40 1/ 41.400 （39.030） 46.1 { 4.7 } 1735 { 177 } P74 P75
50 24 1/50 1/ 49.407 56.8 { 5.8 } 2009 { 205 } Drawing Drawing
60 1/60 1/ 59.417 68.6 { 7.0 } 2274 { 232 } G-23 G-29
75 1/75 1/ 72.286 86.2 { 8.8 } 2636 { 269 }
GRTA020 100 0.2 1/100 1/ 97.785 115 { 11.7 } 3195 { 326 }
3 147 {15} P74 P75
120 1/120 1/ 120.653 137 { 14.0 } 3606 { 368 }
28 Drawing Drawing
165 1/165 1/ 160.136 189 { 19.3 } 4459 { 455 }
G-24 G-30
200 1/200 1/ 194.775 218 { 22.2 } 4822 { 492 }
300 1/300 1/ 294.857 286 { 29.2 } 4861 { 496 } P74 P75
360 38 1/360 1/ 360.490 343 { 35.0 } 5488 { 560 } Drawing Drawing
450 1/450 1/ 448.000 430 { 43.9 } 5792 { 591 } G-25 G-31
600 1/600 1/ 577.684 4 611 { 62.3 } 7301 { 745 }
P74 P75
720 1/720 1/ 735.000 733 { 74.8 } 8242 { 841 }
42 Drawing Drawing
1000 1/1000 1/ 964.923 827 { 84.4 } 9800 {1000 }
1200 1/1200 1/ 1187.879 ※
840 ※
{ 85.7 } 9800 {1000 } G-26 G-32
Note 1) The actual reduction ratios of the three-phase-motor-type gear motors (brake type, non-brake type) and CB gear motors (single-phase
H motor type, three-phase motor type) are shown in parentheses.
Note 2) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.
M-1
M-2
M-3
M-4
0.1
0.2
69
Number of reduction steps

Frame number
4P motor Nominal Actual at input shaft revolution number of outline
capacity
Model number reduction reduction speed of 1500 r/min Input shaft Output shaft dimensions
equivalence
kW ratio ratio
N・m {kgf・m} N {kgf} N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5 1/5 1/ 4.950 12.1 { 1.23 } 686 { 70 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.313 24.5 { 2.5 } 1098 { 112 } P76 P77
15 24 1/15 1/ 15.125 36.3 { 3.7 } 1431 { 146 } Drawing Drawing
20 1/20 1/ 19.388 48.0 { 4.9 } 1735 { 177 } G-33 G-38
2
25 1/25 1/ 24.750 60.8 { 6.2 } 2009 { 205 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.875 72.5 { 7.4 } 2274 { 232 }
40 1/40 1/ 40.519 94.1 { 9.6 } 2754 { 281 } P76 P77
50 28 1/50 1/ 50.909 118 { 12.0 } 3195 { 326 } Drawing Drawing
60 1/60 1/ 60.000 140 { 14.3 } 3606 { 368 } G-34 G-39
75 1/75 1/ 73.247 175 { 17.9 } 4185 { 427 }
GRTA040 100 0.4 1/100 1/ 101.544 234 { 23.9 } 5076 { 518 }
3 235 {24} P76 P77
Specification Chart
120 1/120 1/ 117.113 281 { 28.7 } 5733 { 585 }
38 Drawing Drawing
165 1/165 1/ 160.705 364 { 37.1 } 6664 { 680 }
200 1/200 1/ 192.560 389 { 39.7 } 6684 { 682 } G-35 G-40
300 1/300 1/ 292.226 611 { 62.3 } 7301 { 745 } P76 P77
360 42 1/360 1/ 368.952 733 { 74.8 } 8242 { 841 } Drawing Drawing
450 1/450 1/ 437.152 916 { 93.5 } 9565 { 976 } G-36 G-41
600 1/600 1/ 597.694 4 1222 {124.7 } 11584 {1182 }
P76 P77
720 1/720 1/ 748.052 1466 {149.6 } 13073 {1334 }
50 Drawing Drawing
1000 1/1000 1/ 962.850 1654 {168.8 } 13230 {1350 }
※ ※ G-37 G-42
1200 1/1200 1/ 1165.714 1680 {171.4 } 13230 {1350 }
5 1/5 1/ 5.061 22.6 { 2.31 } 1049 { 107 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.159 45.1 { 4.6 } 1666 { 170 } P78 P78
15 28 1/15 1/ 14.694 67.6 { 6.9 } 2176 { 222 } Drawing Drawing
2
20 1/20 1/ 19.948 91.1 { 9.3 } 2636 { 269 } G-43 G-47
25 1/25 1/ 25.397 114 { 11.6 } 3058 { 312 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.381 136 { 13.9 } 3459 { 353 }
40 1/40 1/ 40.635 175 { 17.9 } 4185 { 427 } P78 P78
50 38 1/50 1/ 49.143 220 { 22.4 } 4861 { 496 } Drawing Drawing
GRTA075 60 0.75 1/60 1/ 60.082 264 { 26.9 } 353 {36} 5488 { 560 } G-44 G-48
75 1/75 1/ 74.667 300 { 30.6 } 5792 { 591 }
3
100 1/100 1/ 96.280 439 { 44.8 } 7301 { 745 }
P78 P78
120 1/120 1/ 122.500 527 { 53.8 } 8242 { 841 }
42 Drawing Drawing
165 1/165 1/ 160.820 724 { 73.9 } 9800 {1000 }
G-45 G-49
200 1/200 1/ 197.979 735 { 75.0 } 9800 {1000 }
300 1/300 1/ 298.523 1146 {116.9 } 9418 { 961 } P78 P78
360 50 1/360 1/ 363.462 4 1289 {131.5 } 10633 {1085 } Drawing Drawing
※ ※
450 1/450 1/ 448.907 1396 {142.4 } 12338 {1259 } G-46 G-50
5 1/5 1/ 5.000 45.3 { 4.62 } 1666 { 170 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.000 91.1 { 9.3 } 2548 { 260 }
P79 P79
15 1/15 1/ 15.000 136 { 13.9 } 3342 { 341 }
38 2 Drawing Drawing
20 1/20 1/ 19.615 181 { 18.5 } 4047 { 413 }
G-51 G-54
25 1/25 1/ 24.091 226 { 23.1 } 4694 { 479 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.000 272 { 27.8 } 5302 { 541 } H
40 1/40 1/ 39.253 351 { 35.8 } 6292 { 642 }
M-11
M-5
GRTA150 1.5 568 {58} P79 P79 M-12
50 1/50 1/ 48.704 439 { 44.8 } 7301 { 745 } M-13
42 Drawing Drawing M-6
M-14
60 1/60 1/ 61.492 527 { 53.8 } 8242 { 841 } M-15
G-52 G-55 M-7
M-15
75 1/75 1/ 72.859 659 { 67.2 } 9565 { 976 } M-15
3 M-8
M-15
100 1/100 1/ 99.616 878 { 89.6 } 11584 {1182 }
P79 P79 0.4
120 1/120 1/ 124.675 1054 {107.5 } 13073 {1334 }
50 Drawing Drawing 0.75
165 1/165 1/ 160.475 1449 {147.9 } 13230 {1350 }
200 1/200 1/ 194.286 ※
1470 ※
{150.0 } 13230 {1350 }
G-53 G-56 1.5
Note 1) The actual reduction ratios of the three-phase-motor-type gear motors (brake type, non-brake type) and CB gear
motors (single-phase motor type, three-phase motor type) are shown in parentheses.
70
Frame number
4P motor
capacity
Nominal Actual Number of at input shaft revolution number of outline
Model number equivalence reduction reduction speed of 1500 r/min Input shaft Output shaft dimensions
reduction ratio steps
kW ratio N・m {kgf・m} N {kgf} N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5 1/5 1/ 5.000 66.6 { 6.8 } 2078 { 212 }
10 1/10 1/ 9.870 133 { 13.6 } 3293 { 336 }
P80 P80
15 1/15 1/ 14.454 200 { 20.4 } 4312 { 440 }
20 1/20 1/ 20.659 266 { 27.1 } 5223 { 533 }
G-57 G-60
25 1/25 1/ 25.455 332 { 33.9 } 6066 { 619 }
30 1/30 1/ 29.143 399 { 40.7 } 6850 { 699 }
40 1/40 1/ 38.806 515 { 52.6 } 8114 { 828 }
GRTA220 2.2 735 {75} P80 P80
50 1/50 1/ 49.754 644 { 65.7 } 9418 { 961 }
50 Drawing Drawing
60 1/60 1/ 60.577 773 { 78.9 } 10633 {1085 }
G-58 G-61
75 1/75 1/ 74.818 966 { 98.6 } 12338 {1259 }
3
100 1/100 1/ 101.957 1288 {131.4 } 14955 {1526 }
P80 P80
120 1/120 1/ 118.321 1545 {157.7 } 16885 {1723 }
Specification Chart
63 Drawing Drawing
165 1/165 1/ 165.073 2126 {216.9 } 17640 {1800 }
※ ※ G-59 G-62
200 1/200 1/ 200.138 2156 {220.0 } 17640 {1800 }
5 1/5 1/ 4.865 112 { 11.4 } 2930 { 299 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.080 223 { 22.8 } 4645 { 474 }
P81 P81
15 1/15 1/ 15.158 335 { 34.2 } 6096 { 622 }
2 Drawing Drawing
20 1/20 1/ 20.667 448 { 45.7 } 7389 { 754 }
GRTA370 3.7 50 1039 {106} G-63 G-65
25 1/25 1/ 24.923 560 { 57.1 } 8565 { 874 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.545 671 { 68.5 } 9673 { 987 }
40 1/40 1/ 40.461 866 { 88.4 } 10290 {1050 } P81 Drawing P81 Drawing
3
50 1/50 1/ 49.703 1083 {110.5 } 10290 {1050 } G-64 G-66
5 1/5 1/ 5.069 167 { 17.0 } 3812 { 389 }
10 1/10 1/ 9.990 332 { 33.9 } 6056 { 618 }
P81 P81
15 1/15 1/ 15.359 499 { 50.9 } 7938 { 810 }
GRTA550 5.5 50 2 1352 {138} Drawing Drawing
20 1/20 1/ 19.770 665 { 67.9 } 9624 { 982 }
G-67 G-68
25 1/25 1/ 24.370 831 { 84.8 } 10290 {1050 }
※ ※
30 1/30 1/ 29.244 893 { 91.1 } 10290 {1050 }
Note) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.
H
M-1
M-2
M-3
M-4
2.2
3.7
5.5
71
Inline Reducer Type Outline Dimensions
0.1kW・L：Foot mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
G-11 0.1kW GRTA010-18L5 G-14 0.1kW GRTA010-28L300∼450

Outline Dimensions
G-12 0.1kW GRTA010-18L10∼50 G-15 0.1kW GRTA010-38L600∼1200
G-13 0.1kW GRTA010-24L60∼200

L
G-11
G-12
G-13
G-14
G-15
0.1
72
0.1kW・U：Face mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
G-16 0.1kW GRTA010-18U5 G-19 0.1kW GRTA010-28U300∼450

Outline Dimensions
G-17 0.1kW GRTA010-18U10∼50 G-20 0.1kW GRTA010-38U600∼1200

G-18 0.1kW GRTA010-24U60∼200

U
G-16
G-17
G-18
G-19
G-20
0.1
73
G-21 0.2kW GRTA020-18L5 G-24 0.2kW GRTA020-28L100∼200

Outline Dimensions

L
G-21
G-22
G-23
G-24
G-25
G-26
0.2
74
0.2kW・U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
G-27 0.2kW GRTA020-18U5 G-30 0.2kW GRTA020-28U100∼200

Outline Dimensions
G-28 0.2kW GRTA020-18U10∼25 G-31 0.2kW GRTA020-38U300∼450

G-29 0.2kW GRTA020-24U30∼75 G-32 0.2kW GRTA020-42F600∼1200

U.F
G-27
G-28
G-29
G-30
G-31
G-32
0.2
75

Outline Dimensions
G-35 0.4kW GRTA040-38L100∼200

L
G-33
G-34
G-35
G-36
G-37
0.4
76

Outline Dimensions

G-40 0.4kW GRTA040-38U100∼200

U.F
G-38
G-39
G-40
G-41
G-42
0.4
77
0.75kW・L：Foot mount type / U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
G-43 0.75kW GRTA075-28L5∼25 G-47 0.75kW GRTA075-28U5∼25

Outline Dimensions
G-45 0.75kW GRTA075-42L100∼200 G-49 0.75kW GRTA075-42F100∼200

L.U.F
G-43
G-44
G-45
G-46
G-47
G-48
G-46 0.75kW GRTA075-50L300∼450 G-50 0.75kW GRTA075-50F300∼450 G-49
G-50
78

Reduction ratio：5, 10,15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight：16.0kg Reduction ratio：5, 10,15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight：23.0kg
Outline Dimensions


L.U.F
G-51
G-52
G-53
G-54
G-55
G-56
1.5
79
2.2kW・L：Foot mount type / F：Flange mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

Outline Dimensions

L.F
G-57
G-58
G-59
G-60
G-61
G-62
2.2
80

Outline Dimensions


L.F
G-63
G-64
G-65
G-66
G-67
G-68
3.7
5.5
81
Gear Motor TA Series Adapter Type
■Adapter type reducer

(1) This reducer has an adapter flange to which a motor can be attached.
Special motors other than our standard can be attached to it easily.
・Motors of other makers
・Explosion-proof motors
・Other special motors
(2) This reducer can be matched to motors conforming to the IEC and JEM standards.
・The flange dimensions and shaft dimensions are adjusted accordingly.
・For 0.2 kw or less, this reducer is ready for keyless D-cut shafts.
Structure
(3) For servomotors, DC motors, etc., that have special shaft dimensions, we
manufacture reducers suitable for them as made-to-order products. Please
contact us in such cases.
(4) We ask you to attach the motor to the reducer on your own.
■Structure
■GRTA150-38L30FI
18 19
１ . L Case
２ . M bracket
３ . Motor flange
４ . Adapter input shaft with pinion
５ . 1st stage wheel
６ . 2nd shaft with pinion
７ . 2nd stage wheel
８ . Output shaft
９ . Plametal (output shaft M bracket
side)
１
０. Bearing (input shaft R motor flange
side)
１
１. Bearing (input shaft M bracket side)
１
２. Bearing (2nd shaft M bracket side)
１
３. Bearing (2nd shaft L case side)
１
４. Bearing (output shaft L case side)
１
５. Oil seal (output shaft)
１
６. Oil seal (input shaft)
１
７. O-ring
１
８. Filter
１
９. Shim
82
Adapter Type Specification Chart
Frame number
Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing
4P motor Nominal Number of number of outline
capacity Actual
Model number reduction reduction N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. dimensions
equivalence reduction ratio
kW
ratio steps
50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5FI 1/5 1/ 4.932 （5.031） 2.8 { 0.29 } 2.4 { 0.24 } 274 { 28 } P86 Drawing A-11 P87 Drawing A-16
10FI 1/10 1/ 9.953 （9.779） 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.8 { 0.49 } 431 { 44 }
15FI 1/15 1/ 15.027（14.800） 8.6 { 0.88 } 7.2 { 0.73 } 568 { 58 }
20FI 18 1/20 1/ 20.417（19.821） 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 } P86 P87
2
25FI 1/25 1/ 25.461（24.843） 14.7 { 1.5 } 11.8 { 1.2 } 804 { 82 } Drawing Drawing
30FI 1/30 1/ 29.464 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 } A-12 A-17
40FI 1/40 1/ 40.153 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 }
50FI 1/50 1/ 49.817 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 }
60FI 1/60 1/ 57.829 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 }
75FI 1/75 1/ 75.252 43.1 { 4.4 } 36.3 { 3.7 } 1666 { 170 }
GRTA010 P86 P87
100FI 1/100 1/ 99.644 56.8 { 5.8 } 48.0 { 4.9 } 2009 { 205 }
0.1 24 3 Drawing Drawing
120FI 1/120 1/ 122.160 68.6 { 7.0 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2274 { 232 }
Specification Chart
A-13 A-18
165FI 1/165 1/ 172.821 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2813 { 287 }
200FI 1/200 1/ 197.213 115 { 11.7 } 95.1 { 9.7 } 3195 { 326 }
300FI 1/300 1/ 305.455 143 { 14.6 } 120 { 12.2 } 3195 { 326 } P86 P87
360FI 28 1/360 1/ 360.000 172 { 17.5 } 143 { 14.6 } 3606 { 368 } Drawing Drawing
450FI 1/450 1/ 439.481 215 { 21.9 } 179 { 18.3 } 4185 { 427 } A-14 A-19
600FI 1/600 1/ 609.265 4 286 { 29.2 } 239 { 24.4 } 5076 { 518 }
P86 P87
720FI 1/720 1/ 702.677 344 { 35.1 } 286 { 29.2 } 5733 { 585 }
38 Drawing Drawing
1000FI 1/1000 1/ 964.229 446 { 45.5 } 319 { 32.5 } 6664 { 680 }
※ ※ A-15 A-20
1200FI 1/1200 1/ 1155.363 459 { 46.8 } 382 { 39.0 } 6684 { 682 }
5FI 1/5 1/ 5.023 （5.031） 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.7 { 0.48 } 431 { 44 } P88 Drawing A-21 P89 Drawing A-27
10FI 1/10 1/ 10.066 （9.779） 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 }
P88 P89
15FI 18 1/15 1/ 15.079（14.800） 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 }
Drawing Drawing
20FI 1/20 1/ 20.118（19.821） 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 }
2 A-22 A-28
25FI 1/25 1/ 25.333（24.843） 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 }
30FI 1/30 1/ 29.571（29.464） 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 }
40FI 1/40 1/ 41.400（39.030） 46.1 { 4.7 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1735 { 177 } P88 P89
50FI 24 1/50 1/ 49.407 56.8 { 5.8 } 48.0 { 4.9 } 2009 { 205 } Drawing Drawing
60FI 1/60 1/ 59.417 68.6 { 7.0 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2274 { 232 } A-23 A-29
75FI 1/75 1/ 72.286 86.2 { 8.8 } 71.5 { 7.3 } 2636 { 269 }
100FI 1/100 1/ 97.785 115 { 11.7 } 95.1 { 9.7 } 3195 { 326 }
GRTA020 0.2 3 P88 P89
120FI 1/120 1/ 120.653 137 { 14.0 } 115 { 11.7 } 3606 { 368 }
28 Drawing Drawing
165FI 1/165 1/ 160.136 189 { 19.3 } 158 { 16.1 } 4459 { 455 }
A-24 A-30
200FI 1/200 1/ 194.775 218 { 22.2 } 181 { 18.5 } 4822 { 492 }
300FI 1/300 1/ 294.857 286 { 29.2 } 239 { 24.4 } 4861 { 496 } P88 P89
450FI 1/450 1/ 448.000 430 { 43.9 } 358 { 36.5 } 5792 { 591 } A-25 A-31
600FI 1/600 1/ 577.684 4 611 { 62.3 } 509 { 51.9 } 7301 { 745 }
P88 P89
720FI 1/720 1/ 735.000 733 { 74.8 } 611 { 62.3 } 8242 { 841 }
42 Drawing Drawing
1000FI 1/1000 1/ 964.923 827 { 84.4 } 689 { 70.3 } 9800 {1000 }
※ ※ A-26 A-32
1200FI 1/1200 1/ 1187.879 840 { 85.7 } 700 { 71.4 } 9800 {1000 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratios of the three-phase-motor-type gear motors (brake type, non-brake type) and CB gear motors (single-phase motor
type, three-phase motor type) are shown in parentheses.
0.1
0.2
83
Frame number
4P motor Nominal Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing
Actual Number of number of outline
capacity
Model number equivalence reduction reduction N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. dimensions
ratio reduction ratio steps
kW 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5FI 1/5 1/ 4.950 12.1 { 1.23 } 10.0 { 1.02 } 686 { 70 }
10FI 1/10 1/ 10.313 24.5 { 2.5 } 20.6 { 2.1 } 1098 { 112 } P90 P91
2
20FI 1/20 1/ 19.388 48.0 { 4.9 } 40.2 { 4.1 } 1735 { 177 } A-33 A-38
25FI 1/25 1/ 24.750 60.8 { 6.2 } 50.0 { 5.1 } 2009 { 205 }
30FI 1/30 1/ 30.875 72.5 { 7.4 } 60.8 { 6.2 } 2274 { 232 }
40FI 1/40 1/ 40.519 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2754 { 281 } P90 P91
50FI 28 1/50 1/ 50.909 118 { 12.0 } 98.0 { 10.0 } 3195 { 326 } Drawing Drawing
60FI 1/60 1/ 60.000 140 { 14.3 } 118 { 12.0 } 3606 { 368 } A-34 A-39
75FI 1/75 1/ 73.247 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 }
3
100FI 1/100 1/ 101.544 234 { 23.9 } 195 { 19.9 } 5076 { 518 }
GRTA040 0.4 P90 P91
120FI 1/120 1/ 117.113 281 { 28.7 } 234 { 23.9 } 5733 { 585 }
Specification Chart
38 Drawing Drawing
165FI 1/165 1/ 160.705 364 { 37.1 } 303 { 30.9 } 6664 { 680 }
A-35 A-40
200FI 1/200 1/ 192.560 389 { 39.7 } 324 { 33.1 } 6684 { 682 }
300FI 1/300 1/ 292.226 611 { 62.3 } 509 { 51.9 } 7301 { 745 } P90 P91
450FI 1/450 1/ 437.152 916 { 93.5 } 763 { 77.9 } 9565 { 976 } A-36 A-41
600FI 1/600 1/ 597.694 4 1222 {124.7 } 1018 {103.9 } 11584 {1182 }
P90 P91
720FI 1/720 1/ 748.052 1466 {149.6 } 1222 {124.7 } 13073 {1334 }
50 Drawing Drawing
1000FI 1/1000 1/ 962.850 1654 {168.8 } 1379 {140.7 } 13230 {1350 }
※ ※ A-37 A-42
1200FI 1/1200 1/ 1165.714 1680 {171.4 } 1400 {142.9 } 13230 {1350 }
5FI 1/5 1/ 5.061 22.6 { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92 } 1049 { 107 }
10FI 1/10 1/ 10.159 45.1 { 4.6 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1666 { 170 } P92 P92
2
20FI 1/20 1/ 19.948 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2636 { 269 } A-43 A-47
25FI 1/25 1/ 25.397 114 { 11.6 } 94.1 { 9.6 } 3058 { 312 }
30FI 1/30 1/ 30.381 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3459 { 353 }
40FI 1/40 1/ 40.635 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 } P92 P92
GRTA075 60FI 0.75 1/60 1/ 60.082 264 { 26.9 } 220 { 22.4 } 5488 { 560 } A-44 A-48
75FI 1/75 1/ 74.667 300 { 30.6 } 250 { 25.5 } 5792 { 591 }
3
100FI 1/100 1/ 96.280 439 { 44.8 } 369 { 37.7 } 7301 { 745 }
P92 P92
120FI 1/120 1/ 122.500 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 }
42 Drawing Drawing
165FI 1/165 1/ 160.820 724 { 73.9 } 604 { 61.6 } 9800 {1000 }
A-45 A-49
200FI 1/200 1/ 197.979 735 { 75.0 } 613 { 62.5 } 9800 {1000 }
300FI 1/300 1/ 298.523 1146 {116.9 } 955 { 97.4 } 9418 { 961 } P92 P92
360FI 50 1/360 1/ 363.462 4 1289 {131.5 } 1074 {109.6 } 10633 {1085 } Drawing Drawing
※ ※ A-46 A-50
450FI 1/450 1/ 448.907 1396 {142.4 } 1163 {118.7 } 12338 {1259 }
5FI 1/5 1/ 5.000 45.3 { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85 } 1666 { 170 }
10FI 1/10 1/ 10.000 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2548 { 260 }
P93 P93
15FI 1/15 1/ 15.000 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3342 { 341 }
20FI 1/20 1/ 19.615 181 { 18.5 } 151 { 15.4 } 4047 { 413 }
A-51 A-54
25FI 1/25 1/ 24.091 226 { 23.1 } 189 { 19.3 } 4694 { 479 }
30FI 1/30 1/ 30.000 272 { 27.8 } 226 { 23.1 } 5302 { 541 }
40FI 1/40 1/ 39.253 351 { 35.8 } 293 { 29.9 } 6292 { 642 }
GRTA150 1.5 P93 P93
50FI 1/50 1/ 48.704 439 { 44.8 } 366 { 37.3 } 7301 { 745 }
42 Drawing Drawing
60FI 1/60 1/ 61.492 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 }
A-52 A-55
75FI 1/75 1/ 72.859 659 { 67.2 } 549 { 56.0 } 9565 { 976 }
3
100FI 1/100 1/ 99.616 878 { 89.6 } 732 { 74.7 } 11584 {1182 }
P93 P93
120FI 1/120 1/ 124.675 1054 {107.5 } 878 { 89.6 } 13073 {1334 } 0.4
50 Drawing Drawing
165FI 1/165 1/ 160.475 1449 {147.9 } 1207 {123.2 } 13230 {1350 } 0.75
A-53 A-56
200FI 1/200 1/ 194.286 ※
1470 ※
{150.0 } 1225 {125.0 } 13230 {1350 } 1.5
84
Frame number
4P motor Nominal Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing
Actual Number of number of outline
capacity
Model number equivalence reduction reduction N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. dimensions
ratio reduction ratio steps
kW 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5FI 1/5 1/ 5.000 66.6 { 6.8 } 55.9 { 5.7 } 2078 { 212 }
10FI 1/10 1/ 9.870 133 { 13.6 } 111 { 11.3 } 3293 { 336 }
P94 P94
15FI 1/15 1/ 14.454 200 { 20.4 } 167 { 17.0 } 4312 { 440 }
20FI 1/20 1/ 20.659 266 { 27.1 } 221 { 22.6 } 5223 { 533 }
A-57 A-60
25FI 1/25 1/ 25.455 332 { 33.9 } 277 { 28.3 } 6066 { 619 }
30FI 1/30 1/ 29.143 399 { 40.7 } 332 { 33.9 } 6850 { 699 }
40FI 1/40 1/ 38.806 515 { 52.6 } 429 { 43.8 } 8114 { 828 }
GRTA220 2.2 P94 P94
50FI 1/50 1/ 49.754 644 { 65.7 } 537 { 54.8 } 9418 { 961 }
50 Drawing Drawing
60FI 1/60 1/ 60.577 773 { 78.9 } 644 { 65.7 } 10633 {1085 }
A-58 A-61
75FI 1/75 1/ 74.818 966 { 98.6 } 805 { 82.1 } 12338 {1259 }
3
100FI 1/100 1/ 101.957 1288 { 131.4 } 1076 { 109.5 } 14955 {1526 }
P94 P94
120FI 1/120 1/ 118.321 1545 { 157.7 } 1288 { 131.4 } 16885 {1723 }
Specification Chart
63 Drawing Drawing
165FI 1/165 1/ 165.073 2126 { 216.9 } 1771 { 180.7 } 17640 {1800 }
※ ※ A-59 A-62
200FI 1/200 1/ 200.138 2156 { 220.0 } 1796 { 183.3 } 17640 {1800 }
5FI 1/5 1/ 4.865 112 { 11.4 } 93.1 { 9.5 } 2930 { 299 }
10FI 1/10 1/ 10.080 223 { 22.8 } 186 { 19.0 } 4645 { 474 }
P95 P95
15FI 1/15 1/ 15.158 335 { 34.2 } 279 { 28.5 } 6096 { 622 }
2 Drawing Drawing
20FI 1/20 1/ 20.667 448 { 45.7 } 372 { 38.0 } 7389 { 754 }
GRTA370 3.7 50 A-63 A-85
25FI 1/25 1/ 24.923 560 { 57.1 } 466 { 47.6 } 8565 { 874 }
30FI 1/30 1/ 30.545 671 { 68.5 } 560 { 57.1 } 9673 { 987 }
40FI 1/40 1/ 40.461 866 { 88.4 } 722 { 73.7 } 10290 {1050 } P95 P95
3
50FI 1/50 1/ 49.703 1083 { 110.5 } 903 { 92.1 } 10290 {1050 } Drawing A-64 Drawing A-65
5FI 1/5 1/ 5.069 167 { 17.0 } 138 { 14.1 } 3812 { 389 }
10FI 1/10 1/ 9.990 332 { 33.9 } 277 { 28.3 } 6056 { 618 }
P95 P95
15FI 1/15 1/ 15.359 499 { 50.9 } 416 { 42.4 } 7938 { 810 }
GRTA550 5.5 50 2 Drawing Drawing
20FI 1/20 1/ 19.770 665 { 67.9 } 554 { 56.5 } 9624 { 982 }
A-67 A-68
25FI 1/25 1/ 24.370 831 { 84.8 } 693 { 70.7 } 10290 {1050 }
※ ※
30FI 1/30 1/ 29.244 893 { 91.1 } 744 { 75.9 } 10290 {1050 }
Dimensions of input section
0.1 kW ~ 0.2 kW 0.4 kW ~ 0.75 kW 1.5 kW ~ 5.5 kW

(D-cut shaft)
2.2 （mm）
3.7
5.5 Motor output A B C D E F G H I
0.1 kW 110G7 25 14 5 10 – 4-M8 130 11F7

0.2 kW 110G7 25 14 5 10 – 4-M8 130 11F7
0.4 kW 110G7 32 14 5 16.3 5 4-M8 130 14F7
0.75 kW 130G7 42 20 5 21.8 6 4-M10 165 19F7
1.5 kW 130G7 52 16 5 27.3 8 4-M10 165 24F7
2.2 kW 180G7 62 20 5 31.3 8 4-M12 215 28F7
3.7 kW 180G7 62 20 5 31.3 8 4-M12 215 28F7
5.5 kW 230G7 82 20 5 41.3 10 4-M12 265 38F7
85
Adapter Type Outline Dimensions
A-11 0.1kW GRTA010-18L5FI A-14 0.1kW GRTA010-28L300∼450FI

Outline Dimensions
A-12 0.1kW GRTA010-18L10∼50FI A-15 0.1kW GRTA010-38L600∼1200FI
A-13 0.1kW GRTA010-24L60∼200FI

L
A-11
A-12
A-13
A-14
A-15
0.1
86
0.1kW・U：Face mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
A-16 0.1kW GRTA010-18U5FI A-19 0.1kW GRTA010-28U300∼450FI

Outline Dimensions
A-17 0.1kW GRTA010-18U10∼50FI A-20 0.1kW GRTA010-38U600∼1200FI

Reduction ratio：10, 15, 20, 25 , 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight：4.6kg Reduction ratio：600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight：19.5kg
A-18 0.1kW GRTA010-24U60∼200FI

U
A-16
A-17
A-18
A-19
A-20
0.1
87
A-21 0.2kW GRTA020-18L5FI A-24 0.2kW GRTA020-28L100∼200FI

Outline Dimensions

L
A-21
A-22
A-23
A-24
A-25
A-26
0.2
88
A-27 0.2kW GRTA020-18U5FI A-30 0.2kW GRTA020-28U100∼200FI

Outline Dimensions
A-28 0.2kW GRTA020-18U10∼25FI A-31 0.2kW GRTA020-38U300∼450FI

A-29 0.2kW GRTA020-24U30∼75FI A-32 0.2kW GRTA020-42F600∼1200FI

U.F
A-27
A-28
A-29
A-30
A-31
A-32
0.2
89

Outline Dimensions
A-35 0.4kW GRTA040-38L100∼200FI

L
A-33
A-34
A-35
A-36
A-37
0.4
90

Outline Dimensions

A-40 0.4kW GRTA040-38U100∼200FI

U.F
A-38
A-39
A-40
A-41
A-42
0.4
91
A-43 0.75kW GRTA075-28L5∼25FI A-47 0.75kW GRTA075-28U5∼25FI

Outline Dimensions
A-45 0.75kW GRTA075-42L100∼200FI A-49 0.75kW GRTA075-42F100∼200FI

L.U.F
A-43
A-44
A-45
A-46
A-47
A-48
A-46 0.75kW GRTA075-50L300∼450FI A-50 0.75kW GRTA075-50F300∼450FI A-49
A-50
92

Outline Dimensions


L.U.F
A-51
A-52
A-53
A-54
A-55
A-56
1.5
93

Outline Dimensions

L.F
A-57
A-58
A-59
A-60
A-61
A-62
2.2
94

Outline Dimensions

5.5kW・L：Foot mount type / F：Flange mount type GEAR MOTOR MINI Outsize Figure ● Non-brake/Hollow axis 0.4kw

L.F
A-63
A-64
A-65
A-66
A-67
A-68
3.7
5.5
95
Gear Motor TA Series CB Gear Motor
Best suited for high-frequency operation――

A rank above others
●Compact, lightweight and low-noise TA series reducer
●Easy-to-use long-life clutch/brake types
■Features
C
OMPACT
The clutch/brake is directly connected between the motor and the reducer as an assembly and
Features
requires only a small installation space. In addition, the time for installation and centering is
reduced compared to combining units.
B
ALANCE
The torque of the clutch/brake is optimally adjusted in consideration of the motor capacity and
load conditions. The clutch/brake and reducer operate in balance offering greater durability.
G
RADE UP
Because of the unique design of the clutch/brake and the reducer housing construction, heat
is quickly dissipated, which enables frequent on-off switching. Because the TA series has a
reputation for low noise and durability, high reliability is ensured. A wide range of types are
available (0.1 kW-3.7 kW, reduction ratios of 1/5-1/200), providing a perfect match for any
application.
M
AINTENANCE EASY
The clutch/brake includes an automatic gap control system that eliminates the need for
performing troublesome gap adjustment as the friction plate wears, ensuring reliable operation
for a long time. Since the reducer uses an enclosed grease bath and changing grease is often
not necessary, maintenance is not necessary for a long time.
■Structure
6 7 4
■GMTA040-24L25CB 3 2 12
１ . Motor
２ . L case
３ . M bracket
４ . Housing
５ . Motor flange
６ . Clutch
７ . Brake
８ . Motor shaft
９ . Input shaft with pinion
１
０. 1st stage wheel
１
１. 2nd shaft with pinion
１
２. Output shaft with
1 8 5 9 10 11 wheel
96
■Operating principle
Clutch armature
1. Stopping Motor Clutch rotor
Brake armature
Brake coil
Clutch coil Hub
Motor: ON or OFF
Clutch: OFF
Brake: OFF
Output shaft
stopped
(Free)
Gap Gap
Features
2. Clutching
Motor: ON
Clutch: ON
Brake: OFF
Output shaft rotating
( For three-step reduction,

the direction of rotation
is reversed. )
Engaged
3. Braking
Motor: ON
Clutch: OFF
Brake: ON
Output shaft
stopped
(Braked)
Engaged
97
CB Gear Motor Specifications
1. Specifications
Output Three-phase：0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7kW Single-phase：100W, 200W
Number of poles 4 4
Motor
Cooling method 0.1 kW - Self-cooling type (IC410), 0.2-3.7 kW - Self-managed type (IC411) Draft type (IC01)
Starting method − Split-phase starting type
Insulation Class E Class E
Specifications
Reduction ratio 1/5 to 1/200
Speed reducing method External gear system (helical gear, spur wheel)
Reducer
Lubricating method Grease lubrication
Shaft end key way New JIS key (JIS B1301-1976): Output shaft key attached

Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature 0℃ to 40℃
Altitude At elevations below 1000 m
Paint color Munsell 2.5G 6/3
Note) The protective construction for the CB gear motor is IP12.
2. Clutch/Brake
Type Dry single-plate friction type
Actuation method Excitation
Rated voltage 24 V DC
H
Insulation class Class B M-11
M-12
M-13
M-14
Protection type Open M-15
M-15
M-15
M-15
Gap adjustment Automatic gap control system
40
Lining No asbestos 60
90
For lubrication, installation and coupling, refer to pages 59 to 62.
98
CB Gear Motor
■Power supply box

The following power supply boxes and control unit for the clutch/brake
are available. Make the selection according to your operating
conditions. The control unit is of the non-contact type, making it
suitable for high frequency on-off switching.
Power supply box list

Capacity Recommended Varistor for
Model Model number Function Specifications
W CB gear motor discharge circuit
外
形
寸 GMTA010
法 GMTA100
図 DMP-10/24 10 GMTA020 Z15D151
GMTA200
DMP-type GMTA040
power Input voltage:
Rectifying only
Specifications
supply 100/100/110 V AC
外 box
GMTA075 200/200/220 V AC
形 DMP-20/24A 20 GMTA150 Z15D151 Output voltage: 24 V DC
GMTA220
寸 Rating: Continuous
法 DMP-63/24A 63 GMTA370 Z15D151
Paint color: Munsell 7.5BG6/1.5
図
TMP-type Rectifying and

control TMP-40D 40 All models Unnecessary brake torque
unit adjusting
(The varistor accompanies the CB gear motor.)
DMP-10/24 DMP-63/24A
4-φ4 mounting hole 4-φ7 mounting hole
Cover Case
Caution
label
Nameplate
Diode
Fuse
Fuse holder
Terminal block
Terminal nameplate
Rubber bush
Approx. weight : 1kg

Approx. weight : 2kg
DMP-20/24A TMP-40D
4-φ5.8 mounting hole
Cover Case
Caution
label
Cover
Nameplate
Diode Case
Fuse
Fuse holder Nameplate
Input 100/110 V AC
Terminal block Input 200/220 V AC
Terminal nameplate Input voltage Input signal Brake
Clutch
Rubber bush
Approx. weight :
4-φ6 mounting hole Rubber bush 2.2kg
Approx. weight : 1.2kg
99
CB Gear Motor Construction, Specifications and Characteristics
Control circuit
1. Example of circuit using standard power supply box (DMP-type)
Power supply
(For 220 V AC) V V
Tr ：Transformer Rf ：Silicon rectifier
V ：Varistor CL ：Electromagnetic
MB ：Electromagnetic clutch
外
brake EF ：Fuse 形
Power supply box PB１,PB２：Pushbutton MC ：Electromagnetic 寸
法
switch contactor 図
Structure Specifications
2. The discharge circuit 外
When performing switching on the DC side using the standard power supply box (DMP-type), provide a 形
discharge circuit using the varistor accompanying the CB gear motor in order to protect the switch and 寸・
to prevent a dielectric breakdown of the clutch/brake. 法
V : Varistor
図
V V
When using the standard power supply box (TMP-type), because a discharge circuit is included, the above
procedure is not necessary.
3. Power capacity
The power capacity for the electromagnetic clutch/brake should be 130% or more of the power
consumption of the clutch/brake.
When using two or more CB gear motors, it should be 130% or more of the total capacity.
4. Structure of terminal box
Three-phase 0.1kW∼3.7kW Single-phase 100W, 200W
Grounding terminal Grounding terminal
H
M-11
M-12
M-13
M-14
M-15
M-15
M-15
M-15
40
60
90
φ27 hole position φ27 hole position
100
CB Gear Motor
5. Brake torque adjusting function

For the TMP-type control unit, a brake torque
adjusting resistor is set in the circuit. The brake
torque can be adjusted as shown in the figure to the
right by reducing the voltage with this resistor. The
lower limit of voltage adjustment is about 70%.
外
形 If the voltage is reduced too much, insufficient pull-in
Static friction torque (%)

寸 of the armature will result. The scale of the control
法
図 unit should be regarded as a guideline. To determine
the precise value, measure the terminal voltage.
Structure Specifications
外 6. Special control circuit

形 If fast actuation of the clutch/brake is required,
寸
・ increase the voltage applied to the clutch/brake
法 above the rated voltage, which will shorten the
図 armature pull-in time and the torque rise time.
Using this method will cause heating of the
clutch/brake body. In addition, if the GD2 of the load is Voltage
0.5 or more as compared with that of the motor, the
shock on starting will be increased. Care should
therefore be taken when using this method.
Scale of control unit
101
CB Gear Motor Selection
■Selection
1. Selection procedure
¡When making a selection based on the torque and revolution, select a model number according to the gear motor.
The allowable inertia ratio, clutch/brake clutching work and life span are described here.
1. Conditions （1）Output shaft revolution speed nL and frequency Hz
（2）Load torque on motor shaft Tr
2
（3）Load on motor shaft GDr (moment of inertia)
2
（4）GD M of motor
（5）Starting frequency per minute N (Maximum frequency: 60 times/min)
（6）Method of coupling to load 外
形
2. Selection of model（1）Calculate the corrected inertia ratio (U). Correction coefficient according to coupling method：
（UF）
寸
Method of coupling to load UF 法
U= GDr2 ×UF
Direct coupling, etc., that causes no shake 1.0 図
GD 2M
Chain transmission, etc., that causes shake 1.5
（2）Make sure that the corrected inertia ratio (U) of the motor to
Allowable inertia ratio：
（Umax）
be used does not exceed the allowable inertia ratio（Umax） . 外
Selection
Reduction ratio Umax
※If it exceeds the allowable inertia ratio, please contact our company.
Under 1/30 1.0 形
（3）While referring to the clutch/brake selection diagram on page 103, select a suitable motor 1/40∼1/50 0.5 寸
capacity to allow for the load torque on the motor shaft and GD2 on motor shaft. 1/100∼1/200 0.2 法
(For N=25, refer to the diagram for N=30.) 図
When a precise selection is necessary, determine it using the basic formula on page 104.
3. Determination of life span Calculate the clutching work per time E using the formula shown in Section 3 on page 104.
r
From this E and the total work (E shown on page 105), calculate the total clutching count (Z) as shown below.
r T
Z= ET
Er
To calculate the life span in units of days, use the following formula.
Zd = Z Zd：Life span in units of days
N×６０×Nh N：Starting count per minute
Nh：Average operating time per day
2. Example of selection
1. Conditions 1. Conditions
（1）Output shaft revolution speed nL＝50r/min （50Hz）（1）Output shaft revolution speed nL＝50r/min
（50Hz）
（2）Load torque on motor shaft Tr＝1.764N・m （2）Load torque on motor shaft Tr＝0.18kgf・m
（3）Moment of inertia on motor shaft （3）Load on motor shaft GDr2 ＝0.004kgf・m2
2
Ir＝0.001kg・m（Load being coupled directly) (Load being coupled directly)
（4）Moment of inertia of load of motor IM＝0.00119kg・m2 （4）GD M2 of motor＝0.00476kgf・m2
（5）Starting frequency N＝15 times/min （5）Starting frequency N＝15 times/min
2. Selection of model 2. Selection of model
Ir×UF 0.001×1.0 GDr2 ×UF 0.004×1.0
U＝
IM ＝ 0.00119 ＝0.84 U＝ GDM2 ＝＝0.84
0.0476
・Because the output shaft revolution speed is 50 r/min, the reduction ・Because the output shaft revolution speed is 50 r/min, the
ratio is 1/30 according to the specification chart (page 106) and reduction ratio is 1/30 according to the specification chart (page
therefore the allowable inertia ratio is 1.0, which means there is no 106) and therefore the allowable inertia ratio is 1.0, which means H
problem with the corrected inertia ratio U. there is no problem with the corrected inertia ratio U.
M-11
・Because the starting frequency per minute is 15 times/min, refer to the ・Because the starting frequency per minute is 15 times/min, refer to M-12
diagram for N = 20 times/min. The point of intersection of the above- the diagram for N = 20 times/min. The point of intersection of the M-13
M-14
shown T and I in this diagram indicates that the proper motor capacity
r r above-shown T and GD in this diagram indicates that the proper
r
2
r M-15
M-15
is 0.4 kW. As a result, the model number that should be selected is motor capacity is 0.4 kW. As a result, the model number that should M-15
GMT040-L30CB. be selected is GMT040-L30CB. M-15
3. Determination of life span 3. Determination of life span 40

(Perform the following calculation while referring to page 104.) (Perform the following calculation while referring to page 104.) 60
ΣI×n2 Td ΣGD2×n2 Td 90
Er ＝
182 ×（Td−Tr） Er ＝
7160
×
（Td−Tr）
1.216×10−3×15002 3.53 4.86×10−3×15002 0.36
＝ × ＝ ×
182 （3.53−1.76） 7160 （0.36−0.18）
＝２９.９J ＝3.05kgf・m
ΣI＝2.16×10−4＋1.0×10−3 ΣGD2 ＝8.63×10−4＋4.0×10−3
＝1.216×10−3kg・m2 ＝4.86×10−3kgf・m2
n ＝1500r/min n ＝1500r/min
Td ＝3.53N・m Td ＝0.36kgf・m
Tr ＝1.76N・m Tr＝0.18kgf・m
ET ＝3.92×108J ET ＝4.0×107kgf・m
3.92×108 4.0×107
Z ＝＝13.1×106 times Z ＝＝13.1×106 times
29.9 3.05
102
CB Gear Motor
3. Clutch/Brake selection diagram
SI units N＝20 times/min

TL IL
Tr＝ Ir＝ 2
R R
Tr ：Load torque on motor shaft（N・m）
TL ：Load torque on output shaft（N・m）
Ir ：Moment of inertia on motor shaft（kg・m2）
外 IL ：Moment of inertia of load on output shaft（kg・m2）
形 R ：Reduction ratio
寸
法
図
Gravitational units
TL GD2L
Tr＝ GDr2 ＝
R R2
外
Selection
Tr ：Load torque on motor shaft（kgf・m）

形 TL ：Load torque on output shaft（kgf・m）
寸 GDr2 ：Moment of inertia on motor shaft GD2（kgf・m2）
法 GD2L ：Moment of inertia of load on output shaft GD2（kgf・m2）
図 R ：Reduction ratio
N＝30 times/min N＝40 times/min
N＝50 times/min N＝60 times/min
103
CB Gear Motor
4. Basic formula for selection

1. Torque, revolution speed and power 1. Torque, revolution speed and power
P TL ：Torque on output shaft N・m P TL ：Torque on output shaft kgf・m
TL＝9550 TL＝974
nL P ：Power kW nL P ：Power kW
nL ：Output shaft revolution speed r/min nL ：Output shaft revolution speed r/min
2. Conversion to motor shaft 2. Conversion to motor shaft
（1）Tr：Load torque on motor shaft N・m （1）Tr：Load torque on motor shaft kgf・m
外
TL
TL ：Torque on output shaft N・m TL TL ：Torque on output shaft kgf・m 形
Tr＝ Tr＝寸
i
i ：Reduction ratio i i ：Reduction ratio
法
（2）Ir：Moment of inertia on motor shaft kg・m2 （2）GDr2 ：Load on motor shaft GD2 kgf・m2 図
IL GD2L
Ir＝ GDr2 ＝
i2 i2
IL ：Moment of inertia on output shaft kg・m2 GD2L ：Load on output shaft GD2 kgf・m2
3. Clutching (braking) work 3. Clutching (braking) work 外
Selection
（1）Er：Clutching (braking) work per time J （1）Er：Clutching (braking) work per time kgf・m 形
ΣI×nr2 Td ΣGD2×nr2 Td 寸
Er＝ × Er＝ ×
182.5 （Td±Tr） 7160 （Td±Tr）法
ΣI＝IC＋Ir ΣGD2＝GD2C＋GDr2 図
Moment of inertia on motor shaft Load on motor shaft GD2
Moment of inertia of clutch/brake GD2 of clutch/brake
(Table 1 on page 105) (Table 1 on page 105)
nr ：Motor shaft revolution speed r/min nr ：Motor shaft revolution speed r/min
Td ：Dynamic friction torque of clutch/brake N・m Td ：Dynamic friction torque of clutch/brake kgf・m
（Table 3 on page 105）（Table 3 on page 105）
＋：Positive torque at the time of braking ＋：Positive torque at the time of braking
− ：Negative torque at the time of clutching − ：Negative torque at the time of
and braking clutching and braking
（2）EN：Clutching (braking) work per minute J （2）EN ：Clutching (braking) work per minute kgf・m/min
EN＝Er×N EN＝Er×N
N：Starting frequency (times/min) N：Starting frequency (times/min)
EN≦Eo EN≦Eo
Eo：Allowable work J/min（Table 3 on page 105） Eo ：Allowable work kgf・m/min（Table 3 on page 105）
4. Clutching (braking) time 4. Clutching (braking) time
tb：Clutching (braking) time s tb：Clutching (braking) time s
ΣI nr
tb＝ 9.55 × ΣGD2 nr
（Td±Tr） tb＝ ×
375 （Td±Tr）
＋：Positive torque at the time of braking ＋：Positive torque at the time of braking
− ：Negative torque at the time of clutching − ：Negative torque at the time of
and braking clutching and braking
5. Response time 5. Response time
ta：Armature pull-in time s（Table 2 on page 105） ta：Armature pull-in time s（Table 2 on page 105）
6. Calculation of braking distance 6. Calculation of braking distance
1 1
S＝（ta＋ tb）×V S＝（ta＋ tb）×V
2 2
S ：Braking distance mm S ：Braking distance mm
V ：Speed (conveyor speed, etc.) mm/s V ：Speed (conveyor speed, etc.) mm/s
7. Stopping accuracy 7. Stopping accuracy
Precise determination of the stopping Precise determination of the stopping
accuracy is difficult because it is affected by accuracy is difficult because it is affected
voltage, temperature, alteration through use, by voltage, temperature, alteration through
operating time, etc. However, if the following use, operating time, etc. However, if the
variations are assumed: following variations are assumed:
ａ．Load torque variation: ±20% ａ．Load torque variation: ±20%
ｂ．Braking torque variation: ±20% ｂ．Braking torque variation: ±20%
ｃ．Time lag variation: ±0.01s ｃ．Time lag variation: ±0.01s
The variation from the calculated braking The variation from the calculated braking
distance is about ±30%. distance is about ±30%.
Stopping accuracy δ = S x 0.6 or S x ±0.3 Stopping accuracy δ = S x 0.6 or S x ±0.3
For example, when the calculated braking For example, when the calculated braking
distance S is 10 mm, the stopping accuracy distance S is 10 mm, the stopping
is 6 mm (10±3 mm). accuracy is 6 mm (10±3 mm).
104
CB Gear Motor Specification Chart
Specifications of motor and clutch/brake

Table 1. Moment of inertia of motor and clutch/brake
Moment of inertia of motor Moment of inertia of clutch/brake
Motor 2
Model number of clutch/brake
IM GDM IC GDC2
output 2 2 2
kg・m {kgf・m } Clutch Brake kg・m {kgf・m2}
0.1kW 0.64×10−3 2.54×10−3
NC/NB-0.15/0.1-AG-001 1.21×10−4 {4.83×10−4}
100W 0.60×10−3 2.40×10−3
0.2kW 0.74×10−3 2.96×10−3
−3
NC/NB-0.3/0.2-AG-001 1.21×10−4 {4.83×10−4}
200W 0.88×10 3.50×10−3
0.4kW 0.90×10−3 3.59×10−3 NC-0.6AG-033 NB-0.4AG-001 2.16×10−4 {8.63×10−4}
−3 −3 −3
0.75kW 1.37×10 5.48×10 NC-1.2AG-034 NB-0.75AG-001 0.62×10 {2.46×10−3}
1.5kW 3.41×10−3 13.6×10−3 NC-2.5AG-033 NB-1.5AG-001 1.94×10−3 {7.74×10−3}
2.2kW 4.79×10−3 19.2×10−3 NC-2.5AG-033 NB-2.2AG-001 1.94×10−3 {7.74×10−3}
3.7kW 7.60×10−3 30.4×10−3 NC-5AG-024 NB-3.7AG-001 0.49×10−2 {1.94×10−2}
Specification Chart
Table 2. Armature pull-in time

Armature pull-in time Model number of Armature pull-in time Model number of
（S） power supply box （S） power supply box
0.010 DMP 0.030 DMP
NC/NB-0.15/0.1 0.015 TMP NC/NB-2.5/1.5 0.0.45 TMP
0.005 EMP 0.015 EMP
0.010 DMP 0.035 DMP
NC/NB-0.3/0.2 0.015 TMP NC/NB-2.5/2.2 0.053 TMP
0.005 EMP 0.018 EMP
0.015 DMP 0.040 DMP
NC/NB-0.6/0.4 0.023 TMP NC/NB-5/3.7 0.060 TMP
0.008 EMP 0.020 EMP
0.020 DMP
NC/NB-1.2/0.75 0.030 TMP EMP has special specifications for double excitation.
0.010 EMP
Table 3. Specifications of clutch/brake

Power
Model number of Static friction torque Dynamic friction torque consumption Allowable work EO Total work ET
Motor output Classification
clutch/brake N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} （W） J/min {kgf・m/min} J {kgf・m}
Clutch 1.47 { 0.15 } 0.88 { 0.09 } 4 1960 { 200 } 7
0.1kW/100W NC/NB-0.15/0.1-AG-001 25.5×10 { 2.6×107 }
Brake 0.98 { 0.1 } 0.59 { 0.06 } 3 1764 { 180 }
Clutch 2.94 { 0.3 } 1.76 { 0.18 } 5 1960 { 200 }
0.2kW/200W NC/NB-0.3/0.2-AG-001 25.5×107 { 2.6×107 }
Brake 1.96 { 0.2 } 1.18 { 0.12 } 4 1764 { 180 }
Clutch NC-0.6AG-033 5.88 { 0.6 } 3.53 { 0.36 } 8 2744 { 280 }
0.4kW 39.2×107 { 4.0×107 }
Brake NB-0.4AG-001 3.92 { 0.4 } 2.35 { 0.24 } 7 2450 { 250 }
Clutch NC-1.2AG-034 11.8 { 1.2 } 6.86 { 0.70 } 11 4410 { 450 }
0.75kW 61.7×107 { 6.3×107 }
Brake NB-0.75AG-001 7.35 { 0.75 } 4.41 { 0.45 } 8 3969 { 405 }
Clutch NC-2.5AG-033 24.5 { 2.5 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 17 6860 { 700 }
1.5kW 90.2×107 { 9.2×107 }
Brake NB-1.5AG-001 14.7 { 1.5 } 8.82 { 0.9 } 12 6174 { 630 }
Clutch NC-2.5AG-033 24.5 { 2.5 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 17 6860 { 700 }
2.2kW 90.2×107 { 9.2×107 }
Brake NB-2.2AG-001 21.6 { 2.2 } 12.7 { 1.3 } 16 6174 { 630 }
Clutch NC-5AG-024 49.0 { 5.0 } 29.4 { 3.0 } 25 10290 { 1050 }
3.7kW 16.7×108 { 1.7×108 }
0.1、
0.2 Brake NB-3.7AG-001 36.3 { 3.7 } 22.5 { 2.3 } 17 9310 { 950 }
0.4、
0.75
1.5、
2.2
3.7
Precautions for use

●Use with constantly held loads ●Handling variable voltage and double voltage
Because the brake of the CB gear motor exerts a For a motor, it is possible to cope with variable voltage
braking effect through excitation, it is unsuitable for and double voltage at time of purchase or through
use in equipment, such as hoisting machines, that rewinding. For the power supply box for a clutch/brake,
always holds loads. because it is for 100/200 V AC, a 100 V
●Provision of totally-enclosed types instrumentation power supply should be used.
The standard product cannot be used in an outdoor ●Explosion-proof type
place where it will be exposed to water or an indoor No explosion-proof-type clutch/brake is available.
place where there is lots of dust or oil mist, because
the clutch/brake part is of open type.
For such uses, a totally-enclosed type clutch/brake is
required. For more information, contact our company.
105
Frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable Page and drawing number of
Motor Nominal Number revolution speed outline dimensions
output shaft
Model number output reduction of r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} O.H.L. Three-phase Single-phase
reduction
kW ratio steps50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount Foot mount Flange mount
5CB 1/5 300 360 2.8 { 0.29 } 2.4 { 0.24 } 274 { 28 } P108 Drawing C11 P108 Drawing C15 P115 Drawing C55 P115 Drawing C59
10CB 1/10 150 180 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.8 { 0.49 } 431 { 44 }
P108 P108 P115 P115
15CB 18 1/15 100 120 8.6 { 0.88 } 7.2 { 0.73 } 568 { 58 }
20CB 1/20 2 75 90 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 }
C-12 C-16 C-56 C-60
25CB 1/25 60 72 14.7 { 1.5 } 11.8 { 1.2 } 804 { 82 }
GMTA010
30CB 1/30 50 60 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 } P108 P108 P115 P115
0.1
50CB 24 1/50 30 36 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 } Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
GMTA100
60CB 1/60 25 30 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 } C-13 C-17 C-57 C-61
75CB 1/75 20 24 43.1 { 4.4 } 36.3 { 3.7 } 1666 { 170 }
100CB 1/100 3 15 18 56.8 { 5.8 } 48.0 { 4.9 } 2009 { 205 }
P108 P108 P115 P115
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 { 7.0 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2274 { 232 }
Specification Chart
28 Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2813 { 287 }
C-14 C-18 C-58 C-62
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 115 { 11.7 } 95.1 { 9.7 } 3195 { 326 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.7 { 0.48 } 431 { 44 } P109 Drawing C19 P109 Drawing C23 P116 Drawing C63 P116 Drawing C67
10CB 1/10 150 180 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 }
P109 P109 P116 P116
15CB 18 1/15 100 120 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 }
20CB 1/20 2 75 90 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 }
C-20 C-24 C-64 C-68
25CB 1/25 60 72 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 }
GMTA020 30CB 1/30 50 60 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 46.1 { 4.7 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1735 { 177 } P109 P109 P116 P116
0.2
50CB 24 1/50 30 36 56.8 { 5.8 } 48.0 { 4.9 } 2009 { 205 } Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
GMTA200 60CB 1/60 25 30 68.6 { 7.0 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2274 { 232 } C-21 C-25 C-65 C-69
75CB 1/75 20 24 86.2 { 8.8 } 71.5 { 7.3 } 2636 { 269 }
100CB 1/100 3 15 18 115 { 11.7 } 95.1 { 9.7 } 3195 { 326 }
P109 P109 P116 P116
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 137 { 14.0 } 115 { 11.7 } 3606 { 368 }
28 Drawing Drawing Drawing Drawing
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 189 { 19.3 } 158 { 16.1 } 4459 { 455 }
C-22 C-26 C-66 C-70
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 218 { 22.2 } 181 { 18.5 } 4822 { 492 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 12.1 { 1.23 } 10.0 { 1.02 } 686 { 70 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 24.5 { 2.5 } 20.6 { 2.1 } 1098 { 112 } P110 P110
15CB 24 1/15 100 120 36.3 { 3.7 } 30.4 { 3.1 } 1431 { 146 } Drawing Drawing
2
20CB 1/20 75 90 48.0 { 4.9 } 40.2 { 4.1 } 1735 { 177 } C-27 C-30
25CB 1/25 60 72 60.8 { 6.2 } 50.0 { 5.1 } 2009 { 205 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 72.5 { 7.4 } 60.8 { 6.2 } 2274 { 232 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2754 { 281 } P110 P110
GMTA040 0.4
50CB 28 1/50 30 36 118 { 12.0 } 98.0 { 10.0 } 3195 { 326 } Drawing Drawing
60CB 1/60 25 30 140 { 14.3 } 118 { 12.0 } 3606 { 368 } C-28 C-31
75CB 1/75 20 24 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 234 { 23.9 } 195 { 19.9 } 5076 { 518 }
P110 P110
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 281 { 28.7 } 234 { 23.9 } 5733 { 585 }
38 Drawing Drawing
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 364 { 37.1 } 303 { 30.9 } 6664 { 680 }
C-29 C-32
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 389 { 39.7 } 324 { 33.1 } 6684 { 682 }
(Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
(Note 2) The output shaft revolution speed is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolutions by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the 0.1 kW devices, because the 0.2 kW reducer is used, refer to the actual reduction ratio for 0.2 kW.
0.1
100
0.2
200
0.4
106
Output shaft Allowable
Frame number
Motor Nominal
Number Allowable output shaft torque Page and drawing number
of revolution speed output shaft
of outline dimensions
Model number output reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} O.H.L.
kW ratio steps Foot mount Flange mount
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}
5CB 1/5 300 360 22.6 { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92 } 1049 { 107 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 45.1 { 4.6 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1666 { 170 } P111 P111
15CB 28 1/15 100 120 67.6 { 6.9 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2176 { 222 } Drawing Drawing
2
20CB 1/20 75 90 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2636 { 269 } C-33 C-36
25CB 1/25 60 72 114 { 11.6 } 94.1 { 9.6 } 3058 { 312 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3459 { 353 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 } P111 P111
GMTA075 0.75
50CB 38 1/50 30 36 220 { 22.4 } 183 { 18.7 } 4861 { 496 } Drawing Drawing
60CB 1/60 25 30 264 { 26.9 } 220 { 22.4 } 5488 { 560 } C-34 C-37
75CB 1/75 20 24 300 { 30.6 } 250 { 25.5 } 5792 { 591 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 439 { 44.8 } 369 { 37.7 } 7301 { 745 }
P111 P111
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 }
Specification Chart
42 Drawing Drawing
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 724 { 73.9 } 604 { 61.6 } 9800 { 1000 }
C-35 C-38
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 735 { 75.0 } 613 { 62.5 } 9800 { 1000 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 45.3 { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85 } 1666 { 170 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2548 { 260 }
P112 P112
15CB 1/15 100 120 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3342 { 341 }
20CB 1/20 75 90 181 { 18.5 } 151 { 15.4 } 4047 { 413 }
C-39 C-42
25CB 1/25 60 72 226 { 23.1 } 189 { 19.3 } 4694 { 479 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 272 { 27.8 } 226 { 23.1 } 5302 { 541 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 351 { 35.8 } 293 { 29.9 } 6292 { 642 }
GMTA150 1.5 P112 P112
50CB 1/50 30 36 439 { 44.8 } 366 { 37.3 } 7301 { 745 }
50 Drawing Drawing
60CB 1/60 25 30 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 }
C-40 C-43
75CB 1/75 20 24 659 { 67.2 } 549 { 56.0 } 9565 { 976 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 878 { 89.6 } 732 { 74.7 } 11584 { 1182 }
P112 P112
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 1054 {107.5 } 878 { 89.6 } 13073 { 1334 }
63 Drawing Drawing
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 1449 {147.9 } 1207 {123.2 } 13230 { 1350 }
※ ※ ※ ※ C-41 C-44
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 1470 {150.0 } 1225 {125.0 } 13230 { 1350 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 66.6 { 6.8 } 55.9 { 5.7 } 2078 { 212 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 133 { 13.6 } 111 { 11.3 } 3293 { 336 }
P113 P113
15CB 1/15 100 120 200 { 20.4 } 167 { 17.0 } 4312 { 440 }
20CB 1/20 75 90 266 { 27.1 } 221 { 22.6 } 5223 { 533 }
C-45 C-48
25CB 1/25 60 72 332 { 33.9 } 277 { 28.3 } 6066 { 619 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 399 { 40.7 } 332 { 33.9 } 6850 { 699 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 515 { 52.6 } 429 { 43.8 } 8114 { 828 }
GMTA220 2.2 P113 P113
50CB 1/50 30 36 644 { 65.7 } 537 { 54.8 } 9418 { 961 }
50 Drawing Drawing
60CB 1/60 25 30 773 { 78.9 } 644 { 65.7 } 10633 { 1085 }
C-46 C-49
75CB 1/75 20 24 966 { 98.6 } 805 { 82.1 } 12338 { 1259 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 1288 {131.4 } 1073 {109.5 } 14955 { 1526 }
P113 P113
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 1545 {157.7 } 1288 {131.4 } 16885 { 1723 }
63 Drawing Drawing
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 2126 {216.9 } 1771 {180.7 } 17640 { 1800 }
※ ※ ※ ※ C-47 C-50
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 2156 {220.0 } 1796 {183.3 } 17640 { 1800 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 112 { 11.4 } 93.1 { 9.5 } 2930 { 299 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 223 { 22.8 } 186 { 19.0 } 4645 { 474 }
P114 P114
15CB 1/15 100 120 335 { 34.2 } 279 { 28.5 } 6096 { 622 }
2 Drawing Drawing
20CB 1/20 75 90 448 { 45.7 } 372 { 38.0 } 7389 { 754 }
GMTA370 3.7 50 C-51 C-53
25CB 1/25 60 72 560 { 57.1 } 466 { 47.6 } 8565 { 874 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 671 { 68.5 } 560 { 57.1 } 9673 { 987 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 866 { 88.4 } 722 { 73.7 } 10290 { 1050 } P114 Drawing P114 Drawing
3
0.75 50CB 1/50 30 36 1083 {110.5 } 903 { 92.1 } 10290 { 1050 } C-52 C-54
1.5
2.2 (Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
3.7 (Note 2) The output shaft revolution speed is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolutions by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the double-shaft-type reducer on pages 69 to 71.
For the 1.5 kW devices, because the 2.2 kW reducer is used, refer to the actual reduction ratio for 2.2 kW.
107
CB Gear Motor Outline Dimensions
Three-phase 0.1 kW・L：Foot mount type / U：Face mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
C-11 0.1kW GMTA010-18L5CB C-15 0.1kW GMTA010-18U5CB

Reduction ratio：5 Approx. weight：9.1kg Reduction ratio：5 Approx. weight：9.1kg
355.5
355.5 230 125.5
230 125.5 115 M6 TAP 50
φ18h6
28 16 DEEP 10 28 115 M6 TAP
25 6 25 16 DEEP
18
φ127
134.5
φ127
6
φ105h7
φ128
3.5
90
4-φ11
φ18h6
3.5
18
12
6
16 16 30 30
98 57 φ27 63 63 φ27 0
3
R9
4-M10 TAP
130 150 D1 32 DEEP
PC
Outline Dimensions
C-12 0.1kW GMTA010-18L10∼25CB C-16 0.1kW GMTA010-18U10∼25CB
335 335
230 105 115 230 105
M6 TAP
φ18h6
28 46
16 DEEP 115 M6 TAP
25 6 8 28
16 DEEP
φ127
15
25
6
128.5
58.5
φ127
φ90h7
φ109
3.5
4-φ9
85
φ18h6
6
10
3.5
15
58.5
6
12 12
φ27 31 31
φ27
87 49 59 59 4-M8 TAP
R8
111 0
140 11 26 DEEP
PCD

364.5 364.5
230 134.5 115 230 134.5
M6 TAP
φ24h6
36 16 DEEP 59
32 10 36 115 M6 TAP
7
16 DEEP
18
32
φ127
134.5
φ127
8
φ105h7
φ128
4
90
4-φ11
12
φ24h6
4
18
16 16 7
30 30
98 66 φ27 63 63 φ27
R9
130 150
30 4-M10 TAP L.U
C D1 32 DEEP
P C-11
C-12
C-13
C-14
C-15
C-16
C-14 0.1kW GMTA010-28L100∼200CB C-18 0.1kW GMTA010-28U100∼200CB C-17
C-18
Reduction ratio： 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：11.7kg Reduction ratio： 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：11.5kg 0.1
391 391
230 161 115 230 161
M8 TAP
φ28h6
42 20 DEEP 67 M8 TAP
37 7 10 42 115 20 DEEP
23
37
8
φ127
158.5
φ127
φ125h7
φ157
4
105
4-φ12
8
15
φ28h6
4
23
φ27 7
16 16 35 35 φ27
116 78 75 75
1
50
R1
148 4-M12 TAP

180 D1 38 DEEP
PC
108
C-19 0.2kW GMTA020-18L5CB C-23 0.2kW GMTA020-18U5CB

393.5
393.5 268 125.5
268 125.5 115 M6 TAP
50 M6 TAP
φ18h6
16 DEEP
28 10 28 115 16 DEEP
25 6 25
18
φ140
67.5
139.5
φ140
φ105h7
φ128
3.5
90
4-φ11
6
φ18h6
3.5
18
12
67
6
16 16 30 30 φ27
R9
98 57 φ27 63 63 0 4-M10 TAP
130 150 13
P CD 32 DEEP
Outline Dimensions

373 M6 TAP 373

268 105 115 16 DEEP 268 105
M6 TAP
φ18h6
28 46 115 16 DEEP
25 6 8 28
15
φ140
25
6
67.5
137.5
φ140
φ109
φ90h7
4-φ9 3.5
85
φ18h6
6
3.5
15
10
67
12 12 31 31 φ27
R8
87 49 φ27 59 59
111 140 1 0 4-M8 TAP
D1 26 DEEP
PC

402.5 402.5
M6 TAP 268 134.5
268 134.5 115 16 DEEP 59 M6 TAP
φ24h6
36 10 36 115 16 DEEP
32 7 32
18
φ140
67.5
139.5
φ140
φ105h7
8
φ128
4
90
4-φ11
φ24h6
4
18
12
67
7
16 16 30 30 φ27
R9
98 66 φ27 63 63
130 0
L.U 150
D 13 4-M10 TAP
PC 32 DEEP
C-19
C-20
C-21
C-22
C-23
C-24
C-25
C-26
0.2 Reduction ratio100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：11.6kg Reduction ratio：100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：11.4kg
429 429
M8 TAP 268 161
268 161 115 20 DEEP
φ28h6
42 67 M8 TAP
10 42 115 20 DEEP
37 7
37
23
φ140
158.5
φ140
φ125h7
φ157
4
105
4-φ12
8
φ28h6
15
4
23
φ27 7
16 16 35 35
φ27
116 78 75 75
1
0
R1
148 180 15 4-M12 TAP

P CD 38 DEEP
109

434
434 179 109 146
179 109 146 59
115 M6 TAP M6 TAP
36 10 36 115
φ24h6
16 DEEP 16 DEEP
32 32
7
18
67.5
φ140
139.5
φ140
φ105h7
8
φ128
4-φ11
90
4
φ24h6
4
18
67
φ27 7
16 16 30 30
12
φ27
R9
98 66 63 63
130 150 30 4-M10 TAP
D1 32 DEEP
PC
Outline Dimensions
464
464 179 109 176
179 109 176 M8 TAP 67
115
φ28h6
42 20 DEEP 10 42 M8 TAP
37 115
7 37 20 DEEP
23
8
φ140
158.5
φ125h7
φ157
φ140
105
4-φ12 4
15
φ28h6
8
4
23
φ27
7
16 16 35 35
116 78 75 75 φ27
1
R1
148 180
50 4-M12 TAP
D1 38 DEEP
PC

504
504 M10 TAP 179 109 216
179 109 216 25 DEEP 87 115 M10 TAP
115
φ38h6
58 25 DEEP
12 58
50 8 50
27
137.5
10
φ140
198.5
φ155h7
φ191
φ140
5
130
4-φ15
10
20
φ38h6
5
27
φ27 8
17 17 41 41
140 98 93 93 φ27
6
95 L.U
R1
174 220
C D1 4-M16 TAP
P 34 DEEP C-27
C-28
C-29
C-30
C-31
C-32
0.4
110
Three-phase 0.75 kW・L：Foot mount type / U：Face mount type / F：Flange mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

495.5
495.5 M8 TAP 185 123 187.5
185 123 187.5 20 DEEP 67
φ28h6
42 124 124 M8 TAP
10 42 20 DEEP
37 7
23
37
φ158
158.5
76.5
φ158
φ125h7
φ157
4
105
4-φ12
15
8
φ28h6
4
23
φ27
79
7
16 16 35 35 φ27
116 78
1
75 75 0
R1
148 5
180 D1 4-M12 TAP
PC 38 DEEP
Outline Dimensions

538.5
538.5 185 123 230.5
M10 TAP M10 TAP
185 123 230.5 87 124 25 DEEP
124
φ38h6
25 DEEP 12 58
58
50 8 50
137.5
27
10
φ158
φ158
198.5
φ155h7
φ191
5
130
10
φ38h6
4-φ15 5
27
20
φ27 8
17 17 41 41 φ27
6
R1
140 98 93 93
174 220 95 4-M16 TAP
D1 34 DEEP
PC
C-35 0.75kW GMTA075-42L100∼200CB C-38 0.75kW GMTA075-42F100∼200CB

568 568
M10 TAP 185 123 260 M10 TAP
185 123 260 25 DEEP
66 124 25 DEEP 98 255
φ42h6
60 18 10
8 66
33
12
φ158
60
φ42h6
230
8
φ230h7
150
5
12
33
4-φ18
22
φ158
255
φ27
0
31
146
25 25 60 60 5
φ
150 96 105 105 φ27

L.U.F 200 260
4-φ18
C-33
C-34
C-35
C-36
C-37
C-38
0.75
111
Three-phase 1.5 kW・L：Foot mount type / F：Flange mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series

601.5 M10 TAP

66 148 M10 TAP 601.5
255 25 DEEP
φ42h6
60 25 DEEP 98
8 18 10 148
33
12
66
φ198
φ42h6
60
230
8
φ230h7
5
150
12
4 -φ18 φ27
255
22
φ198
33
0
31
146
25
φ
25 60 60 5
150 96 105 105
200 260 φ27
4-φ18
Outline Dimensions
653
114 320
653 M10 TAP
82 M10 TAP 18 10
25 DEEP 25 DEEP
φ50h6
75
9 82
φ50h6
75
9
14
43
φ198
φ300h7
292.5
14
320
5.5
43
φ198
190
4 -φ18
0
39
188.5
25
5.5
φ
φ27
25 25
65 65 φ27
180 112 135 135
230 4 -φ18
330

697.5
697.5 M12 TAP 360
95 127
30 DEEP 18 10 M12 TAP
φ63h6
90
11 30 DEEP
95
18
φ63h6
90
54
11
φ198
339.5
φ340h7
7
225
360
4 -φ22
54
φ 18
φ198
28
φ27
214.5
44
7
35 35 75 75
150 150
210 135 φ27
370
280
4-φ18
L.F
C-39
C-40
C-41
C-42
C-43
C-44
1.5
112

630.5 M10 TAP

630.5 25 DEEP
66 148 M10 TAP
98
φ42h6
60 25 DEEP 255
18 10 148
8
12
33
φ42h6
66
φ198
60 8
φ230h7
230
22 150
10 12
255
4 -φ18 φ27
φ198
5
33
146
φ3
25 25 5
150 96 60 105 105 60
200 260 φ27 4-φ18
Outline Dimensions

M10 TAP
682 682 25 DEEP
82 M10 TAP 114 320
φ50h6
25 DEEP 18 10
75
9
14
82
φ50h6
φ198
5 75 9
43
292.5
14
φ300h7
190
320
φ198
4 -φ18 5.5
25
43
φ27
188.5
39
25 25
φ
65 65 5.5
180 112 135 135
φ27
230 330
4-φ18

726.5 M12TAP
726.5 30 DEEP
M12 TAP 127
95 360
φ63h6
90 30 DEEP 18 10
11
95
φ63h6
18
90
φ198
339.5
11
54
φ340h7
7
360
φ198
225
54
4 -φ22
4018
28
φ27
214.5
φ4
35 35 7
75 75
210 135 150 150 φ27
280
L.F 370 4-φ18
C-45
C-46
C-47
C-48
C-49
C-50
2.2
113

736.5 M10 TAP

736.5 M10 TAP
114 320 25 DEEP
φ50h6
82 25 DEEP 18
75 10
9
14
82
φ50h6
φ214
75
43
9
292.5
φ300h7
14
190
φ214
320
4 -φ18 5.5
25
188.5
39
43
φ27 25
φ
25 65
65 5.5
180 112 135 135
230 330 φ27
4-φ18
Outline Dimensions
763 763 M10 TAP

82 M10 TAP 114 320 25 DEEP
φ50h6
75 25 DEEP 18 10
9
82
14
φ50h6
75
φ214
9
43
292.5
φ300h7
14
320
190
φ214
4 -φ18 5.5
43
25
09
188.5
φ3
φ27 25 25 5.5
65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330 φ27 4-φ18
L.F
C-51
C-52
C-53
C-54
3.7
114
Single-phase 100 W・L：Foot mount type / U：Face mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
C-55 100W GMTA100-18L5CB C-59 100W GMTA100-18U5CB

Outline Dimensions
C-56 100W GMTA100-18L10∼25CB C-60 100W GMTA100-18U10∼25CB


L.U
C-55
C-56
C-57
C-58
C-59
C-60
C-61
C-62
100 Reduction ratio：100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：12.5kg Reduction ratio：100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：12.3kg
115
Single-phase 200 W・L：Foot mount type / U：Face mount type GEAR MOTOR TA Series
C-63 200W GMTA200-18L5CB C-67 200W GMTA200-18U5CB

Outline Dimensions

L.U
C-63
C-64
C-65
C-66
C-67
C-68
C-66 200W GMTA200-28L100∼200CB C-70 200W GMTA200-28U100∼200CB C-69
C-70
Reduction ratio：100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：13.9kg Reduction ratio：100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight：13.7kg 200
116
Quick reference HYPOID MOTOR TA Series
■Motorized type
Features・Nomenclature
Specifications
Specification Chart
Outline Dimensions Non-brake/Hollow shaft/Foot mount/Face mount

Outline Dimensions Brake type/Hollow shaft/Foot mount/Face mount

Structure・Options・Installation・Selection・Others
■Adapter type
Outline Dimensions Foot mount/Face mount/Hollow shaft

■Inline Reducer type

Outline Dimensions Foot mount/Face mount/Hollow shaft

117
HYPOID MOTOR
（0.1∼5.5kW）
CONTENTS
Model Lineup ・・・・・・・・・・・・119 0.1 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・167

0.2 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・168
Motorized type 0.4 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・169
Features・Nomenclature ・・・・・・・・・・・・145 0.75 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・170
1.5／2.2 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・171
Specifications 2.2／3.7／5.5 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・172
Specifications・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・129 100 W foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・173
Brake part standard specifications ・・・・・・・・18 200 W foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・174
Terminal box ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・22 0.1 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・175
Outdoor type specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・24 0.2 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・176
0.4 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・177
Specification chart ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・131 0.75 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・178
1.5／2.2 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・179
Outline dimensions (non-brake type) 2.2／3.7／5.5 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・180
0.1 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・135 100 W face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・181
0.2 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・136 200 W face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・182
0.4 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・137
Structure・Options・Others
0.75 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・138
Structure ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・183
1.5／2.2 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・139
Options ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・184
2.2／3.7／5.5 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・140
Installation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・185
100 W hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・141
Selection ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・186
200 W hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・142
Others ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・187
0.1 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・143
0.2 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・144
0.4 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・145
0.75 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・146
1.5／2.2 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・147
Adapter type
Structure・Specification chart ・・・・・・・・・200
2.2／3.7／5.5 kW foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・148
100 W foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・149 Outline dimensions
200 W foot mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・150 0.1 kW foot mount・face mount・hollow shaft 203
0.1 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・151 0.2 kW foot mount・face mount・hollow shaft 204
0.75 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・154 1.5 kW foot mount・face mount・hollow shaft 209
1.5／2.2 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・155
2.2／3.7／5.5 kW face mount ・・・・・・・・・156
100 W face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・157
200 W face mount ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・158 Inline Reducer type
Structure・Specification chart ・・・・・・・・・210
Outline dimensions (brake type)
0.1 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・159 0.1 kW foot mount・face mount・hollow shaft 213
0.75 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・162 0.75 kW foot mount・face mount・hollow shaft 217
1.5／2.2 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・163 1.5 kW foot mount・face mount・hollow shaft 219
2.2／3.7／5.5 kW hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・164
100 W hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・165
200 W hollow shaft ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・166
118
Hypoid Motor TA Series Lineup
Motorized type HYPOID MOTOR TA ● Lineup
Hollow shaft H Mounting type

Actual reduction
ratio
Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Brake
Motor capacity
Shaft
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
arrangement
Not
― P135 M-1
Output
0.1kW ― P159 B-1

Model number Foot mount L L.R
Not
― P143 M-26
HMTA010 T
L.R
●Specification chart
―
T
P167 B-26
→P131
Hollow shaft H Face mount U
Not
S.T P151 M-55

●Price lists
→P297, 298, 299 S.T P175 B-55
Not
― P136 M-4
Output
0.2kW ― P160 B-4

L.R
Foot mount L
Model number
Not
― P144 M-30
HMTA020 T
L.R
―
T
P168 B-30
→P131
Not
S.T P152 M-58

●Price lists
Model Lineup
→P297, 298, 299 S.T P176 B-58

Not
― P137 M-7
Output
0.4kW ― P161 B-7

L.R
Foot mount L
Model number
Not
― P145 M-34
HMTA040 T
L.R
―
T
P169 B-34
→P132
Not
S.T P153 M-61

●Price lists
→P297, 298, 299 S.T P177 B-61
Not
― P138 M-11
Output
0.75kW ― P162 B-11

L.R
Foot mount L
Model number
Not
― P146 M-38
HMTA075 T
L.R
―
T
P170 B-38
→P132
Not
S.T P154 M-65

●Price lists
→P297, 298, 299 S.T P178 B-65
Not
― P139 M-14
Output
1.5kW ― P163 B-14

Model number L.R
Foot mount L
Not
― P147 M-41
HMTA150 T
L.R
●Specification chart ―
T
P171 B-41
→P133
Face mount U
Not
S.T P155 M-68

●Price lists
→P297, 298, 299
S.T P179 M-68
※Under "Shaft arrangement," "L" means the output shaft is located to the left as viewed from the motor side, "R" means it is located to the right, and "T" means it is located on both sides. For
the face mount type, "S" means the output shaft is located on one side and "T" means it is located on both sides.
119
■indicates stock products. ■indicates quick delivery products.
80 100 120 160 200 300 360 480 600 720 960 1200
P135 M-2 P135 M-3
P159 B-2 P159 B-3
P143 M-27 P143 M-28 P143 M-29
P167 B-27 P167 B-28 P167 B-29
P151 M-56 P151 M-57
P175 B-56 P175 B-57
P136 M-5 P136 M-6
P160 B-5 P160 B-6
P144 M-31 P144 M-32 P144 M-33
P168 B-31 P168 B-32 P168 B-33
P152 M-59 P152 M-60
Model Lineup
P176 B-59 P176 B-60
P137 M-8 P137 M-9 P137 M-10
P161 B-8 P161 B-9 P161 B-10
P145 M-35 P145 M-36 P145 M-37
P169 B-35 P169 B-36 P169 B-37
P153 M-62 P153 M-63 P153 M-64
P177 B-62 P177 B-63 P177 B-64
P138 M-12 P138 M-13
P162 B-12 P162 B-13
P146 M-39 P146 M-40
P170 B-39 P170 B-40
P154 M-66 P154 M-67
P178 B-66 P178 B-67
P139 M-15
P163 B-15
P147 M-42
P171 B-42
P155 M-68
P179 B-68
120
Motorized type HYPOID MOTOR TA ● Lineup

Actual reduction
ratio
Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Brake
Motor capacity
Shaft
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
arrangement
Not
― P139 M-16
Output
2.2kW ― P163 B-16

Model number Foot mount L L.R
Not
― P147 M-43
HMTA220 T
L.R
―
T
P171 B-43
→P133
Not
S.T P155 M-70

●Price lists
→P297, 298, 299 S.T P180 B-70
Not
― P140 M-18
Output
3.7kW ― P164 B-18

L.R
Foot mount L
Model number
Not
― P148 M-45
HMTA370 T
L.R
―
T
P172 B-45
→P133
Not
S.T P156 M-72

●Price lists
Model Lineup
→P297, 298, 299 S.T P180 B-72

Not
― P140 M-19
Output
5.5kW ― P164 B-19

L.R
Foot mount L
Model number
Not
― P148 M-46
HMTA550 T
L.R
― P172 B-46
T
→P133
Not
S.T P156 M-73

●Price lists
→P297, 298, 299 S.T P180 B-73
Not
― P141 M-20
Output
100W ― P165 B-20

L.R
Foot mount L
Model number
Not
― P149 M-47
HMTA100 T
L.R
―
T
P173 B-47
→P134
Not
S.T P157 M-74

●Price lists
→P300, 301 S.T P181 B-74
Not
― P142 M-23
Output
200W ― P166 B-23

Model number L.R
Foot mount L
Not
― P150 M-51
HMTA200 T
L.R
●Specification chart ―
T
P174 B-51
→P134
Face mount U
Not
S.T P158 M-77

●Price lists
→P300, 301
S.T P182 M-77
※Under "Shaft arrangement," "L" means the output shaft is located to the left as viewed from the motor side, "R" means it is located to the right, and "T" means it is located on both sides. For
the face mount type, "S" means the output shaft is located on one side and "T" means it is located on both sides.
121
■indicates quick delivery products.
80 100 120 160 200 300 360 480 600 720 960 1200
P140 M-17
P164 B-17
P148 M-44
P172 B-44
P156 M-71
P181 B-71
Model Lineup
P141 M-21 P141 M-22
P165 B-21 P165 B-22
P149 M-48 P149 M-49 P149 M-50
P173 B-48 P173 B-49 P173 B-50
P157 M-75 P157 M-76
P171 B-75 P171 B-76
P142 M-24 P142 M-25
P166 B-24 P166 B-25
P150 M-52 P150 M-53 P150 M-54
P174 B-52 P174 B-53 P174 B-54
P158 M-78 P158 M-79
P182 B-78 P182 B-79
122
Adapter type HYPOID MOTOR TA ● Lineup

Actual reduction
ratio
Motor capacity
Shaft
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200
arrangement
― P203
4
Output
0.1kW Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P203 1 P203 2
HRTA010 T
→P201 S.T P203 3
― P204 8
Output
0.2kW
Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P204 5 P204 6
HRTA020 T
→P201 S.T P204 7
Model Lineup
― P206 13 P206 14
Output
0.4kW
Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P205 9 P205 10
HRTA040 T
→P201 S.T P205 11 P205 12
― P208 19 P208 20
Output
0.75kW
Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P207 15 P207 16
HRTA075 T
→P202 S.T P207 17 P207 18
― P209 23
Output
1.5kW
Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P209 21
HRTA150 T
Face mount U
→P202 S.T P209 22
※Page number for outline dimensions, Drawing number P203 Drawing 4

※Under "Shaft arrangement," "L" means the output shaft is located to the left as viewed from the motor side, "R" means it is located to the right, and "T" ■indicates quick
means it is located on both sides. For the face mount type, "S" means the output shaft is located on one side and "T" means it is located on both sides. delivery products.
123
Inline reducer type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Lineup

Actual reduction
ratio
Motor capacity
Shaft
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200
arrangement
― P213 27
Output
0.1kW Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P213 24 P213 25
HRTA010 T
→P211 S.T P213 26
― P214 31
Output
0.2kW
Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P214 28 P214 29
HRTA020 T
→P211 S.T P214 30
Model Lineup
― P216 36 P216 37
Output
0.4kW
Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P215 32 P215 33
HRTA040 T
→P211 S.T P215 34 P215 35
― P218 42 P218 43
Output
0.75kW
Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P217 38 P217 39
HRTA075 T
→P212 S.T P217 40 P217 41
― P219 46
Output
1.5kW
Foot mount L
Model number L.R

― P219 44
HRTA150 T
Face mount U
→P212 S.T P219 45
※Page number for outline dimensions, Drawing number P213 Drawing 27

※Under "Shaft arrangement," "L" means the output shaft is located to the left as viewed from the motor side, "R" means it is located to the right, and "T" ■indicates quick
means it is located on both sides. For the face mount type, "S" means the output shaft is located on one side and "T" means it is located on both sides. delivery products.
124
Hypoid Motor TA Series Features
Space savings realized with hypoid gear and
orthogonal-axis-type reducer that is ready for multiple applications
Unlike parallel-axis-type gear motors, the shaft of the hypoid motor does not protrude in the
longitudinal direction, allowing the hypoid motor to be mounted on the inside of machinery.
Even when mounted on the outside of machinery, a compact layout can be realized because it
does not extend outward much, leading to space savings. The face mount type and hollow
shaft type using Tsubaki's unique multi-fit system are ready for various installation modes,
making it possible to simplify the layout of the whole equipment.
Special emphasis is placed on the height of Tsubaki's hypoid motor - a compact
1 Compact
reducer with as low a height as has ever been realized.
The mounting pitch "a" is the same.
a
Features
a
2 High efficiency The hypoid motor has less slippage than worm
3 Low noise
The hypoid motor employs the new processing
gear motors, thus providing higher efficiency. technology incorporated in our T series gear
This means that the hypoid motor uses less motor providing low noise and high reliability.
power for the same output, which results in
economical operation.
4 Usability
Hypoid motor
General-purpose
Efficiency %
worm gear motor

Because the product is delivered with grease
injected, it can be used immediately.
There is no limitation on the mounting direction.
A tapped (screw) hole is included in the end of
the output shaft to aid installation.
For the hollow shaft type, a torque arm and a
safety cap are available as options.
Reduction ratio
5 Inverter motor type 0.1kW∼1.5kW 5.5kW
100
(Quick-delivery make-to-order product) 90 Continuous operation
maximum torque
An inverter-ready motor is connected directly. ︶
2.2kW、3.7kW
％
Continuous operation with 100% constant torque is possible ︵
even at low frequencies (6 Hz or more).

Output torque
50
(For the 2.2 kW and 3.7 kW devices, reduction of torque is
produced at frequencies of 10 Hz or less.)
In addition… ① Quick delivery
Available on short delivery
6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120
② Compact Output frequency（Hz）
Exactly the same size as the standard product The rating of the motor at a frequency of 60 Hz is 100% output torque.
③ Low price
A slight increase over the standard product of about 20%
125
HYPOID MOTOR TA
Mounted on inside of conveyor Mounted on outside of Multiple drive

Space saving
conveyor
Dead space
Because the upper

and lower pitches
are the same,
different applications
are possible without
adjustment.
The face mount

type offers a
Multi-fit system
compact layout.
Small dead space
ensures easy
transfer.
Features
Mounted on outside of Mounted on inside of Mounted on shaft
conveyor conveyor
Three types of mounting
Tap hole
Through-hole
Mounted on shaft with torque arm Safety cap for added safety
Options
Safety cap
126
Nomenclature
HMTA010-38L1200L□□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
① Product and HMTA Motorized type Supplementary codes (indicated on the second line of the model number)
Series name HRTA Inline reducer type and adapter type Supplementary codes may be combined arbitrarily.
② Motor capacity 010 Three-phase 0.1 kW
Position of terminal box Hollow shaft hole diameter
(example) 100 Single-phase 100 W Ｐ1： 90°swing Ｓ1：φ20
③ Frame number (example) 38 Frame number 38 (Note 1) Ｐ2：180°swing Ｓ2：φ25
④ Mounting type L Foot mount Ｐ3：270°swing Ｓ3：φ30
U Face mount type Note) P1 and P3 are for the face mount Ｓ4：φ35
and hollow shaft types only. Ｓ5：φ40
H Hollow shaft type
Ｓ6：φ45
⑤ Reduction ratio (example) 1200 1/1200
Ｓ7：φ50
⑥ Shaft L Output shaft located to the left as viewed from the motor side Note）Please refer to page 199 for
special hollow shaft hole diameter.
arrangement T Output shaft located on both sides
Position of lead outlet of hard terminal box of outdoor type
R Output shaft located to the right as viewed from the motor side
Ｄ1： 90°swing
S Output shaft located on one side (face side) (For face mount type only) Ｄ2：180°swing
No code Hollow shaft type Ｄ3：270°swing
Note) The standard position is opposite the load side.
⑦ Specification No code Without B, K or BE For the resin terminal box, the position of the lead outlet can be changed by
code Brake type changing the top cover mounting direction.
B
FI Adapter type
Ｃ1：Light silver metallic
K Power lock type (For hollow shaft type with standard shaft hole diameter only) Ｃ2：Ivory white (Munsell 7.5Y9/1)
BE Encoder type Ｃ3：Dark silver metallic
SR Shock relay type for 0.1 and 0.2 kW only
Nomenclature
⑧ Option code 1. Z Inverter motor type

■Combination of specification and option codes
Order of priority 2. W Outdoor type No brake type Brake type Power lock type
3. J Water proof type Z ZW ZWV Z ZV ZVH Z ZW ZWV
400 V class（400/400/440V 50/60/60Hz） ZJ ZJV ZVQ W WV
4. V
ZV ZVH ZVM WV1
5. V1 380V50Hz ZH ZH ZHQ WV2
6. V2 380V60Hz W WV ZHM WV3
WV1 ZQ ZQM WV4
7. V3 415V50Hz WV2 ZM J JV
8. V4 460V60Hz WV3 V VN JV1
WV4 VH VHQ JV2
9. N Ready for CE（Note2）
WN WVN VHM JV3
10. N2 Ready for UL（Note2） WN3 WVN3 VQ VQM JV4
Ready for CCC（Note2） J JV VM V VN
11. N3
JV1 V1 V1H VH
12. H Hard terminal box type JV2 V2 V2H V1 V1H
13. Q One-touch manual release type JV3 V3 V3H V2 V2H
JV4 V4 V4H V3 V3H
14. M Manual shaft type V VN N V4 V4H
VN2 H HQ HQM
Note 1) For the frame number, refer to the specification chart and outline dimensional drawing.
VN3 HM
Note 2) Please consult us for voltage. Encorder type
VH Q QM
V1 V1H M Z ZV
■Codes for position of terminal box V2 V2H V VH
For the standard motor, change the position of the lead outlet V3 V3H H
V4 V4H
by changing the terminal box top cover mounting direction. Shock relay type
N
N2 N
Standard P1 P2 P3 N3
H
D3 D1
Note) A combination of "brake type" and "outdoor use type" are
D1 D3 made-to-order product.
■Codes for positions of the

lead outlet of a hard terminal
box of an outdoor type
D3 D1
The directions shown by D1 and D3 in the figure above are for the outdoor-type motor D1 D3
with a hard terminal box. D1
D1 Standard P1
D2
D3 Standard
D3
D3
D1 Positions D1, D2 and D3 are obtained by rotating the lead outlet
clockwise as viewed toward the terminal box by 90, 180, and 270
For reduction 1/300 to 1/1200 of 0.1kW and 0.2kW are 15˚ leans its positions. degrees, respectively, from the standard position of the lead outlet.
127
Nomenclature
HMTA150-50L 200L□□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
① Product and HMTA Motorized type Supplementary codes (indicated on the second line of the model number)
Series name HRTA Inline reducer type and adapter type Supplementary codes may be combined arbitrarily.
② Motor capacity (example) 150 Three-phase 1.5 kW
Position of terminal box Hollow shaft hole diameter
③ Frame number (example) 50 Frame number 50 (Note 1) Ｐ1： 90°swing Ｓ3：φ30
④ Mounting type L Foot mount Ｐ2：180°swing Ｓ4：φ35
U Face mount type Ｐ3：270°swing Ｓ5：φ40
H Hollow shaft type Note) P1 and P3 are for the face mount Ｓ6：φ45
and hollow shaft types only. Ｓ7：φ50
⑤ Reduction ratio (example) 200 1/200
Note) Please refer to page 191
⑥ Shaft L Output shaft located to the left as viewed from the motor side for special hollow shaft hole
diameter.
arrangement T Output shaft located on both sides
Position of the lead outlet of a terminal box of the outdoor type and standard products
R Output shaft located to the right as viewed from the motor side E1： 90°swing
S Output shaft located on one side (face side) (For face mount type only) E2：180°swing
No code Hollow shaft type E3：270°swing
Note) The standard position is downward.
⑦ Specification No code Without B, K or BE
code B Brake type Ｃ1：Light silver metallic
FI Adapter type Ｃ2：Ivory white (Munsell 7.5Y9/1)
K Power lock type (For hollow shaft type with standard shaft hole diameter only) Ｃ3：Dark silver metallic
BE Encoder type for 1.5 and 2.2 kW only
⑧ Option code 1. Z Inverter motor type
Order of priority 2. W Outdoor type
Nomenclature
■Combination of specification and option codes
3. V 400 V class（400/400/440V 50/60/60Hz） No brake type Brake type Power lock type
4. V1 380V50Hz Z ZW ZWV Z ZV ZVQ Z ZW ZWV
5. V2 380V60Hz（Only the 5.5 kW option is handled as a made-to-order product.） ZV ZQ W WV
W WV V VQ WV1
6. V3 415V50Hz
WV1 V1 WV2
7. V4 460V60Hz WV2 V2 WV3
8. N Ready for CE WV3 V3 WV4
9. Q One-touch manual release type WV4 V4 V
V Q V1
Note 1) For the frame number, refer to the specification chart and outline dimensional drawing. V1 V2
V2 V3
■Codes for position of terminal box V3 V4
V4
VN Encorder type
Standard P1 P2 P3 N
Z ZV
V
Note) A combination of "brake type" and "outdoor type" is a made-to-
order product. Note that its motor specifications differ from
those of the standard product.
■Codes for positions of the lead outlet of a terminal box of the

outdoor type and standard products
E2
E3
E1
Standard
Positions E1, E2 and E3 are obtained by rotating the lead outlet clockwise as viewed toward
the terminal box by 90, 180, and 270 degrees, respectively, from the standard position of the
lead outlet.
128
Hypoid Motor TA Series Specifications
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Specifications
Three-phase：0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7, 5.5kW Single-phase：100、200W
Output
Non-brake type・Brake type Non-brake type・Brake type
Number of poles 4 4
Motor
Cooling method 0.1 kW - Self-cooled type (IC410), 0.2-5.5 kW - Self-managed type (IC411) Draft type (IC01)
Starting method ー Split-phase starting type
Insulation 0.1 kW-3.7 kW - Class E, 5.5 kW - Class B Class E
Brake Non-excitation type・DC electromagnetic brake
Reduction ratio 1/5 to 1/1200

Reducer
Lubricating method Grease
Shaft end key way New JIS key (JIS B1301-1976): Output shaft key attached (Ordinary-class key way)

Ambient conditions

Specifications
Paint color Munsell 2.5G6/3

Note) The protective construction for the brake type is IP20.
■Motor specifications
Number Number Rated revolution rate AC-side brake current
of Output of
Frequency Voltage V Rated current A
phases poles Hz r/min Reference value at 20℃
0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710
0.1kW 0.12 A
（0.32/0.29/0.29）（1440/1740/1740）
1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720
0.2kW 0.12 A
（0.59/0.55/0.55）（1410/1690/1720）
2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680
0.4kW 0.16 A
（1.2/1.0/1.0）（1390/1670/1700）
Three-phase
3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710
0.75kW 0.17 A
（2.0/1.7/1.7）（1410/1690/1710）
4 50/60/60 200/200/220
7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730
1.5kW （400/400/440） 0.10 A
（3.5/3.1/3.0）（1420/1710/1730）
9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730
2.2kW 0.10 A
（4.9/4.5/4.3）（1420/1710/1730）
0.1 0.2
0.4 0.75
1.5 2.2 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730
3.7kW 0.08 A
3.7 5.5 （8.0/7.4/7.0）（1420/1710/1730）
23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740
5.5kW 0.10 A
（11.9/10.5/10.0）（1430/1730/1740）
Single-phase
100W 4 50/60 100 3.2/2.8 1440/1730 0.21 A
200W 5.2/4.6 1430/1710 0.21 A
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution rate" are for 400/400/440 V.
Note 2) For the brake type, the brake current shown above is added for the phase where the brake lead wire is connected to the
motor lead wire. The AC-side brake current is for 200 V AC 60 Hz and 100 V AC 60 Hz.
129
Hypoid Motor TA Series Specifications
HYPOID MOTOR TA

■Special motor type (Applied to hypoid motor and hypoid motor with brake) △ Made-to-order product
Three-phase motor type

0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW
Motor specifications
Brake Brake Brake Brake Brake Brake Brake Brake
Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not
provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided provided Provided
400/400/440V
Double voltage ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
50/60/60Hz
Voltage
Other voltage (Note 1) 200 V・400 V level ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Standard voltage Standard model △
400/400/440V
Double voltage ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Terminal 50/60/60Hz
box type Other voltage (Note 1) 200 V level ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Other voltage (Note 1) 400 V level ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Standard voltage ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △
400/400/440V
Outdoor Double voltage ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △
50/60/60Hz
type
Other voltage (Note 1) 200 V・400 V level ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △ ○ △
Specifications
Standard voltage △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー
Explosion- 400/400/440V
Double voltage △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー
proof type 50/60/60Hz
Other voltage Special voltage △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー △ ー
(Note 1) The other voltage 200 V level and 400 V level are applied to those indicated by "〇" in the table below.
（1）0.1kW・0.2 kW・0.4 kW・0.75kW・1.5kW・2.2kW・3.7kW

210 220 210 230 380 415 420 380 415 420 460
Non-Brake type ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Brake type ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
（2）5.5 kW
0.1 0.2
210 220 210 230 380 415 420 380 415 420 460 0.4 0.75
1.5 2.2
Non-Brake type △ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △ △ ○ ○ ○ 3.7 5.5
Brake type △ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △ △ ○ ○ ○

■One-touch manual release brake type △ Made-to-order product
Three-phase brake motor type Single-phase brake motor type
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW 100W 200W
One-touch manual release brake type ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○
130
Hypoid Motor TA Series Specification Chart
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Specification Chart 〔〕The values in parentheses are for the brake type.
Number Output shaft Allowable Page and drawing number of
Allowable output shaft torque
Motor Actual of
revolution output shaft
Model reduction
outline dimensions
output reduction steps r/min N・m ｛kgf・m｝ N・m ｛kgf・m｝ O.H.L.
number
kW ratio
L U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N ｛kgf｝Hollow shaft type Foot mount Face mount
5 1/5 300 360 2.7 ｛0.28｝ 2.4 ｛0.24｝ 588 ｛60｝

10 1/10 150 180 5.6 ｛0.57｝ 4.6 ｛0.47｝ 980｛100｝ P.143
15 1/15 100 120 8.3 ｛0.85｝ 7.0 ｛0.71｝1078｛110｝ Drawing
M-26
20 1/20 75 90 10.8 ｛1.1｝ 9.3 ｛0.95｝1176｛120｝
P.167
25
30
1/25
1/30
2 2 60
50
72
60
13.7
16.7
｛1.4｝
｛1.7｝
11.8
13.7
｛1.2｝ 1274｛130｝ P.135
｛1.4｝ 1421｛145｝
Drawing
M-1
〔〕 Drawing
B-26
Frame number
P.151
Drawing
M-55
40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 ｛2.3｝ 18.6 ｛1.9｝ 1617｛165｝ P.159 19
〔〕〔〕
P.175
50 1/50 30 36 27.4 ｛2.8｝ 23.5 ｛2.4｝ 1862｛190｝ Drawing Drawing
B-1 B-55
60 1/60 25 30 31.4 ｛3.2｝ 26.5 ｛2.7｝ 2009｛205｝ P.143
Frame number Frame number
Drawing
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 ｛4.3｝ 35.3 ｛3.6｝ 2254｛230｝ 30 24
HMTA M-27
100 0.1 1/100 15 18 52.9 ｛5.4｝ 44.1 ｛4.5｝ 2548｛260｝ P.167
〔〕
010
120 1/120 3 3 12.5 15 63.7 ｛6.5｝ 52.9 ｛5.4｝ 2793｛285｝ Drawing
B-27
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 ｛8.6｝ 70.6 ｛7.2｝ 3332｛340｝ Frame number
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 ｛10.8｝ 88.2 ｛9.0｝ 3332｛340｝ 24
300 1/300 5 6 129 ｛13.2｝ 108 ｛11.0｝ 3332｛340｝ P.135 P.143 P.151
Drawing M-2 Drawing M-28 Drawing M-56
Specification Chart
4.2 5 ｛13.2｝ 3332｛340｝ P.159 P.167 P.175

360
480
1/360
1/480 3.1 3.8
156
※
169
｛15.9｝ 129
※ {17.2｝ ※
169 ※{
〔〕〔〕〔〕
Drawing B-2 Drawing B-28 Drawing B-56
17.2｝ 3332｛340｝Frame number 30 Frame number 28 Frame number 28
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 260 ｛26.5｝ 217 ｛22.1｝ 4410｛450｝ P.135 P.143 P.151
2.5 Drawing M-3 Drawing M-29 Drawing M-57
720 1/720 2.1 312 ｛31.8｝ 260 ｛26.5｝ 4410｛450｝
P.159 P.167 P.175
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
374 ※ {38.2｝ 346 〔〕〔〕〔〕
｛35.3｝ 4410｛450｝ Drawing B-3 Drawing B-29 Drawing B-57
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※
374 ※ {38.2｝ ※
374 ※{
5 1/5 300 360 5.6 ｛0.57｝ 4.6 ｛0.47｝ 588 ｛60｝
10 1/10 150 180 10.8 ｛1.1｝ 9.3 ｛0.95｝ 980｛100｝ P.144
15 1/15 100 120 16.7 ｛1.7｝ 13.7 ｛1.4｝ 1078｛110｝ Drawing
M-30
20 1/20 75 90 22.5 ｛2.3｝ 18.6 ｛1.9｝ 1176｛120｝ P.168
25
30
1/25
1/30
2 2 60
50
72
60
27.4
33.3
｛2.8｝
｛3.4｝
23.5
27.4
｛2.4｝ 1274｛130｝
P.136
｛2.8｝ 1421｛145｝ Drawing
〔〕 Drawing
B-30
Frame number
P.152
Drawing
37.5 45 M-4 M-58
40 1/40 44.1 ｛4.5｝ 37.2 ｛3.8｝ 1617｛165｝ 19
P.160 P.176
50
60
1/50
1/60
30
25
36
30
55.9
66.6
｛5.7｝
｛6.8｝
46.1
54.9
｛4.7｝ 1862｛190｝ Drawing
｛5.6｝ 2009｛205｝ B-4〔〕〔〕
Frame number
P.144
Drawing
Drawing
B-58
Frame number
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 84.3 ｛8.6｝ 70.6 ｛7.2｝ 2254｛230｝
HMTA 30 M-31 28
020 100 0.2 1/100 15 18 106 ｛10.8｝ 88.2 ｛9.0｝ 2548｛260｝ P.168
120
160
1/120
1/160
3 3 12.5
9.4
15
11.3
126
169
｛12.9｝ 106
｛17.2｝ 140
｛10.8｝ 2793｛285｝
｛14.3｝ 3332｛340｝
〔〕
Drawing
B-31
Frame number
200 1/200 7.5 9 ※
169 ※ {17.2｝ ※
169 ※ {17.2｝ 3332｛340｝ 28
300 1/300 5 6 260 ｛26.5｝ 217 ｛22.1｝ 4410｛450｝ P.136 P.144 P.152
360 1/360 4.2 5 312 ｛31.8｝ 260 ｛26.5｝ 4410｛450｝ P.160 P.168 P.176
0.1
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※
374 ※ {38.2｝ ※312 ※{
〔〕〔〕〔〕
0.2
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 506 ｛51.6｝ 432 ｛44.1｝ 6272｛640｝ P.136 P.144 P.152
2.5 Drawing M-6 Drawing M-33 Drawing M-60
720 1/720 2.1 607 ｛61.9｝ 519 ｛53.0｝ 6272｛640｝
P.160 P.168 P.176
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
621 ※ {63.4｝ ※621 ※{
〔〕〔〕〔〕
63.4｝ 6272｛640｝ Drawing B-6 Drawing B-33 Drawing B-60
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※
621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※{
63.4} 6272｛640｝Frame number 45 Frame number 42 Frame number 42
(Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
(Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 129).
(Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above. In addition, the O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of
the value shown in the table above.
131
HYPOID MOTOR TA
〔〕The values in parentheses are for the brake type.
Motor Actual of
Model reduction
outline dimensions
number
kW ratio
5 1/5 300 360 10.8 ｛1.1｝ 9.3 ｛0.95｝ 931 ｛95｝

10 1/10 150 180 22.5 ｛2.3｝ 18.6 ｛1.9｝ 1568 ｛160｝ P.137 P.145 P.153
15 1/15 100 120 33.3 ｛3.4｝ 27.4 ｛2.8｝ 1715 ｛175｝Drawing Drawing Drawing
2 M-7 M-34 M-61
20 1/20 75 90 44.1 ｛4.5｝ 37.2 ｛3.8｝ 1862 ｛190｝
P.161 P.169 P.177
〔〕〔〕〔〕
2
25 1/25 60 72 55.9 ｛5.7｝ 46.1 ｛4.7｝ 2009 ｛205｝Drawing Drawing Drawing
30 1/30 50 60 66.6 ｛6.8｝ 55.9 ｛5.7｝ 2205 ｛225｝ B-7 B-34 B-61
Frame number Frame number Frame number
40 1/40 37.5 45 ◎
89.2 ◎ {9.1｝ ◎
74.5 ◎{
7.6｝ 2450 ｛250｝ 30 24 28
50 1/50 30 36 ◎
112 ◎ {11.4｝ ◎
93.1 ◎{
9.5｝ 2793 ｛285｝
60 1/60 25 30 126 ｛12.9｝ 106 ｛10.8｝ 3038 ｛310｝ P.137 P.145 P.153
Drawing Drawing Drawing
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 169 ｛17.2｝ 141 ｛14.4｝ 3479 ｛355｝
HMTA 3 M-8 M-35 M-62
040 100 0.4 1/100 15 18 212 ｛21.6｝ 176 ｛18.0｝ 3920 ｛400｝ P.161 P.169 P.177
120
160
1/120
1/160
3
12.5
9.4
15
11.3
254
338
｛25.9｝ 212
｛34.5｝ 281
B-8〔〕〔〕〔〕
｛21.6｝ 4410 ｛450｝Drawing Drawing Drawing
B-35 B-62
｛28.7｝ 4410 ｛450｝Frame number Frame number Frame number
200 1/200 7.5 9 ※
374 ※ {38.2｝ ※312 ※{
31.8｝ 4410 ｛450｝ 35 38 38
300 1/300 5 6 519 ｛53.0｝ 432 ｛44.1｝ 6272 ｛640｝ P.137 P.145 P.153
Specification Chart
1/360 4.2 5 ｛53.0｝ 6272 ｛640｝ P.161 P.169 P.177
360
480 1/480 3.1 3.8
621
※
621
｛63.4｝ 519
※ {63.4｝ ※621 ※{
〔〕〔〕〔〕
63.4｝ 6272 ｛640｝Frame number 45 Frame number 42 Frame number 42
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 1029 ｛105｝ 869 ｛88.7｝ 9800｛1000｝ P.137 P.145 P.153
※ ※ {120｝ Drawing M-10 Drawing M-37 Drawing M-64
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 1176 1029 ｛105｝ 9800｛1000｝
P.161 P.169 P.177
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
1176 ※ {120｝ ※
1176 ※{
〔〕〔〕〔〕
120｝ 9800｛1000｝ DrawingB-10 Drawing B-37 DrawingB-64
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※
1176 ※ {120｝ ※
1176 ※{
120｝ 9800｛1000｝Frame number 55 Frame number 50 Frame number 50
5 1/5 300 360 20.6 ｛2.1｝ 17.6 ｛1.8｝ 1519 ｛155｝
10 1/10 150 180 42.1 ｛4.3｝｛3.5｝ 2205 ｛225｝ P.138
34.3 P.146 P.154
15 1/15 100 120 62.7 ｛6.4｝ 51.9 ｛5.3｝ 2401 ｛245｝ M-11 M-38 M-65
2
90 ｛7.1｝ 2646 ｛270｝ P.162 P.170 P.178
〔〕〔〕〔〕
20 1/20 75 83.3 ｛8.5｝ 69.6
2 Drawing Drawing Drawing
25 1/25 60 72 104 ｛10.6｝ 87.2 ｛8.9｝ 2891 ｛295｝
B-11 B-38 B-65
30 1/30 50 60 125 ｛12.8｝ 104 ｛10.6｝ 3136 ｛320｝Frame number Frame number Frame number
40 1/40 37.5 45 ◎
167 ◎{
17.0｝ ◎139 ◎{
14.2｝ 3626 ｛370｝ 35 30 38
50 1/50 30 36 ◎
209 ◎ {21.3｝ ◎173 ◎ {17.7｝ 4116 ｛420｝
HMTA
075 60 0.75 1/60 25 30 238 ｛24.3｝ 198 ｛20.2｝ 4508 ｛460｝ P.138 P.146 P.154
Drawing Drawing
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 317 ｛32.3｝ 264 ｛26.9｝ 5390 ｛550｝Drawing
3 M-12 M-39 M-66
100 1/100 15 18 396 ｛40.4｝ 330 ｛33.7｝ 6272 ｛640｝ P.162 P.170 P.178
120
160
1/120
1/160
3
12.5
9.4
15
11.3
475
621
｛48.5｝ 396
｛63.4｝ 517 ｛52.8｝ 6272 ｛640｝
B-12〔〕〔〕〔〕
｛40.4｝ 6272 ｛640｝Drawing Drawing Drawing
B-39 B-66
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 ｛63.4｝ ※621 ※
｛63.4｝ 6272 ｛640｝ 45 42 42
300 1/300 5 6 973 ｛99.3｝ 807 ｛82.3｝ 9800｛1000｝ P.138 P.146 P.154
360 1/360 4 4 4.2 5 1166 ｛119｝
{120}
973 ｛99.3｝ 9800｛1000｝ P.162
※{
〔〕〔〕〔〕
P.170 P.178
Drawing B-13 Drawing B-40 Drawing B-67 0.4
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※
1176 ※ ※
1176 120} 9800｛1000｝Frame number 55 Frame number 50 Frame number 50 0.75
(Note 4) The values marked with "◎" in the table above
1/40 37.5 45 84.3 ｛ 8.6｝ 70.6 ｛ 7.2｝
are for 2-step reduction. For the U type with 0.4 3
3-step reduction, the values shown to the 1/50 30 36 106 ｛10.8｝ 88.2 ｛ 9.0｝
right apply.
(Note 5) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the 1/40 37.5 45 159 ｛16.2｝ 132 ｛13.5｝
torque is limited. 0.75 3
1/50 30 36 198 ｛20.2｝ 165 ｛16.8｝
132
HYPOID MOTOR TA
Motor Actual of
Model reduction
outline dimensions
number
kW ratio
L U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N ｛kgf｝ Hollow shaft type Foot mount Face mount
5 1/5 300 360 41.2 ｛4.2｝ 34.3 ｛3.5｝2058｛210｝

10 1/10 150 180 83.3 ｛8.5｝ 69.6 ｛7.1｝2842｛290｝
15 1/15 100 120 124 ｛12.7｝ 104 ｛10.6｝3234｛330｝ P.139 P.147 P.155
2 2 Drawing Drawing Drawing
20 1/20 75 90 166 ｛16.9｝ 138 ｛14.1｝3626｛370｝
M-14 M-41 M-68
25 1/25 60 72 208 ｛21.2｝ 173 ｛17.7｝4018｛410｝ P.163 P.171 P.179
HMTA
30
40
1.5
1/30
1/40
50
37.5
60
45
249
317
｛25.4｝ 208
｛32.3｝ 264 ｛26.9｝5292｛540｝
B-14 〔〕〔〕〔〕
｛21.2｝4508｛460｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
B-41 B-68
150
50 1/50 30 36 396 ｛40.4｝ 330 ｛33.7｝6076｛620｝ 45 42 42
60 1/60 25 30 475 ｛48.5｝ 396 ｛40.4｝6272｛640｝

80 1/80 18.8 22.5 634 ｛64.7｝ 528 ｛53.9｝6272｛640｝
3 3
100 1/100 15 18 792 ｛80.8｝ 661 ｛67.4｝9800｛1000｝ P.139 P.147 P.155
120 1/120 12.5 15 951 ｛97.0｝ 792 ｛80.8｝9800｛1000｝Drawing M-15 Drawing M-42 Drawing M-69
P.163 P.171 P.179
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 ※
1176 ※
｛120 ｝ 1058 〔〕〔〕〔〕
｛108｝ 9800｛1000｝ Drawing B-15 Drawing B-42 Drawing B-69
200 1/200 7.5 9 ※
1176 ※ ※
｛120 ｝ 1176 ｛120｝ 9800｛1000｝Frame number 55 Frame number 50 Frame number 50
※
5 1/5 300 360 60.8 ｛6.2｝ 51.0 ｛5.2｝3038｛310｝

Specification Chart
10 1/10 150 180 122 ｛12.4｝ 102 ｛10.4｝3822｛390｝

2 2 P.139 P.147 P.155
15 1/15 100 120 182 ｛18.6｝ 152 ｛15.5｝4214｛430｝
20 1/20 75 90 244 ｛24.9｝ 203 ｛20.7｝4606｛470｝ M-16 M-43 M-70
P.163 P.171 P.179
〔〕〔〕〔〕
25 1/25 60 72 290 ｛29.6｝ 242 ｛24.7｝4998｛510｝
HMTA 30 1/30 50 60 349 ｛35.6｝ 290 ｛29.6｝5390｛550｝ B-16
2.2 B-43 B-70
220
40 1/40 37.5 45 465 ｛47.4｝ 387 ｛39.5｝5782｛590｝ Frame number Frame number Frame number
45 42 42
★50 ★1/50 30 36 581 ｛59.3｝ 484 ｛49.4｝6076｛620｝
3 3
60 1/60 25 30 697 ｛71.1｝ 581 ｛59.3｝6272｛640｝
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 930 ｛94.9｝ 774 ｛79.0｝9800｛1000｝ P.140 P.148 P.156
※ ※
100 1/100 15 18 1068 ｛109｝ 968 ｛98.8｝9800｛1000｝ P.164 P.172 P.180
※ ※
〔〕〔〕
Drawing B-17 〔〕
Drawing B-44 Drawing B-71
120 1/120 12.5 15 1176 ｛120｝ 1166 ｛119｝ 9800｛1000｝ Frame number 55 Frame number 50 Frame number 50
5 1/5 300 360 103 ｛10.5｝ 85.3 ｛8.7｝4900｛500｝
10 1/10 150 180 205 ｛20.9｝ 171 ｛17.4｝5880｛600｝
2 2 P.140 P.148 P.156
15 1/15 100 120 308 ｛31.4｝ 256 ｛26.1｝6860｛700｝
20 1/20 75 90 410 ｛41.8｝ 341 ｛34.8｝7742｛790｝ M-18 M-45 M-72
HMTA
〔〕〔〕〔〕
P.164 P.172 P.180
370 25 3.7 1/25 60 72 489 ｛49.9｝ 407 ｛41.5｝8134｛830｝
30 1/30 50 60 586 ｛59.8｝ 489 ｛49.9｝8428｛860｝ B-18 B-45 B-72
40 1/40 3 3 37.5 45 782 ｛79.8｝ 652 ｛66.5｝8820｛900｝Frame number Frame number Frame number
55 50 50
50 1/50 30 36 977 ｛99.7｝ 814 ｛83.1｝9114｛930｝
60 1/60 25 30 1176 ｛120 ｝ 977 ｛99.7｝9408｛960｝
5 1/5 300 360 152 ｛15.5｝ 126 ｛12.9｝4900｛500｝
P.140 P.148 P.156
10 1/10 150 180 305 ｛31.1｝ 254 ｛25.9｝5880｛600｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
1.5 2 2
2.2 15 1/15 100 120 457 ｛46.6｝ 380 ｛38.8｝6860｛700｝ M-19 M-46 M-73
3.7 HMTA Frame number Frame number Frame number
5.5 20 5.5 1/20 75 90 609 ｛62.1｝ 508 ｛51.8｝7742｛790｝
550 55 50 50
25 1/25 60 72 726 ｛74.1｝ 606 ｛61.8｝8134｛830｝ P.164 P.172 P.180
30
40
1/30
1/40
3 3 50
37.5
60
45
871
1166
｛88.9｝ 726
｛119｝ 968
｛74.1｝8428｛860｝
｛98.8｝8820｛900｝
B-19 〔〕〔〕〔〕
B-46 B-73
(Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. In the case of 1/50 for 2.2 kW, marked with ★,
however, the actual reduction ratio is 1/49.286.
133
HYPOID MOTOR TA
Motor Actual of
Model reduction
outline dimensions
number
kW ratio
5 1/5 300 360 2.7 ｛0.28｝ 2.4 ｛0.24｝ 588 ｛60｝

10 1/10 150 180 5.6 ｛0.57｝ 4.6 ｛0.47｝ 980｛100｝ P.149
Drawing
15 1/15 100 120 8.3 ｛0.85｝ 7.0 ｛0.71｝1078｛110｝
M-47
20 1/20 75 90 10.8 ｛1.1｝ 9.3 ｛0.95｝1176｛120｝ P.173
25
30
1/25
1/30
2 2 60
50
72
60
13.7
16.7
｛1.4｝
｛1.7｝
11.8
13.7
｛1.2｝ 1274｛130｝ P.141
Drawing
｛1.4｝ 1421｛145｝ M-20
〔〕 Drawing
B-47
Frame number
P.157
Drawing
M-74
19
〔〕〔〕
40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 ｛2.3｝ 18.6 ｛1.9｝ 1617｛165｝ P.165 P.181
Drawing Drawing
50 1/50 30 36 27.4 ｛2.8｝ 23.5 ｛2.4｝ 1862｛190｝
B-20 B-74
60 1/60 25 30 31.4 ｛3.2｝ 26.5 ｛2.7｝ 2009｛205｝Frame number P.149 Frame number
30 Drawing 24
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 ｛4.3｝ 35.3 ｛3.6｝ 2254｛230｝
HMTA M-48
100 100 100 1/100 15 18 52.9 ｛5.4｝ 44.1 ｛4.5｝ 2548｛260｝ P.173
120
160
1/120
1/160
3 3 12.5
9.4
15
11.3
63.7
84.3
｛6.5｝
｛8.6｝
52.9
70.6
｛5.4｝ 2793｛285｝
｛7.2｝ 3332｛340｝
〔〕
Drawing
B-48
Frame number
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 ｛10.8｝ 88.2 ｛9.0｝ 3332｛340｝ 24
300 1/300 5 6 129 ｛13.2｝ 108 ｛11.0｝ 3332｛340｝ P.141 P.149 P.157
Specification Chart
360 1/360 4.2 5 156 ｛15.9｝ 129 ｛13.2｝ 3332｛340｝ P.165 P.173 P.181
※ ※ ※
※
〔〕〔〕
Drawing B-21 〔〕
Drawing B-49 Drawing B-75
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 169 ｛17.2｝ 169 ｛17.2｝ 3332｛340｝Frame number 30 Frame number 28 Frame number 28
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 260 ｛26.5｝ 217 ｛22.1｝ 4410｛450｝ P.141 P.149 P.157
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 312 ｛31.8｝ 260 ｛26.5｝ 4410｛450｝Drawing M-22 Drawing M-50 Drawing M-76
P.165 P.173 P.181
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
374 ※
｛38.2｝ 346 〔〕〔〕〔〕
｛35.3｝ 4410｛450｝ Drawing B-22 Drawing B-50 Drawing B-76
※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 374 ｛38.2｝ ※374
※
｛38.2｝ 4410｛450｝Frame number 35 Frame number 38 Frame number 38
5 1/5 300 360 5.6 ｛0.57｝ 4.6 ｛0.47｝ 588 ｛60｝
10 1/10 150 180 10.8 ｛1.1｝ 9.3 ｛0.95｝ 980｛100｝ P.150
Drawing
15 1/15 100 120 16.7 ｛1.7｝ 13.7 ｛1.4｝ 1078｛110｝ M-51
20 1/20 75 90 22.5 ｛2.3｝ 18.6 ｛1.9｝ 1176｛120｝ P.174
25
30
1/25
1/30
2 2 60
50
72
60
27.4
33.3
｛2.8｝
｛3.4｝
23.5
27.4
｛2.4｝ 1274｛130｝
P.142
｛2.8｝ 1421｛145｝ Drawing
〔〕
Drawing
B-51
Frame number
P.158
Drawing
M-23 19 M-77
40 1/40 37.5 45 44.1 ｛4.5｝ 37.2 ｛3.8｝ 1617｛165｝
〔〕〔〕
P.166 P.182
50 1/50 30 36 55.9 ｛5.7｝ 46.1 ｛4.7｝ 1862｛190｝ Drawing Drawing
60 1/60 25 30 66.6 ｛6.8｝ 54.9 ｛5.6｝ 2009｛205｝ B-23 P.150 B-77
Frame number Drawing Frame number
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 84.3 ｛8.6｝ 70.6 ｛7.2｝ 2254｛230｝ 30 M-52 28
HMTA
1/100 15 18 P.174
〔〕
200 100 200 106 ｛10.8｝ 88.2 ｛9.0｝ 2548｛260｝
Drawing
120 1/120 3 3 12.5 15 126 ｛12.9｝ 106 ｛10.8｝ 2793｛285｝
B-52
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 ｛17.2｝ 140 ｛14.3｝ 3332｛340｝ Frame number
9 ※ ※ {17.2} ※ ※ {17.2} 28
200 1/200 7.5 169 169 3332｛340｝
300 1/300 5 6 260 ｛26.5｝ 217 ｛22.1｝ 4410｛450｝ P.142 P.150 P.158
360 1/360 4.2 5 312 ｛31.8｝ 260 ｛26.5｝ 4410｛450｝ P.166 P.174 P.182
〔〕〔〕
Drawing B-24 〔〕
Drawing B-53 Drawing B-78 100
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※
374 ※ {38.2} ※
312 ※ {31.8} 4410｛450｝Frame number 35 Frame number 38 Frame number 38 200
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 506 ｛51.6｝ 432 ｛44.1｝ 6272｛640｝ P.142 P.150 P.158
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 607 ｛61.9｝ 519 ｛53.0｝ 6272｛640｝
P.166 P.174 P.182
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※{
〔〕〔〕〔〕
63.4} 6272｛640｝ Drawing B-25 Drawing B-54 Drawing B-79
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※
621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※{
63.4} 6272｛640｝Frame number 45 Frame number 42 Frame number 42
134
Hypoid Motor TA Series Outline Dimensions
Hollow shaft type 0.1 kW・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Hollow
The direction of rotation of the output shaft is

M-1 0.1kW HMTA010-30H5∼200 based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：9.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131 Options→P184
297 143 10.3

157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
127
88 47
45 45
φ30.1
φ31.4
φ31.4
20 20
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
φ90h7
10
33.3
φ127
118
φ45
47
φ30H8
Details of hollow shaft
4-M8 bolt through-hole 9.5

φ12 Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

Reduction ratio：300, 360, 480 Approx. weight：11.1kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131 Options→P184
353 148 10.3

131 157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
88 47 127
45 45
φ31.4
φ31.4
φ30.1
20 20
8 1.35 1.35
Outline Dimensions
59
φ127
47
9
φ90h7
33.3
φ45
148
118
47
φ30H8
17
φ12 1.5 ※
4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：14.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131 Options→P184
382.5 161 10
131 187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1
23 23
10
70
1.65 1.65
58
φ127
φ90h7
38.3
φ37
φ37
φ50
140
58
φ35H8
φ12
H
8

M-1
M-2
M-3 Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting surface.
0.1
135

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
335 143 10.3

157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
88 47 127
45 45
φ30.1
φ31.4
φ31.4
20 20
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
10
φ90h7
φ140
33.3
φ45
118
47
φ30H8
18
5.5 ※
φ12 4-M8 bolt through-hole

426 161 10
169 187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1
23 23
10
11.5
Outline Dimensions
1.65 1.65
70
φ140
58
φ90h7
168.5
38.3
140
φ50
φ37
φ37
58
φ35H8
φ12
17


465
169 226 170.5 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5
170
(34)
67 67
φ45.1
φ47.5
φ47.5
30 30
14 1.9 1.9
89
73
φ140
7.5
φ90h7
48.8
φ60
178
73
φ45H8
φ12
H
2

M-4
M-5
Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting surface.
M-6
0.2
136

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight：9.4kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P132 Options→P184
349.5 143 10.3

157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
127
88 47
45 45
φ30.1
φ31.4
φ31.4
20 20
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
10
φ90h7
φ140
33.3
φ45
118
47
φ30H8
5.5 ※
18.5

Reduction ratio：60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：14.2kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P132 Options→P184
379.5 156 10
187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1
23 23
Outline Dimensions
10
70
1.65 1.65
58
φ90h7
12
140
38.3
φ140
φ37
φ37
φ50
58
φ35H8
9.5

φ12

515.5
179 226 169.5 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 170 84.5
67 67
φ45.1
φ47.5
φ47.5
30 30
18.5
1.9 1.9
89
14
73
φ140
φ90h7
194.5
48.8
178
φ60
73
φ45H8
φ12
1※
12
H 4-M12 bolt through-hole

M-7
M-8
M-9 The direction of rotation of the output shaft is
M-10 M-10 0.4kW HMTA040-55H600∼1200 based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
0.4 Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：52.8kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P132 Options→P184
625.5
179 332 190 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
φ55.1
16 37 37
130
11.5
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
φ140
260
59.3
φ58
φ75
φ58
105
130
φ55H8
φ12 Details of hollow shaft

137

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/240
385 165 10
187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1
23 23
10 1.65 1.65
70
58
φ90h7
12
38.3
140
φ158
φ37
φ37
φ50
58
φ35H8
17

422
226 174.5 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5
170
67 67
φ45.1
φ47.5
φ47.5
Outline Dimensions
30 30
14 1.9 1.9
89
73
(212)
16
φ90h7
48.8
178
φ60
φ158
73
φ45H8
2


683.5
185 332 194 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
φ55.1
37 37
130
16
φ58
φ58
105
18.5
2.2 2.2
φ158
φ140h7
59.3
260
φ75
105
130
φ55H8
4-M16 bolt through-hole H

M-11
M-12
M-13
0.75
138
Hollow shaft type 1.5・2.2 kW・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Hollow

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
Reduction ratio：5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80 Approx. weight：29.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133 Options→P184
473.5
226 227 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5
170
67 67
φ45.1
30 30
89
14 1.9 1.9
73
178
φ90h7
16
(198)
φ60
φ47.5
φ198
φ47.5
48.8
73
φ45H8
φ27
23
11※


587.5
332 247 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
Outline Dimensions
204
82 82
130
φ55.1
16 37 37
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23
φ75
260
φ198
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130
φ55H8


1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
Reduction ratio：5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight：34.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133 Options→P184
502.5
226 227 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5
170
67 67
φ45.1
30 30
89
73
14 1.9 1.9
φ90h7
16
(198)
φ60
178
φ198
φ47.5
φ47.5
48.8
73
φ45H8
φ27
23
※
14
H
M-14 Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP
M-15
1.5
2.2
139
Hollow shaft type 2.2・3.7・5.5 kW・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Hollow

616.5
332 247 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
130
φ55.1
16 37 37
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23
φ75
260
φ198
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130
φ55H8


1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight：70.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133 Options→P184
676
332 255 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
Outline Dimensions
82 82
φ55.1
130
16 37 37
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23
φ75
φ214
260
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130
φ55H8
φ27


1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/40
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 Approx. weight：91.0g Reference page：Specification Chart→P133 Options→P184
717.5
332 306 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
130
φ55.1
105
16 37 37
φ140h7
2.2 2.2
23
(281)
φ75
260
φ252
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130
φ55H8 Details of hollow shaft

φ35
27 ※
H
24
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP M-17

M-18
M-19
2.2
3.7
5.5
140
Hollow shaft type 100 W・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Hollow

M-20 100W HMTA100-30H5∼200 based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200

Details of hollow output shaft

Outline Dimensions



H Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP
M-20
M-21
100
141
Hollow shaft type 200 W・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Hollow

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200


Outline Dimensions

Details of hollow output shaft H

M-24
M-25
200
142
Foot mount type 0.1 kW・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Foot mount
L The direction of rotation of the output shaft is

M-26 0.1kW HMTA010-19L5∼50 TR based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight：6.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131
L T R
164 143.5
265 163 82 82 82
82 32 32
6 32
32 28 28 28
28
φ19h6
φ19h6
φ19h6
M6 TAP M6 TAP
φ19h6
16 DEEP 16 DEEP
φ127
13
126.5
126.5
126.5
6
6
3.5
55
55
55
3.5 4-φ9 4-φ9
Output shaft
62.5 32.5 Shaft end shape 35 35 35 35
35 35 47
12
12
12
φ12 120 95 95 95

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Reduction ratio：60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：10.8kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131
297
157.5
L T R
M6 TAP 59 90 108 108 108 108 60
16 DEEP 7 9 9 9
M6 TAP
φ24h6
Outline Dimensions
36 36 36
φ24h6
16 DEEP
φ24h6
36
φ24h6
7 32 32 32 32
φ127
10
139
139
8
139
4 4
80
80
80
4-φ11 4-φ11 4-φ11
3.2
3.2
Output shaft
3.2
Shaft end shape

88 47 150 33 33 150 33 33 150
φ12
155 170 170 170

Reduction ratio：300, 360, 480 Approx. weight：13.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131
353
L T R
131 157.5 95 114 114 114 114 60
M8 TAP 59 9 9 9
20 DEEP 7
M8 TAP
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
20 DEEP 42 42
37 37
φ127
7
9
152
152
152
8
4
4 37 37
80
80
80
4-φ11 42 4-φ11 42 4-φ11

3.2
3.2
Output shaft
3.2
φ12 Shaft end shape

88 47 150 39 39 150 39 39 150
155 170 170 170
L
M-26
M-27
M-28 L The direction of rotation of the output shaft is
M-29 M-29 0.1kW HMTA010-38L600∼1200 TR based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
0.1 Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：16.8kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131
382.5
L T R
131 187
φ38h6
φ38h6
70 94.5 140 140 140 140 73.5

M10 TAP
25 DEEP 8 M10 TAP 8.5 8.5 8.5
φ38h6
φ38h6
7
25 DEEP 58
58
8 50 50
φ127
10
10
160
160
160
5 5 50 50
90
90
90
4-φ13 4-φ13 58 4-φ13

4.5
58
4.5
4.5
φ12 Output shaft

106 58 Shaft end shape 185 47.5 47.5 185 47.5 47.5 185
188 210 210 210
Note) For output shaft arrangement "T," the phases of the right and left output shaft key ways are not necessarily aligned precisely.
143

L T R
303 163 164 149.5
82 82 82 82
32
6 32 32 32
28 28
M6 TAP 28 28
φ19h6
M6 TAP
φ19h6
φ19h6
16 DEEP
φ19h6
16 DEEP 6
φ140
13
135.5
135.5
135.5
6
6
3.5
55
55
55
4-φ9 4-φ9
Output shaft
φ12 3.5 35 35 47 35 35
12
Shaft end shape 35 35
12
12
62.5 32.5 95 95 95
120

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
335
L T R
157.5
M8 TAP 59 90 114 114 60 114 60
20 DEEP 7 9 9 9
M8 TAP
Outline Dimensions
φ28h6
42
φ28h6
20 DEEP 42 φ28h6 42 42
φ28h6
37 37 37 37
7
10
8
φ140
139
139
139
8
4 4
80
80
80
4-φ11
3.2
3.2
4-φ11 4-φ11
3.2
Output shaft
Shaft end shape
φ12 88 47 150 39 39 150 39 39 150
155 170 170 170

L T R
426
169 187
94.5 140 140 140 140 73.5
M10 TAP 70 8.5 8.5
M10 TAP 8.5
φ38h6
25 DEEP 8
φ38h6
25 DEEP
φ38h6
φ38h6
58 58
8
11.5
50 50
φ140
10
10
172
172
172
5 5 50 50
90
90
90
4-φ13 4-φ13 4-φ13

4.5
58 58
4.5
4.5
φ12 Output shaft

106 58 Shaft end shape 185 47.5 47.5 185 47.5 47.5 185
188 210 210 210
L
M-30
M-31
L The direction of rotation of the output shaft is M-32
M-33 0.2kW HMTA020-42L600∼1200 TR based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189. M-33
Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：26.3kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131 0.2
L T R
465
169 226 96 160 160 160 160 82
10 10 66 10
M10 TAP 89
M10 TAP 66 60
25 DEEP 8
25 DEEP 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
66 66
8 60 60
φ140
7.5
12
12
(231)
(231)
(231)
197
197
197
5
5
108
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17

4.5
4.5
φ12 Output shaft

123 73 Shaft end shape 210 55 55 210 55 55 210
4.5
228 240 240 240
144

L T R
181 200 167.5
340 81 100 100 100 100
M6 TAP
16 DEEP 45 45
45 45
7 M6 TAP 40 40 40 40
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
16 DEEP
φ140
158
158
158
21
8
8
70
70
70
4-φ11 4-φ11 4-φ11
Output shaft
15
15
15
Shaft end shape
φ12 4 37.5 37.5 62.5 62.5 37.5 37.5 62.5 62.5 37.5 37.5
70 40 105 105 105
140

L T R
379.5
89.5 140 140 140 140 73.5
187
8.5 58 58 8.5 58 58 8.5
M10 TAP 70 50
50 50 50
25 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
8
8 M10 TAP
10
10
12
25 DEEP
φ140
160
160
160
5
90
90
90
4-φ13 4-φ13 4-φ13

4.5
4.5
4.5
Output shaft
5 Shaft end shape 47.5 185
185 47.5 47.5 185 47.5
φ12
106 58 210 210 210
188

L T R
515.5
95 160 160 160 160 82
179 226
10 66 66 10 66 66 10
89
M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP 8 M10 TAP
φ42h6
25 DEEP
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
18.5
8
φ140
12
12
202
202
202
5
108
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17

4.5
4.5
φ12 Output shaft

5 Shaft end shape 55 210 55 55 210
210 55
4.5
123 73 240 240 240
L 228
M-34
M-35
M-37 M-37 0.4kW HMTA040-50L600∼1200 TR based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
L T R
625.5
179 332 195 195 195 98
98 195
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75
9 M10 TAP 75 75
25 DEEP
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
11.5
14
14
φ140
300
300
300
5.5 5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22

170
170
170
φ12
20
20
20
Output shaft
Shaft end shape
176 99 286 52 52 286
52 286 52
327 336 336
336
145

L T R
202.5 225 187.5
366
M8 TAP 90 112.5 112.5 112.5 112.5
20 DEEP 50
7 50 50
50 45
M8 TAP 45 45 45
φ30h6
φ30h6
φ30h6
φ30h6
20 DEEP
φ158
182
182
182
23
8
8
4
80
80
80
4-φ13 4-φ13 4-φ13
Output shaft
18
18
18
Shaft end shape
φ12 4 45 45 67.5 67.5 45 45 67.5 67.5 45 45
85 45 120 120 120
160

L T R
422
226 100 160 160 160 160 82
89 10 10 10
M10 TAP
M10 TAP
Outline Dimensions
25 DEEP 8
25 DEEP
φ42h6
66 66
φ42h6
66
φ42h6
66
φ42h6
8 60 60 60 60
12
12
16
(231)
(231)
(231)
φ158
197
197
197
5
108
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17
4.5
4.5
4.5
Output shaft
φ12 5 Shaft end shape 210 55 55 210 55 55 210
123 73 240 240 240
228

683.5
L T R
185 332 106 195 195 195 195 98
M10 TAP 130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
25 DEEP 9 M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
18.5
φ158
14
14
300
300
300
5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22

170
170
170
φ12
20
20
20
Output shaft
Shaft end shape
5.5 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
176 99 336 336 336
327 L
M-38
M-39
M-40
0.75
146
Foot mount type 1.5・2.2 kW・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Foot mount

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/80
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80 Approx. weight：35.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133
473.5 L T R
226 153 160 160 160 160 85
89 10 66 66 10 66 66 10
M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8
（217）
197
12
16
φ198
（217）
（217）
197
197
108
5
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17
4.5
4.5
4.5
φ27
123 73 210 55 φ27 φ27
6
228 240 55 210 55 55 210
Output shaft 240 240
Shaft end shape
Part of the motor protrudes from the foot undersurface.

Reduction ratio：100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：81.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133
587.5
L T R
332 159 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
Outline Dimensions
300
300
14
23
φ198
300
5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22
170
170
170
φ27 φ27 φ27
20
20
70 70 83 83 83 83 20 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Output shaft
Shaft end shape

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight：39.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133
L T R
502.5 153 160 160 160 160 89
226 10 66 66 10 66 66 10
89 M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8
197
197
12
197
16
φ198
（217）
（217）
（217）
108
5
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17

4.5
4.5
4.5
φ27 φ27 φ27

123 73 210 55
6
240 55 210 55 55 210

228
Output shaft 240
L Shaft end shape
240
M-41 Part of the motor protrudes from the foot undersurface.

M-42
M-43 Note) For output shaft arrangement "T," the phases of the right and left output shaft key ways are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note) Part of the motor protrudes from the foot undersurface in drawings M-41 and M-43. It is possible to manufacture a motor without
protrusion, in which case some dimensions such as the height changes. Please contact us for more information.
1.5
2.2
147
Foot mount type 2.2・3.7・5.5 kW・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Foot mount

Reduction ratio： 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight：84.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133
616.5
L T R
332 159 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
300
14
23
φ198
300
300
5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22
170
170
170
φ27 φ27 φ27
20
20
20
70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Output shaft
Shaft end shape

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
676
L T R
332 167 195 195 195 195 98
130 M10 TAP 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
25 DEEP 75 75 75 75
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
Outline Dimensions
9
14
23
φ214
300
300
300
5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22
170
170
170
φ27 φ27 φ27
20
20
20
70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Output shaft
Shaft end shape

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/40
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 Approx. weight：114.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133
L T R
717.5 218 218
332 218 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 16 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75
φ50h6
φ50h6
25 DEEP
φ50h6
82
φ50h6
82
9 75 75
23
14
(321)
(321)
(321)
300
300
300
φ252
5.5
170
170
170
φ35 φ35 φ35

20
20
20
Output shaft
4-φ22 70 70 Shaft end shape 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336 L
M-44
M-45
M-46
2.2
3.7
5.5
148
Foot mount type 100 W・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Foot mount

M-47 100W HMTA100-19L5∼50 TR based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Outline Dimensions

L
M-47
M-48
M-50 M-50 100W HMTA100-38L600∼1200 TR based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
100 Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：17.6kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P134
149
Foot mount type 200 W・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Foot mount


1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Outline Dimensions
L
M-51
M-52
L The direction of rotation of the output shaft is M-53
M-54 200W HMTA200-42L600∼1200 TR based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189. M-54
Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：29.4kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P134 200
150
Face mount type 0.1 kW・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Face mount

M-55 0.1kW HMTA010-24U5∼200 ST based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：10.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131
297
157.5
S T
143 55 55 106.5 55
59 106.5 7
88 47 62 36 62 7
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
36 36
7 32
M6 TAP 32 32
16 DEEP
7
59
47
φ90h7
φ90h7
10
φ90h7
8
φ127
118
8
47
4
Output shaft
Shaft end shape
4 81
9.5
M6 TAP
φ12 16 DEEP 143

S T
353
131 157.5 148 61
φ28h6
59 106.5 7 61 106.5 61
φ28h6
62 7 62 7
φ28h6
88 47
7 42 42
M8 TAP 37 37
Outline Dimensions
20 DEEP
59
φ127
φ90h7
φ90h7
47
φ90h7
9
118
148
148
8
47
4 37
Output shaft 42
17
φ12 1.5※
Shaft end shape
M8 TAP 4 86
20 DEEP 148 1.5※


S T
382.5 73.5 133 73.5
161 73.5
131 187 7 75 7
133 7
70 58 58 58
φ38h6
75
φ38h6
φ38h6
M10 TAP
106 58 25 DEEP 50 50
50
8
8
φ127
70
58
φ90h7
10
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
7
140
58
φ12 Output shaft

5 Shaft end shape 86
8
M10 TAP
161
U 25 DEEP
M-56
0.1
151

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
335
157.5 S T
59 143 61 61 106.5 61
φ28h6
106.5 7 62 7
φ28h6
φ28h6
88 47 7
62 42 42 42
7 M8 TAP
20 DEEP 37 37 37
7
59
47
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
8
φ140
118
8
47
4
Output shaft
18
Shaft end shape 5.5※
φ12 4 81
M8 TAP
20 DEEP 143 5.5※


426 S T
169 187 73.5
161 73.5 133 73.5
φ38h6
70 133 7 58 7 75 7
φ38h6
106 58
φ38h6
M10 TAP 75 50 58
8 58
25 DEEP
50
Outline Dimensions
50
8
11.5
φ140
70
58
10
φ90h7
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
168.5
168.5
140
58
5
φ12 Output shaft
M10 TAP 5 86
17
Shaft end shape

25 DEEP 161

169
465
226
S T
170.5 85
89 149.5 7 85 149.5 85
(34)
123 73 84.5 7 84.5 7

φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8 M10 TAP 66 66 66
25 DEEP 60 60 60
8
89
73
7.5
φ140
12
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
178
73
5
φ12
Output shaft
5 86
2
M10 TAP Shaft end shape

170.5
25 DEEP U
M-59
M-60
0.2
152

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
349.5 S T
157.5 143 61 61 106.5 61
59 106.5 7 7 62 7
88 47 62 42 42 42
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
7 M8 TAP 37 37 37
20 DEEP
59
7
47
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
10
8
φ140
118
8
4
47 Output shaft
Shaft end shape
5.5※ 81
M8 TAP 4 18.5
20 DEEP 143 5.5※
φ12

379.5
187
S T
156 73.5 73.5 133 73.5
70
133 7 7 75 7
106 58
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
M10 TAP 75 58 58 58
8 25 DEEP
50 50
Outline Dimensions
50
8
70
58
10
10
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ140
140
58
Output shaft
M10 TAP 5 Shaft end shape 81
9.5
φ12 25 DEEP
156

515.5 S T
179 226 165.5 85 85 149.5 85
φ42h6
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 66
84.5
φ42h6
φ42h6
8 M10 TAP 66 60
25 DEEP 66
60 60
18.5
8
φ140
89
73
12
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
194.5
194.5
178
73
5
φ12
Output shaft 1※
5 Shaft end shape 20 ※1
12
M10 TAP
25 DEEP
U 4-M12 bolt through-hole
M-61
M-62
M-63 The direction of rotation of the output shaft is
M-64 M-64 0.4kW HMTA040-50U600∼1200 ST based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
179
625.5
332 S T
130 186 107 107 176 107
182 105 176 10 10 104 10
104 82 82
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
φ50h6
M10 TAP 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
11.5
105
φ140
14
14
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
260
105
5.5
130
φ12
Output shaft
M10 TAP 5.5 Shaft end shape
25 DEEP
153

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
385
187
S
165 73.5
T
70 73.5 133 73.5
133 7
106 58 7 58 75 7
M10 TAP 75 58
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
58 58
8 25 DEEP 50 50 50
8
70
58
10
10
φ90h7
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ158
140
58
5
Output shaft
M10 TAP Shaft end shape 90
5 17
φ12 25 DEEP
165

M-66 0.75kW HMTA075-42U60∼200ST based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
Reduction ratio：60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：27.0g Reference page：Specification Chart→P132
422
226 174.5
S 85
T
89 149.5 7 85 149.5 85
123 73 84.5 7 84.5 7
66 66 66
M10 TAP
φ42h6
φ42h6
8
φ42h6
60 60 60
25 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
8
89
73
12
(212)
12
φ90h7
16
φ90h7
φ90h7
178
φ158
73
Output shaft
5 Shaft end shape 90
2
M10 TAP
φ12
25 DEEP 174.5

185
683.5
332
S T
194 107 107 176 107
130
182 105 176 10 10 104 10
104 82
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9 M10 TAP 82 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
18.5
105
14
φ158
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
260
105
130
5.5
φ12
Output shaft
M10 TAP 5.5 Shaft end shape 90
25 DEEP
194
U
M-66
M-67
0.75
154
Face mount type 1.5・2.2 kW・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Face mount

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
473.5 S T
226 227 85 85 149.5 85
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 84.5 66 66 66
M10 TAP 60 60 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
25 DEEP
8
89
73
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
12
(198)
16
φ198
178
5
73
φ27 φ27
23
※ ※
11 11
Output shaft
Shaft end shape

587.5
332 247
S 107
T
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
M10 TAP
82 82 82
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
Outline Dimensions
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
105
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
23
φ198
260
105
130
5.5
φ27 φ27
Output shaft
4-M16 bolt through-hole Shaft end shape

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
502.5
S T
226 227 85 85 149.5 85
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 M10 TAP 84.5 66 66 66
60 60 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
25 DEEP
8
89
73
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
12
(198)
16
φ198
73
5
178
φ27 ※ φ27 ※
23
14 14
Output shaft
U Shaft end shape
M-69
1.5
2.2
155
Face mount type 2.2・3.7・5.5 kW・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Face mount

616.5
332 247
S 107
T
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
M10 TAP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
82 82 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
105
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
23
φ198
260
105
130
5.5
φ27 φ27
Output shaft
Shaft end shape

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
676 S T
332 255 107
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 M10 TAP 104 10 10 104 10
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
25 DEEP 82 82 82
75 75 75
Outline Dimensions
130
105
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
23
φ214
260
105
130
5.5
φ27 φ27
※ ※
Output shaft 1 1
Shaft end shape


M-73 5.5kW HMTA550-50U5∼40ST based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/40
717.5
S T
332 306 107
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
82 82 82
M10 TAP 75 75 75
130
25 DEEP
105
9
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
23
(281)
14
260
φ252
105
130
5.5
φ35 φ35
Output shaft 27※
Shaft end shape 202 27 ※
24
U
M-71
M-72
M-73
2.2
3.7
5.5
156
Face mount type 100 W・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Face mount

M-74 100W HMTA100-24U5∼200 ST based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200


Outline Dimensions



M-74
M-75
100
157
Face mount type 200 W・Non-brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● Non-brake/Face mount

M-77 200W HMTA200-28U5∼200ST based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200


Outline Dimensions

U
M-77
M-78
M-79
200
158
Hollow shaft type 0.1 kW・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Hollow

B-1 0.1kW HMTA010-30H5∼200B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
335 166.5 10.3

157.5 7 106.5 7
59 127 62
88 47
45 45
φ30.1
φ31.4
φ31.4
20 20
φ140
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
10
φ90h7
33.3
φ45
118
47
φ30H8
18
5.5※


391 170.5 10.3

169 157.5 7 106.5 7
59 127 62
88 47
45 45
φ140
φ30.1
φ31.4
φ31.4
20 20
Outline Dimensions
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
9
φ90h7
155
33.3
118
φ45
47
φ30H8
17
8※
φ12

420.5 183.5 10
169 187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1
23 23
φ140
10 1.65 1.65
70
58
φ90h7
7
140
155
38.3
φ50
φ37
φ37
58
φ35H8
φ12
H
8

B-1 Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP
B-2
B-3 Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting surface.
0.1
159

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
352 166.5 10.3

157.5 7 106.5 7
59 127 62
88 47
45 45
φ30.1
20 20
φ31.4
φ31.4
φ140
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
10
φ90h7
33.3
118
φ45
47
φ30H8
18
5.5※
φ12

443 183.5 10
186 187 7 133 7
70 153 75
106 58 52 52
φ35.1
23 23
φ140
Outline Dimensions
10
11.5
1.65 1.65
70
58
φ90h7
168.5
38.3
φ37
φ37
φ50
140
58
φ35H8
φ12
17


482
186 226 193 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
(34)
123 73 84.5
170
67 67
φ45.1
φ47.5
φ47.5
30 30
14 1.9 1.9
89
73
7.5
φ140
φ90h7
178
48.8
φ60
73
φ45H8
φ12
H
2

Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP B-5
B-6
B-7
0.2
160

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
366.5 166.5 10.3

157.5 7 106.5 7
59 127 62
88 47
45 45
φ30.1
φ31.4
φ31.4
20 20
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
10
φ90h7
33.3
118
φ45
47
φ30H8
φ140
5.5※
18.5
φ12

396.5 179.5 10
187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1
23 23
Outline Dimensions
70
10 1.65 1.65
58
φ90h7
12
140
38.3
φ50
φ37
φ37
58
φ140
φ35H8
9.5


532.5
196 226 189 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 170 84.5
67 67
φ45.1
φ47.5
φ47.5
30 30
18.5
14 1.9 1.9
89
73
φ90h7
194.5
48.8
φ140
φ60
178
73
φ45H8
φ12
1※
12

B-7
B-8
B-9 The direction of rotation of the output shaft is
B-10 B-10 0.4kW HMTA040-55H600∼1200B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
0.4 Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960,1200 Approx. weight：55.1kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P132 Options→P184
642.5
196 332 208.5 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
φ55.1
37
φ58
φ58
37
130
16
105
2.2 2.2
11.5
φ140h7
φ140
260
59.3
φ75
105
130
φ55H8

161

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
412 188.5 10
187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1
23 23
70
10 1.65 1.65
58
12
φ90h7
38.3
φ50
140
φ37
φ37
58
φ35H8
φ158
17

449 198 10.3
226
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5
170
67 67
φ45.1
φ47.5
φ47.5
Outline Dimensions
30 30
1.9 1.9
89
14
73
(212)
16
φ90h7
178
48.8
φ60
73
φ158
φ45H8
2


710.5
212 332 217.5 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
φ55.1
16 37 37
130
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
φ75
φ158
59.3
φ58
φ58
260
18.5
105
130
φ55H8

B-12
B-13
0.75
162
Hollow shaft type 1.5・2.2 kW・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Hollow

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/80
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80 Approx. weight：34.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133 Options→P184
527.5
226 225 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5
170
67 67
φ45.1
89
30 30
73
14 1.9 1.9
16
φ90h7
φ60
(198)
φ198
φ47.5
φ47.5
48.8
178
73
φ45H8
23
φ27 11※

641.5
332 245 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
Outline Dimensions
82 82
130
φ55.1
16 37 37
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23
φ75
φ198
260
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130

φ27


1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
556.5
226 225 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5
170
67 67
φ45.1
89
30 30
73
14 1.9 1.9
16
φ90h7
φ60
(198)
φ198
178
φ47.5
φ47.5
48.8
73
φ45H8
※
23
φ27 14
B-14
B-15
1.5
2.2
163
Hollow shaft type 2.2・3.7・5.5 kW・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Hollow

Reduction ratio： 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight：66.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133 Options→P184
670.5
332 245 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
130
φ55.1
105
16 37 37
φ140h7
2.2 2.2
23
φ75
260
φ198
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130
φ27


1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
750
332 258 14
130 10 176 10
104
φ55.1
182 105
204
Outline Dimensions
16 82 82
130
105
37 37
59.3
φ58
2.2 2.2
φ58
23
φ140h7
260
φ214
φ75
105
130

φ27
Note) For 400 V, the DC module is Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP
incorporated in the terminal box.

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/40
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 Approx. weight：103.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P133 Options→P184
829.5
332 309 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
φ140h7
φ75
204
16
φ55.1
82 82
105
130
23
(281)
37 37
59.3
260
φ58
2.2 2.2
φ252
105
130
φ58
φ35
※
27 φ55H8 Details of hollow shaft
24

※We can make it to order on short lead times. B-17
B-18
Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting surface. B-19
2.2
3.7
5.5
164
Hollow shaft type 100 W・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Hollow

B-20 100W HMTA100-30H5∼200B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200


Outline Dimensions


Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960,1200 Approx. weight：16.4kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P134 Options→P184

B-20
B-21
100
165
Hollow shaft type 200 W・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Hollow

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200


Outline Dimensions


H
B-24
200
166
Foot mount type 0.1 kW・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Foot mount

B-26 0.1kW HMTA010-19L5∼50 TR B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
L T R
303 186.5 186.5 172
82 82 82 82
32 32 32 32
M6 TAP 28 28 28 28
M6 TAP 16 DEEP
φ19h6
φ19h6
φ19h6
φ19h6
6 16 DEEP
φ140
135.5
135.5
135.5
6
6
13
3.5
55
55
55
3.5 4-φ9 4-φ9
Output shaft
62.5 32.5 35 35 47 35 35 35 35
12
12
12
Shaft end shape
φ12 120 95 95 95

B-27 0.1kW HMTA010-24L60∼200 RT B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
L T R
335
113 108 113 60
157.5 113 108 9 108
M6 TAP 59 M6 TAP 9 9
16 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
7 16 DEEP
φ24h6
36
φ24h6
36 36
φ24h6
36
φ24h6
32 32 32 32
7
10
8
φ140
139
139
139
8
4 4
80
80
80
4-φ11 4-φ11 4-φ11
3.2
Output shaft
3.2
3.2
Shaft end shape
88 47 150 33 33 150 33 33 150
φ12 155 170 170
170

L T R
117 114
391 117 117 60
9
169 157.5 114 114 114
59 9 9
M8 TAP M8 TAP
φ28h6
20 DEEP 20 DEEP 42
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
37 42
7 37
φ140
7
9
159
8
159
159
8
4 4
80
4-φ11 37
80
80
37
3.2
42 4-φ11 42 4-φ11
Output shaft
3.2
3.2
φ12 Shaft end shape 150 39

88 47 39 150 39 39 150
170 170
155 170
L
B-26
B-27
B-28 L The direction of rotation of the output shaft is
B-29 B-29 0.1kW HMTA010-38L600∼1200 TR B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
L T R
420.5
169 187 117 140
70 M10 TAP 140 140 140 73.5
M10 TAP 8.5 8.5 8.5
25 DEEP
φ38h6
25 DEEP
φ38h6
58
φ38h6
φ38h6
8 58
φ140
8 50
50
10
10
7
167
167
167
5 5
4-φ13 50 50
90
90
90
4-φ13
4.5
58 4-φ13 58
4.5
4.5
φ12 Output shaft

Shaft end shape 185 47.5 47.5 185 47.5
106 58 47.5 185
210 210 210
188
167

L T R
320 186.5 186.5
82 82 82 172
82
M6 TAP 32 32 32
28 28 28 32
16 DEEP 28
M6 TAP
φ19h6
φ19h6
φ19h6
6 16 DEEP
φ19h6
6
φ140
13
135.5
135.5
135.5
6
6
3.5
55
55
3.5 4-φ9
55
4-φ9
62.5 32.5 Output shaft 35 35 47 35 35
12
12
120 Shaft end shape 95 35 35
12
φ12 95
95

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
352
L T R
157.5 113 114 114 60 114 60
M8 TAP 59 M8 TAP 9 9 9
20 DEEP
20 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
7 42 42
φ28h6
φ28h6
42 φ28h6
φ28h6
42
37 37 37 37
7
10
8
φ140
139
139
139
4
8
80
80
80
4
4-φ11
3.2
3.2
4-φ11 4-φ11
3.2
Output shaft
88 47 Shaft end shape 150 39 39 150 39 39 150
φ12 155 170 170 170

L T R
443 117 140
186 187 M10 TAP 140 140 140 73.5
70 8.5
M10 TAP 25 DEEP 8.5 8.5
φ38h6
25 DEEP
φ38h6
58
φ38h6
φ38h6
8 8 58
50
11.5
50
10
φ140
10
172
172
172
5
4-φ13
90
5 50 50
90
90
4.5
58 4-φ13 58 4-φ13
4.5
4.5
Output shaft
φ12
Shaft end shape 185 47.5 47.5
106 58 47.5 185 47.5 185
210 210
188 210
L
B-30
B-31
L The direction of rotation of the output shaft is B-32
B-33 0.2kW HMTA020-42L600∼1200 TR B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189. B-33
Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：28.4kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131 0.2
L T R
482
186 226 118 160 160 160 160 82
89 10 10 66 10
M10 TAP M10 TAP 60
25 DEEP 66
25 DEEP 60
φ42h6
66 66
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8 60 60
8
7.5
φ140
12
(231)
(231)
12
(231)
197
197
197
5
108
5
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17

4.5
4.5
4.5
φ12 Output shaft

Shaft end shape 210 55
123 73 55 210 55 55 210
240 240 240
228
168

L T R
204.5 204.5 172
357 104.5 100 104.5 104.5
M6 TAP 45 100 100 100
16 DEEP 45 45 45
M6 TAP 40 40
40 40
16 DEEP
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
7
φ140
158
158
158
21
8
8
70
70
70
4-φ11 4-φ11 4-φ11
4
15
Output shaft
15
φ12 70 40 Shaft end shape 37.5 37.5 62.5 62.5 37.5 37.5 62.5 62.5 37.5 37.5
15
140 105 105 105

Reduction ratio： 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：19.3kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P132
396.5
L T R
187 113 140 140 140 140 73.5
M10 TAP 8.5 58 58 8.5 58 58 8.5
70 50 50 50
25 DEEP 50
Outline Dimensions
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
8 M10 TAP
8 25 DEEP
10
10
12
φ140
160
160
160
5
5
90
90
90
4-φ13 4-φ13 4-φ13
4.5
4.5
4.5
Output shaft
106 58 Shaft end shape 185 47.5 47.5 185 47.5 47.5 185
φ12 188 210 210 210

L T R
532.5 115 160
196 226 10 66 160 160 160 82
89 60 66 10 66 66 10
M10 TAP M10 TAP 60 60 60
25 DEEP 25 DEEP
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
18.5
8
8
φ140
12
12
202
202
202
5
5
108
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17

4.5
4.5
4.5
φ12
Output shaft
123 73 Shaft end shape 210 55 55 210 55 55 210
228 240 240 240
L
B-34
B-35
B-37 B-37 0.4kW HMTA040-50L600∼1200 TR B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
L T R
642.5 120.5 195
332 16 82 195 195 195 98
196
130 75 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP M10 TAP
25 DEEP 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
11.5
9
14
14
φ140
300
300
300
5.5 5.5 4-φ22

170
4-φ22 4-φ22
170
170
φ12
20
Output shaft
20
20
Shaft end shape

176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
169

L T R
188.5
393 226
226 113.5 113.5
M8 TAP 113.5 112.5 112.5 112.5 112.5
50 50 50 50
20 DEEP
45 45 45 45
M8 TAP
φ30h6
φ30h6
φ30h6
φ30h6
7 20 DEEP
φ158
172.5
172.5
172.5
23
8 4
8
80
80
80
4 4-φ13 4-φ13 4-φ13
Output shaft
18
18
18
Shaft end shape
φ12 85 45 45 45 67.5 67.5 45 45 67.5 67.5 45 45
160 120 120 120

449
L T R
226 123 160 160 160 160 82
89 10 10 10
M10 TAP M10 TAP
25 DEEP 25 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
φ42h6
66 66 66
φ42h6
φ42h6
66
φ42h6
8 60 60 60 60
8
12
12
(231)
(231)
16
(231)
φ158
197
197
197
5
5
108
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17
4.5
4.5
4.5
Output shaft
φ12 123 73 Shaft end shape 210 55 55 210 55 55 210
228 240 240
240

L T R
710.5 129.5 195
212 332 195 195 195 98
16 82
M10 TAP 130 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75
25 DEEP 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
18.5
9
φ158
14
14
300
300
300
5.5
5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22
170
170
170
φ12
20
20
20
Output shaft
Shaft end shape
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
L
B-38
B-39
Note) For output shaft arrangement "T," the phases of the right and left output shaft key ways are not necessarily aligned precisely. B-40
0.75
170
Foot mount type 1.5・2.2 kW・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Foot mount

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
527.5 L T R
226 150 160 160 160 160 85
89 10 66 66 10 66 66 10
M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8
197
197
φ198
12
16
(217)
(217)
197
5
(217)
108
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17
4.5
4.5
4.5
φ27 φ27 φ27
123 73 210 55
6
228 240 55 210 55 55 210
Output shaft 240 240
Shaft end shape
Part of the motor protrudes from the foot undersurface.

641.5
L T R
332 157 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
Outline Dimensions
9
300
300
300
14
23
φ198
5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22

170
170
170
φ27 φ27 φ27
20
20
20
70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Output shaft
Shaft end shape

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
L T R
556.5 150 160 160 160
226 160 89
10 66 66 10 66 66 10
89 M10 TAP 60 60 60
φ42h6
25 DEEP 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8
197
197
197
12
16
(217)
φ198
108
(217)
(217)
108
108
5 4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17

4.5
4.5
4.5
φ27 φ27 φ27

123 73 210 55
6
228 240 55 210 55 55 210

Output shaft
L Shaft end shape
240 240
B-41 Part of the motor protrudes from the foot undersurface.

B-42
B-43 Note) For output shaft arrangement "T," the phases of the right and left output shaft key ways are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note) Part of the motor protrudes from the foot undersurface in drawings B-41 and B-43. It is possible to manufacture a motor without
protrusion, in which case some dimensions such as the height changes. Please contact us for more information.
1.5
2.2
171
Foot mount type 2.2・3.7・5.5 kW・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Foot mount

670.5
L T R
332 157 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
300
300
14
23
φ198
300
5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22
170
170
170
φ27 φ27 φ27
20
20
20
70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Output shaft
Shaft end shape

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
750
L T R
170 195 195 195 195 98
332
82 82 82 82
φ50h6
130
φ50h6
M10 TAP 16 16 16
25 DEEP 75 75 75 75
φ50h6
φ50h6
Outline Dimensions
9 4-φ22
300
φ214
23
14
300
300
4-φ22 4-φ22
170
170
5.5
170
20
20
20
70 70 83 83 φ27 83 83 φ27 83 83
176 99 φ27 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
Note) For 400 V, the DC
module is 327 336 336 336
Output shaft
incorporated in the Shaft end shape
terminal box.

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/40
L T R
829.5 221 221
332 221 195 195 195 195 98
φ50h6
φ50h6
130 16 82 16 82 16
M10 TAP
75 75
φ50h6
25 DEEP 82
φ50h6
82
9
300
75
300
75
14
23
(321)
(321)
(321)
300
φ252
170
5.5
170
170
φ35 φ35 φ35

20
20
20
4-φ22 70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
286 52 52 286 52 52 286
176
327
99
Output shaft 336 336 336 L
Shaft end shape
※We can make it to order on short lead times. B-44
B-45
Note) For output shaft arrangement "T," the phases of the right and left output shaft key ways are not necessarily aligned precisely. B-46
2.2
3.7
5.5
172
Foot mount type 100 W・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Foot mount

B-47 100W HMTA100-19L5∼50 TR B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Outline Dimensions

L
B-47
B-48
B-50 B-50 100W HMTA100-38L600∼1200 TR B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
100 Reduction ratio： 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：18.6kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P134
173
Foot mount type 200 W・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Foot mount


B-52 200W HMTA200-28L60∼200 RT B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Outline Dimensions
L
B-51
B-52
L The direction of rotation of the output shaft is B-53
B-54 200W HMTA200-42L600∼1200 TR B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189. B-54
Reduction ratio：600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：31.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P134 200
174
Face mount type 0.1 kW・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Face mount

B-55 0.1kW HMTA010-24U5∼200 ST B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
S T
335 166.5 55
157.5 106.5 7 55 106.5 55
59 62 36 7 62 7
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
88 47 M6 TAP 32 36 36
16 DEEP 32 32
59
7
47
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
10
8
φ140
118
8
47
4 4
Output shaft
18
Shaft end shape 5.5※
M6 TAP 104.5
φ12 16 DEEP 166.5 5.5※

S T
391 170.5 61
φ28h6
157.5 106.5 7
169 61 106.5 61
62
φ28h6
59 7 62 7
42
φ28h6
88 47 M8 TAP 42
20 DEEP 37
Outline Dimensions
37
7
59
φ140
47
φ90h7
7
φ90h7
9
155
φ90h7
8
155
118
4 4
47
37
42
Output shaft
8※
17
Shaft end shape

φ12 M8 TAP 108.5
20 DEEP 170.5 8※

Reduction ratio： 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight：17.4kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P131
S T
420.5 183.5 73.5
133 7 73.5 133 73.5
169 187 75 7
φ38h6
75 58 7
70 M10 TAP 58 58
φ38h6
φ38h6
106 58 25 DEEP 50 50 50
8 8
70
φ140
10
58
φ90h7
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
155
155
140
5
7
58
5
Output shaft
φ12 Shaft end shape
M10 TAP 108.5
8
25 DEEP 183.5
U
B-56
B-58 Note) For output shaft arrangement "T," the phases of the right and left output shaft key ways are not necessarily aligned precisely.
0.1
175

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
352 S T
157.5 166.5 61
59 7 106.5 7 61 106.5 61
φ28h6
88 47 62 42 7 62 7
φ28h6
φ28h6
7 M8 TAP 37 42 42
20 DEEP 37 37
59
7
47
φ90h7
φ90h7
10
φ90h7
8
φ140
118
8
47
4
Output shaft
18
5.5※
Shaft end shape 104.5
M8 TAP 4
φ12
20 DEEP 166.5 5.5※

443 S T
186 187 183.5 73.5 73.5 133 73.5
φ38h6
70 133 7 58 75 7
106 58 7
φ38h6
M10 TAP 75 58 50
φ38h6
8 58
25 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
50 50
8
11.5
φ140
70
58
10
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
168.5
168.5
140
58
φ12 Output shaft

M10 TAP 5 Shaft end shape 108.5
17
25 DEEP
183.5

482 S
193
T
186 226 85
89 149.5 7 85 149.5 85
(34)
123 73 84.5 7 84.5 7

M10 TAP
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8 66 66 66
25 DEEP
60 60 60
8
89
73
φ140
7.5
12
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
178
73
5
φ12 Output shaft
2
25 DEEP 193 U
B-59
B-60
0.2
176

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
366.5
S T
157.5 166.5 61 61 106.5 61
59 106.5 7 7 62 7
88 47 62 42 42 42
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
7 M8 TAP 37 37 37
20 DEEP
59
7
47
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
10
8
φ140
118
8
4
47
Output shaft
Shaft end shape
5.5※ 104.5
M8 TAP 4 18.5
20 DEEP 166.5 5.5※
φ12

396.5 S T
187 179.5 73.5
70 133 7 73.5 133 73.5
106 58 75 58 7 75 7
M10 TAP
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
50 58 58
8 25 DEEP
Outline Dimensions
50 50
8
70
58
10
10
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
140
φ140
58
Output shaft
M10 TAP 5 104.5
9.5
Shaft end shape

φ12 25 DEEP 179.5

532.5
S T
196 226 189 85 85 149.5 85
φ42h6
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
66
123 73 84.5
M10 TAP 60 φ42h6
φ42h6
8 66 66
25 DEEP
60 60
18.5
8
89
73
φ140
12
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
194.5
194.5
178
73
5
φ12 Output shaft
1※
12

25 DEEP 189 1※
B-62
B-63 The direction of rotation of the output shaft is
B-64 B-64 0.4kW HMTA040-50U600∼1200 ST B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
642.5
S T
208.5 107
196 332
130 176 10 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 104 10
82
φ50h6
φ50h6
9 M10 TAP 82 82
φ50h6
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
105
11.5
14
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
φ140h7
φ140
260
105
130
5.5
φ12
Output shaft
M10 TAP 5.5 Shaft end shape 104.5
25 DEEP 208.5
177

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
412
187
S T
70 188.5 73.5 73.5 133 73.5
106 58 M10 TAP 133 7 7 58 75 7
φ38h6
φ38h6
75 58 58 58
φ38h6
8 25 DEEP
50 50 50
9
70
10
58
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
12
φ158
140
58
5.5
Output shaft
M10 TAP 5 113.5
φ12 25 DEEP 17 Shaft end shape
188.5

449
S T
198 85
226
149.5 7
89 85 149.5 85
123 73 84.5 7 84.5 7
66
66 66
M10 TAP 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8
Outline Dimensions
60 60
25 DEEP
8
89
73
12
(212)
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
16
178
φ158
73
Output shaft
M10 TAP 5 113.5
2
Shaft end shape

φ12
25 DEEP 198

710.5 S T
212 332 217.5 107
130 176 10 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 104 10
φ50h6
φ50h6
9 82 82 82
φ50h6
M10 TAP
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
18.5
105
9
φ158
φ140h7
14
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
260
105
130
5.5
φ12
Output shaft
M10 TAP 5.5 Shaft end shape
25 DEEP
U
B-66
B-67
0.75
178
Face mount type 1.5・2.2 kW・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Face mount

1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
527.5
226 225 85 85 149.5 85
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 84.5 66 66 66
60 60 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
M10 TAP
25 DEEP
8
89
73
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
16
12
(198)
φ198
178
73
23
φ27 11※ φ27 11※
Output shaft

641.5
332 245 107
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
M10 TAP 82 82 82
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
25 DEEP 75 75 75
Outline Dimensions
130
9
105
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
23
φ198
260
105
130
5.5
φ27 φ27
Output shaft
Shaft end shape

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
556.5
226 225 85 85 149.5 85
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 84.5 66 66 66
M10 TAP 60 60 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
25 DEEP
(198)
8
89
73
φ90h7
φ90h7
12
φ90h7
16
φ198
178
73
※
14 14※
23
φ27 φ27

Output shaft
Shaft end shape
B-69
1.5
2.2
179
Face mount type 2.2・3.7・5.5 kW・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Face mount

670.5
332 245 107
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
M10 TAP 82 82 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
105
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
23
260
φ198
105
130
5.5
φ27 φ27
Output shaft

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/60
750
258 107
332 107 176 107
176
130 10 104 10
104 10
φ50h6
182 105 M10 TAP
φ50h6
82
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ50h6
25 DEEP 82 82
Outline Dimensions
75
75 75
9
130
105
14
23
φ140h7
260
φ214
130
105
5.5
φ27
Output shaft 1
※ φ27 ※
1
Shaft end shape
Note) For 400 V, the DC
module is 4-M16 bolt through-hole
incorporated in the Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP
terminal box.

1/5∼1/20 、 1/25∼1/40
829.5
332 309 107
107 176 107
130 176
10 104 10
182 105 104 10
φ50h6
82
φ50h6
φ50h6
M10 TAP 82 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
9
130
φ140h7
φ140h7
105
φ140h7
14
(281)
23
260
φ252
105
130
5.5
※
φ35 27 φ35
※
24
Output shaft 205 27

Shaft end shape U
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP ※We can make it to order on short lead times. B-71
B-72
2.2
3.7
5.5
180
Face mount type 100 W・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Face mount

B-74 100W HMTA100-24U5∼200 ST B based on direction of rotation A shown on page 189.
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200


Outline Dimensions


U
B-75
100
181
Face mount type 200 W・Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions ● brake type/Face mount

1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200


Outline Dimensions

U
B-77
B-78
B-79
200
182
Hypoid Motor TA Series Structure
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Structure of reducer
¡HMTA040-24L50R
1 4 17 19 10 3 12 5 6
13
20
16
Structure
22 23 18 16 21 7
21 2
¡HMTA040-35H200 3
13
1 4 17 19 5 6
12 7
14 15
16
11
18 18
16
23 22 23
1. Motor 9. 3rd stage wheel 17. Bearing (motor shaft load side)
2. Case 10. Output shaft 18. Oil seal (output shaft)
3. Cover 11. Hollow output shaft 19. Oil seal (motor shaft)
4. Motor pinion (hypoid pinion) 12. Bearing (2nd shaft cover side) 20. Seal cap
5. 1st stage wheel (hypoid gear) 13. Bearing (2nd shaft case side) 21. O-ring
6. 2nd shaft with pinion 14. Bearing (3rd shaft cover side) 22. Filter
7. 2nd stage wheel 15. Bearing (3rd shaft case side) 23. Shim
8. 3rd shaft with pinion 16. Bearing (output shaft)
183
Hypoid Motor TA Series Options
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Safety cap
¡Model number HM90CAP ¡Model number HM140CAP
・For the hollow shaft type, the safety cap can be

attached to the hollow shaft end opposite to the
mounting side.
・Because the safety cap is made of PP resin
(polypropylene), it will not rust and stays clean.
The safety cap is colored green.
Also applies to adapter and inline reducer types.
Model number Recommended model

HMTA010-30H5∼35H1200 HMTA150-45H5∼80
HMTA020-30H5∼45H1200 HMTA220-45H5∼60
HM90CAP
HMTA040-30H5∼55H1200 HMTA100-30H5∼35H1200
HMTA075-35H5∼45H200 HMTA200-30H5∼45H1200
HMTA040-55H600∼1200 HMTA220-55H80∼120
HM140CAP HMTA075-55H300∼480 HMTA370-55H5∼60
HMTA150-55H100∼200 HMTA550-55H5∼40
■Torque arm
Options
¡The torque arm can be attached to either the
short pitch or the long pitch side according to the
mounting condition of the reducer.
Plate
Model number Recommended model A B C D H L R1 R2 R3 φZ1 φZ2 Bolt thickness t
recommended
HMTA010-30H5∼480
HMTA020-30H5∼200
M12
HM150TA HMTA040-30H5∼50 150 103 47 88 129 157 11 15 47 11 13 6

HMTA100-30H5∼480
HMTA200-30H5∼200
HMTA010-35H600∼1200
recommended
HMTA020-35H300∼480
HMTA040-35H60∼200
M16
HM200TA 200 142 58 106 171 188 12 17 47 13 17 6

HMTA075-35H5∼50
HMTA100-35H600∼1200
HMTA200--35H300∼480
HMTA020-45H600∼1200
recommended
HMTA040-45H300∼480
M20
HMTA075-45H60∼200
HM250TA 250 177 73 123 214 228 16 21 ― 17 21 9
HMTA150-45H5∼80
HMTA220-45H5∼60
HMTA200-45H600∼1200
HMTA040-55H600∼1200
recommended
HMTA075-55H300∼480
HMTA150-55H100∼200
M20
HM350TA 350 245 105 182 293 331 22 26 ― 22 22 9

HMTA220-55H80∼120
HMTA370-55H5∼60
HMTA550-55H5∼40
184
Hypoid Motor TA Series Installation
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Lubrication
1. Grease lubrication
Grease is used for lubrication.
2. Grease injection
The product is delivered with the correct amount of unleaded grease already installed.
3. Grease change
In most cases, it is not necessary to change or replenish the grease, but if the grease is changed after 20,000
hours of operation, the life will be prolonged.
4. Grease specification
Use grease for high-grade gears with a viscosity No. 000 or equivalent.
5. Recommended grease
Nippon Grease Co., Ltd.: Nigtight LMS No. 000 (this is the unleaded grease installed before delivery)
Showa Shell Sekiyu K.K.: Alvania EP Grease R000
Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.: Pyronoc Universal 000
6. Grease quantity
● Foot mount type ●Face mount type・Hollow shaft type

Grease quantity Grease quantity
Motor capacity Reduction ratio Motor capacity Reduction ratio
kg kg
1/5∼1/50 0.17 1/5∼1/60 0.33
1/60 0.40 100W 1/80∼1/200 0.33
100W
Installation
1/80∼1/200 0.33 0.1 kW 1/300∼1/480 0.33＋（0.15）

0.1 kW
1/300∼1/480 0.33＋（0.15） 1/600∼1/1200 0.53＋（0.15）
1/600∼1/1200 0.53＋（0.15） 1/5∼1/60 0.33
1/5∼1/50 0.17 200W 1/80∼1/200 0.33
1/60 0.40 0.2 kW 1/300∼1/480 0.53＋（0.2）
200W 1/80∼1/200 0.33 1/600∼1/1200 1.15＋（0.2）
0.2 kW
1/300∼1/480 0.53＋（0.2） 1/5∼1/50 0.33
1/600∼1/1200 1.15＋（0.2） 1/60∼1/200 0.53
0.4 kW
1/5∼1/50 0.28 1/300∼1/480 1.15＋（0.4）
1/60∼1/200 0.53 1/600∼1/1200 3.80＋（0.4）
0.4 kW 1/300∼1/480 1.15＋（0.4） 1/5∼1/30 0.67
1/600∼1/1200 3.80＋（0.4） 1/40∼1/50 0.53
0.75 kW
1/5∼1/50 0.47 1/60∼1/200 1.15
0.75 kW 1/60∼1/200 1.15 1/300∼1/480 3.70＋（0.7）
1/300∼1/480 3.70＋（0.7） 1/5∼1/30 1.40
1/5∼1/30 1.40 1.5 kW 1/40∼1/80 1.15
1.5 kW 1/40∼1/80 1.15 1/100∼1/200 3.80
1/100∼1/200 3.80 1/5∼1/20 1.40
1/5∼1/20 1.40 2.2 kW 1/25∼1/60 1.15
2.2 kW 1/25∼1/60 1.15 1/80∼1/120 3.80
1/80∼1/120 3.80 1/5∼1/20 3.70
3.7 kW
1/5∼1/20 3.70 1/25∼1/60 3.40
3.7 kW
1/25∼1/60 3.40 1/5∼1/20 3.70
5.5 kW
1/5∼1/20 3.70 1/25∼1/40 3.40
5.5 kW
1/25∼1/40 3.40 Note) The values in parentheses are for the high-reduction speed 1st speed reduction stage.
Note) The values in parentheses are for the high-reduction speed 1st speed reduction stage.
7. Oil seal
A contact-type oil seal is used to seal the shaft of the speed reducer housing. In most cases, it is not necessary to
replace the oil seal. If the oil seal is replaced after 10,000 hours of operation, though, the life of the reducer will be
prolonged. Because the life of the oil seal depends on the use conditions, there may be cases where the oil seal needs
to be replaced before 10,000 hours of operation.
If the product is used in equipment for which oil leakage should be particularly avoided, such as food processing
machines, install an oil pan or similar device in preparation for unexpected oil leakage due to failure, life expiration or
other cause.
185
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Installation
1. Mounting direction
Because all the models employ grease lubrication, they can be mounted in any direction: horizontal, vertical or
inclined.
2. Ambient conditions
Altitude At elevations below 1000 m
3. Bolt tightening
(1) Foot mount type
¡Use a strong flat mounting surface that is not significantly affected by vibration during operation. After
cleaning dirt and foreign matter from the mounting face, securely fasten the product with four bolts.
¡When a none directly connected drive is employed or the product is started and stopped frequently, we
recommend installing a stopper on the foot section.
(2) Face mount type and hollow shaft type

When installing a face mount type or hollow shaft type, please pay close attention to the following.
① Mounting
Installation
If the length of engagement of the mounting bolt and the female threads of the main body is short or the
tightening torque is too high, the female threads of the main body may be damaged. If the tightening
torque is too low, the bolts attaching the main body may loosen due to impacts caused when starting and
stopping.
Use a conical spring washer or a spring washer and a flat washer when mounting the mounting bolt.
② Mounting bolt
a) Type
When the tapped (screw) hole is used for mounting When the through-hole is used for mounting
Hexagon head bolts (JIS B1051, Strength 4.6) Hexagon head bolts (JIS B1051, Strength 8.8)
Hexagon socket bolt (JIS B1051, Strength 10.9) Hexagon socket bolt (JIS B1051, Strength 10.9)
B) Bolt length
When the tapped (screw) hole is used for mounting When the through-hole is used for mounting
Threaded portion of case Length of engagement of bolt Through-hole size Bolt length
M10-34mm 31 mm or more For M 8 120 mm or more
M12-46mm 43 mm or more For M10 150 mm or more
Determine the bolt length based on <Thickness of mounting flange Though some bolt lengths exceed the JIS standard range, they are
+ Length of engagement of bolt shown in the table above>. commercially available from bolt makers.
③ Tightening torque
Tighten the bolt to the tightening torque shown in the table below.
Screw Hexagon head bolt Hexagon socket bolt

size N・m ｛kgf・cm｝ N・m ｛kgf・cm｝
M 8 9.8∼10.3 ｛100∼105｝ 9.8∼19.6 ｛100∼200｝
M10 19.6∼20.6 ｛200∼210｝ 19.6∼39.2 ｛200∼400｝
M12 34.3∼36.6 ｛350∼370｝ 34.3∼68.6 ｛350∼700｝
M16 84.3∼88.2 ｛860∼900｝ 84.3∼168.6 ｛860∼1720｝
M20 84.3∼88.2 ｛860∼900｝ 84.3∼168.6 ｛860∼1720｝
186
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Attaching and removing the hollow shaft

（1）Attaching to the drive shaft
・ The tolerance of the inside diameter of the hollow shaft
is based on JIS H8. Under normal conditions, the finish Thrust bearing
of the drive shaft should be h7. When significant shocks
Jack bolt
or radial loads are caused, it should be js6 or K6 to
tighten the fit slightly.
・ When connecting the hollow shaft to the drive shaft, apply
molybdenum disulfide grease to the surface of the drive
shaft and the bore of the hollow output shaft. Hexagon nut
・ Making and using a jig as shown to the right will enable Jig a
smooth insertion.
（2）Fastening to the drive shaft

A. When the drive shaft has steps B. When the drive shaft has no steps
・ As shown in the figure below, make an end plate ・The following two fastening methods are
and fasten the hollow output shaft to the drive shaft. available.
Snap ring Snap ring Collar
End plate Spacer End plate Setscrew

Installation
（3）Retention of torque arm Torque arm
・ Using hexagon socket bolts, attach Gap Gap

Special retention bolt
the torque arm to the driven machine Gap
side of the hypoid motor.

At the retention point of the torque
arm, provide flexibility between the
hypoid motor and the drive shaft and
never clamp down the torque arm Torque arm No gap
Gap Gap
with the retention bolt. If no flexibility
Spacer
is provided, the bearing in the reducer Machine Retention Gap

side part
will be damaged.
If the starting frequency is high or the
rotation is reversed repeatedly, use a
rubber bush between the torque arm Good example Bad example
and the retention bolt (or spacer) to

Retention part examples
cushion the shock.
Reference dimensions of jig b and length of drive shaft

（4）Removing from drive shaft Recommended model φD T Z
・ Pull out the drive shaft from the hollow output shaft, while HMTA010-30H5∼480
HMTA020-30H5∼200
taking care not to apply undue force between the casing HMTA040-30H5∼50 29.5 9 M10
and the hollow output shaft. HMTA100-30H5∼480
・ Making and using a jig as shown to the right will enable HMTA200-30H5∼200
HMTA010-35H600∼1200
smooth removal.
HMTA020-35H300∼480
HMTA040-35H60∼200 Z tap
34.5 12 M12
Jig b HMTA075-35H5∼50
Plate HMTA100-35H600∼1200
Snap ring
HMTA200-35H300∼480
HMTA020-45H600∼1200
HMTA040-45H300∼480
HMTA075-45H60∼200
44.5 15 M16
HMTA150-45H5∼80
HMTA220-45H5∼60
HMTA200-45H600∼1200
Jack bolt
Retention part HMTA040-55H600∼1200
HMTA075-55H300∼480
HMTA150-55H100∼200
54.5 18 M18
HMTA220-55H80∼120
HMTA370-55H5∼60
HMTA550-55H5∼40
Also applies to the adapter and inline reducer types.
187
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Design of torque arm

Whether a standard torque arm is used or you design and make the torque arm, check the strength of each
element in the following manner.
１. Check the torque arm and fixing bolt
Bearing a Check according to the torque arm reaction force R.
T＋W×G
R＝
C
２. Selection of bearing
Bearing b Check according to the bearing reaction forces A and B.
L1× （R−W） −D×R
A(Bearing a)＝
L2
（L1＋L2） ×（R−W） −D×R
B(Bearing b)＝
L2
Ｔ：Output torque
(N・m)｛kgf・m｝
Ｗ：Weight of reducer (kg)｛kgf｝
Ｒ：Torque arm reaction force (kg)｛kgf｝
Ｇ：Distance between center of drive shaft and center of gravity of reducer (m)
Ｃ：Distance between center of drive shaft and retention part (m)
Ｄ：Distance between center of reducer and retention part (m)
Ｌ１：Distance between center of reducer and bearing b (m)
Ｌ２：Distance between bearing a and bearing b (m)
For the direction of rotation shown in the figure to the left, the output torque is
positive. When it is reversed, the output torque is negative.
Installation
Dimensions for optional torque arm (approximate value) Also applies to adapter and inline reducer types.
HMTA010-30H5∼35H1200 HMTA020-35H300∼480 HMTA075-35H5∼55H480 HMTA040-45H300∼480 HMTA550-55H5∼40

HMTA020-30H5∼200 HMTA040-30H5∼35H200 HMTA150-55H100∼200 HMTA150-45H5∼80
HMTA020-45H600∼1200 HMTA220-45H5∼55H120 HMTA370-55H5∼60
Model
HMTA040-55H600∼1200 HMTA200-35H300∼480
number
HMTA100-30H5∼35H1200
HMTA200-30H5∼200
HMTA200-45H600∼1200
G 0.10m 0.12m 0.13m 0.15m 0.26m
188
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Coupling (solid shaft)

1. For direct coupling
¡When easy removal and safety are required, we recommend the compact and strong Tsubaki Roller
Chain Coupling.
¡When the product is used in places where lubrication is impossible, we recommend the Tsubaki Nylon
Chain Coupling.
¡When shaft misalignment or vibration is anticipated, we recommend the Tsubaki Jaw-flex Coupling.
2. For parallel coupling
¡We recommend a strong and safe Tsubaki Roller Chain transmission.
3. Notes on coupling
(1) Accurately aligning the coupling and shaft center will prolong the operating life of the reducer and
shaft coupling.
(2) For roller chain transmissions, make sure that the reducer's shaft and the mating shaft are parallel
and adjust the tension of the chain to eliminate excessive slack.
4. Recommended coupling and roller chain
Motor Output Recommended coupling Motor Output Recommended roller
Reduction shaft Reduction shaft
output diameter Roller chain Nylon chain Jaw-flex output diameter chain and number
ratio mm ratio mm of sprocket teeth
kW coupling coupling coupling kW
1/5∼1/50 19 CR4012-J CN411 L090-H 1/5∼1/50 19 RS40-13T
1/60∼1/200 24 CR4014-J CN611 L100-H 1/60∼1/200 24 RS50-15T
0.1 0.1
1/300∼1/480 28 CR4014-J CN617 L110-H 1/300∼1/480 28 RS60-17T
1/600∼1/1200 38 CR5016-J ― L190-H 1/600∼1/1200 38 RS80-15T
Installation
1/5∼1/50 19 CR4012-J CN415 L095-H 1/5∼1/50 19 RS50-13T

1/60∼1/200 28 CR4014-J CN617 L110-H 1/60∼1/200 28 RS60-13T
0.2 0.2
1/300∼1/480 38 CR5016-J ― L190-H 1/300∼1/480 38 RS80-15T
1/600∼1/1200 42 CR5018-J ― ― 1/600∼1/1200 42 RS100-16T
1/5∼1/50 24 CR4014-J CN611 L100-H 1/5∼1/50 24 RS60-13T
1/60∼1/200 38 CR5016-J ― L190-H 1/60∼1/200 38 RS80-15T
0.4 0.4
1/300∼1/480 42 CR5018-J ― ― 1/300∼1/480 42 RS100-16T
1/600∼1/1200 50 CR6018-J ― ― 1/600∼1/1200 50 RS140-16T
1/5∼1/50 30 CR4016-J CN617 L110-H 1/5∼1/50 30 RS80-13T
0.75 1/60∼1/200 42 CR5018-J ― ― 0.75 1/60∼1/200 42 RS120-13T
1/300∼1/480 50 CR6018-J ― ― 1/300∼1/480 50 RS140-16T
1/5∼1/80 42 CR5018-J ― L190-H 1/5∼1/80 42 RS100-14T
1.5 1.5
1/100∼1/200 50 CR6018-J ― ― 1/100∼1/200 50 RS140-16T
1/5∼1/60 42 CR5018-J ― ― 1/5∼1/60 42 RS100-16T
2.2 2.2
1/80∼1/120 50 CR6018-J ― ― 1/80∼1/120 50 RS140-16T
3.7 1/5∼1/60 50 CR6018-J ― ― 3.7 1/5∼1/60 50 RS140-16T
5.5 1/5∼1/40 50 CR6018-J ― ― 5.5 1/5∼1/40 50 RS140-16T
Note) The above should be used for reference purposes only. The O.H.L. value, etc., of the actual layout should be checked.
■Wiring
１. Wiring of motor
Three-phase motor（0.1kW∼5.5kW） Single-phase motor（100W∼200W）
Connection
U X Y V U X Y V
U V W U V W Black Blue Brown Red Black Blue Brown Red
R S T T S R
Direction
of rotation A B A B
¡Shown above is the direction of rotation of the motor shaft as viewed from the motor fan cover side.
２. Direction of rotation of output shaft

¡ The direction of rotation of the output shaft shown in the outline dimensional drawing is the one affected
when the shaft arrangement is "R" and the direction of rotation of the motor is "A" above.
¡ The direction of rotation of the output shaft differs depending on the number of reduction steps. Since
there may be 2-step reduction and 3-step reduction in the same outline dimensional drawing, both
directions of rotation are shown in such cases.
¡ For the three-phase motor, interchange any two of U, V and W to reverse the rotation direction.
189
HYPOID MOTOR TA
３. Wiring of brake-type gear motor

¡ There are various methods for wiring the brake. While referring to the diagram below, select a wiring method suitable to
your application.
For further details, refer to the instruction manual included with the product.
■Wiring diagram
Wiring method
Application Three-phase 200 V Three-phase 400 V Three-phase 400 V Single-phase 100 V
0.1kW∼5.5kW 0.1kW∼0.75kW 1.5kW∼3.7kW 100W∼200W
AC internal wiring
Black
Normal use
Power supply
●
Power supply
Power supply
Blue
Power supply
Red
Brown
Standard shipping
●
specifications Yellow Black Yellow Black Orange DM400D Black Red Black
Yellow Black Black Orange Black Red Black
Yellow
Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue
AC external wiring
When you want to

●
Black
Power supply
Power supply
shorten the stop time
Power supply
Power supply
Blue
Red
Brown
When attaching a
●
Yellow Black
Yellow Black
Orange DM400D Black
phase advancing Yellow Black Orange Black
Red Black
Yellow Black
Blue Blue Blue Blue Red Black
condenser Blue Blue
0.1、0.2kW
Power supply
AC external operation
Installation
For use with an inverter
● 200V Yellow Black
Power supply
Power supply
Yellow Black Black

(Set the inverter to the
Power supply
Blue Blue Blue
MC section) Red
Brown
0.4、0.75kW
Yellow Black AC Orange DM400D Black
When operating the
● Yellow Black
400V Orange Black Red Black
Blue Blue Blue Blue
Power supply
brake separately Red Black
230V Yellow Black

Yellow Black
Blue Blue
DC external wiring
Black
Power supply
Power supply
Blue
Power supply
Power supply
When stopping
● Red
Brown
accuracy is required
Varistor
(For lift, etc.) Yellow Black
Yellow Black
Orange DM400D Black Red Black
Yellow Black Red Black
Yellow Black Blue N Blue Orange Black
Blue N Blue Blue N Blue
Varistor Varistor Varistor
M : Motor, B : Brake, MC: Electromagnetic contactor, MCa: Auxiliary relay, OCR: Overcurrent relay, ー
｜／｜ー: Protective element (varistor)
DM200D, DM400D, HD100A: DC module (The three-phase 200 V 3.7 kW device is PM90B; the 5.5 kW device is PM180B.)
Notes:
1. Use an auxiliary relay with rated load of 250 V AC, 7A or more.
2. The contact capacity of the contacts marked with an asterisk in the DC external wiring diagram should be 250 V AC, 10A or more.
3. When performing AC external operation on the 0.1 kW-0.75 kW three-phase 400 V level motors, disconnect the N section with a closed end
connection binder. Then be sure to insulate the N section. In this case, the necessary input power to the DC module is 200 V for 0.1 kW and 0.2 kW
and 230 V for 0.4 kW and 0.75 kW. If a 200 V or 230 V power supply is not available, reduce the voltage to 200 V or 230 V using a transformer.
(For the inverter motor type, the input power to the DC module should be 200 V). Use a transformer with the following capacity: (0.1 kW-0.2 kW: 60
VA or more, 0.4 kW-0.75 kW: 150 VA or more).
4. The contact capacity of the contacts marked with an asterisk in the DC external wiring diagram for 1.5 kW to 3.7 kW and 400 V should be 400 to
440 V AC: two (or three) contacts with an inductive load of 1A or more should be connected serially.
5. The DC module (DM200D, DM400D) includes a protective element for absorbing surges.
6. Add a protective element for protecting contacts as necessary.
■Precautions for connecting a varistor when using DC external wiring

When DC external wiring is employed, the power supply module for the brake may be damaged depending on
the length of the wiring, the method of wiring, the type of relay, etc. Therefore, connect a varistor between
the terminals for DC external wiring.
Connecting it near the power supply module for the brake (to the blue lead wire section for the three-phase
motor) will be more effective. The model number of the varistor to be used is as shown below.
The varistor voltage should be 470 V for DM100A and DM200D and 910 V for DM400D.
Model number
Name of product Name of maker
For DM100A、DM200D For DM400D
Surge absorber Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. ERZV14D471 ERZV14D911
Set-Lap Fuji Electric Co., Ltd. ENC471D-14A ENC911D-14A
Ceramic varistor Marcon Electronics Co., Ltd. TNR15G471K TNR15G102K
190
Hypoid Motor TA Series Selection (in common with Gear Motor TA Series Selection)
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Selection coefficient table (in common with Gear Motor TA Series)

Table 1. Service factors：
（CF）
Operating hours
Less than 10 hours / day 10 hours or more / day
Load Operation condition
condition Intermittent・Continuous Intermittent・Continuous
Uniform load without shocks 1 1
Load with light shocks 1 1.2
Note) For loads with medium or large shocks, please contact our company.
Table 2. Moment of inertia of motor shaft of hypoid motor and gear motor
（・SI units: Moment of inertia ・Gravitational units:GD2 The value is the same for both the hypoid motor and the gear motor.）
Motor Three-phase motor・Non-brake type Three-phase motor・Brake type Single-phase motor・Non-brake type Single-phase motor・Brake type
Motor
output Moment of inertia GD2 Moment of inertia GD2 Moment of inertia GD2 Moment of inertia GD2
specifications
kW kg・m 2
｛kgf・m ｝ 2
kg・m 2
｛kgf・m ｝2
kg・m 2
｛kgf・m ｝ 2
kg・m 2
｛kgf・m2｝
−3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3
0.1 Standard・Inverter motor 0.64×10 ｛2.54×10 ｝ 0.66×10 ｛2.64×10 ｝ 0.60×10 ｛2.40×10 ｝ 0.85×10 ｛3.40×10−3｝
−3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3
0.2 Standard・Inverter motor 0.74×10 ｛2.96×10 ｝ 0.78×10 ｛3.12×10 ｝ 0.88×10 ｛3.50×10 ｝ 1.30×10 ｛5.20×10−3｝
−3 −3 −3 −3
0.4 Standard・Inverter motor 0.90×10 ｛3.59×10 ｝ 0.94×10 ｛3.74×10 ｝
0.75 Standard・Inverter motor 1.37×10−3 ｛5.48×10−3｝ 1.47×10−3 ｛5.89×10−3｝
Standard 3.41×10−3 ｛13.6×10−3｝ 3.62×10−3 ｛14.5×10−3｝
1.5 (Note) No inverter- type single-phase motor is available.
Inverter motor 3.91×10−3 ｛15.6×10−3｝ 4.12×10−3 ｛16.5×10−3｝ The 5.5 kW brake type is a quasi-standard product.
Standard 4.79×10−3 ｛19.2×10−3｝ 5.00×10−3 ｛20.0×10−3｝
2.2
Inverter motor 5.23×10−3 ｛20.9×10−3｝ 5.44×10−3 ｛21.7×10−3｝
Selection
−3 −3 −3
Standard 7.60×10 ｛30.4×10 ｝ 8.10×10 ｛32.4×10−3｝
3.7 −3 −3 −3
Inverter motor 8.24×10 ｛32.9×10 ｝ 8.75×10 ｛35.0×10−3｝
−3 −3 −3
Standard 19.6×10 ｛78.6×10 ｝ 21.3×10 ｛85.2×10−3｝
5.5 −3 −3 −3
Inverter motor 21.4×10 ｛85.2×10 ｝ 23.0×10 ｛92.0×10−3｝
Table 3.
Allowable starting frequency
Inertia ratio and allowable Direct coupling, etc.,

that causes no vibration
starting frequency
Chain transmission, etc.,

that causes vibration
Times/minute
Times/hour
Load inertia on motor shaft

Inertia ratio
Hypoid motor inertia on motor shaft (Table 2)
Table 4. Transmission factor coefficient：

（f）
Chain Gear・Toothed belt Note) When using a high-strength toothed belt, do not use the
transmission coefficient shown in Table 4, but take into account
1 1.25 the mounting tension in calculating the O.H.L.
Table 5. Load acting position coefficient：

（Lf） Load acting position
r/Q 0.25 0.38 0.50 0.75 1

Lf 0.8 0.9 1 1.5 2
191
Hypoid Motor TA Series Selection
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Example of selection (in common with Gear Motor TA Series Selection)

A：
・Material total molarity ：Ｍ＝150O
Foot mount （Material total weight）（Ｗ＝150Of）
・Material velocity ：Ｖ＝14m/min
・Friction coefficient of guide rail ：μ＝0.15
Guide rail ・Efficiency of chain transmission ：η＝0.95
・Operation hours ：8 hours/day
・Starting frequency ：10 times/hour
Chain reduction ratio = 1:2 ・Stopping ：Immediate stopping (brake)
・Power supply ：Three-phase 200 V, 60 Hz
Hypoid motor ・Shaft arrangement ：Right
Foot mount
（Gear motor）
B：Hollow shaft mount

Hypoid motor
Hollow shaft
"A" and "B" in the example of selection means the
mounting types shown in the figure to the left.
A: Foot mount
B: Hollow shaft mount
For the gear motor, conform to "A" in the example.
Guide rail
Selection of model (SI units) Selection of model (gravitational units)
Selection
１. Determination of reduction ratio １. Determination of reduction ratio
¡ Determine the reduction ratio based on the necessary ¡ Determine the reduction ratio based on the necessary
output shaft revolution speed. output shaft revolution speed.
¡ Refer to the reduction ratios shown in the ¡ Refer to the reduction ratios shown in the
specification chart. specification chart.
Ａ： (1) Calculate the conveyor shaft revolution speed (nC). Ａ： (1) Calculate the conveyor shaft revolution speed (nC).
V×1000 14×1000 V×1000 14×1000
nC＝＝＝22.3r/min nC＝＝＝22.3r/min
D×π 200×π D×π 200×π
(2) Calculate the hypoid motor output shaft (2) Calculate the hypoid motor output shaft
revolution speed (nL). revolution speed (nL).
2 2
nL＝nC× ＝44.6r/min nL＝nC× ＝44.6r/min
1 1
(3) Determine the reduction ratio. (3) Determine the reduction ratio.
According to the specification chart on page According to the specification chart on page
131, an output shaft revolution speed of 45 131, an output shaft revolution speed of 45
r/min is closest to "60 Hz, 44.6 r/min" and r/min is closest to "60 Hz, 44.6 r/min" and
therefore the suitable reduction ratio is 1/40. therefore the suitable reduction ratio is 1/40.
Ｂ： (1) Calculate the conveyor shaft revolution speed (nC). Ｂ： (1) Calculate the conveyor shaft revolution speed (nC).
V×1000 14×1000 V×1000 14×1000
nC＝＝＝22.3r/min nC＝＝＝22.3r/min
D×π 200×π D×π 200×π
(2) Calculate the hypoid motor output shaft (2) Calculate the hypoid motor output shaft
revolution speed (nL). revolution speed (nL).
nL＝nC＝22.3r/min nL＝nC＝22.3r/min
(3) Determine the reduction ratio. (3) Determine the reduction ratio.
According to the specification chart on page According to the specification chart on page
131, an output shaft revolution speed of 22.5 131, an output shaft revolution speed of 22.5
r/min is closest to "60 Hz, 22.3 r/min" and r/min is closest to "60 Hz, 22.3 r/min" and
therefore the suitable reduction ratio is 1/80. therefore the suitable reduction ratio is 1/80.
２. Calculation of output shaft torque ２. Calculation of output shaft torque
¡ Calculate the necessary output shaft torque based ¡ Calculate the necessary output shaft torque based
on the load torque. on the load torque.
¡ According to the operating conditions, use the ¡ According to the operating conditions, use the
appropriate service factor shown in Table 1 on page appropriate service factor shown in Table 1 on page
191 to calculate the corrected output shaft torque. 191 to calculate the corrected output shaft torque.
Ａ： (1) Calculate the necessary conveyor shaft torque (TC). Ａ： (1) Calculate the necessary conveyor shaft torque (TC).
D 1 1 D 1 1
TC＝9.8μM × × TC＝μW × ×
2 1000 η 2 1000 η
200 1 200 1
＝9.8×0.15×150× × ＝23.2N・m ＝0.15×150× × ＝2.37kgf・m
2000 0.95 2000 0.95
192
HYPOID MOTOR TA
SI units continued Gravitational units

(2) Calculate the hypoid motor output shaft torque (2) Calculate the hypoid motor output shaft torque
(TL) based on the conveyor shaft torque. (TL) based on the conveyor shaft torque.
1 1 1 1
TL＝TC× × η TL＝TC× ×
2 2 η
1 1 1 1
＝23.2× × ＝12.2N・m ＝2.37× × ＝1.25kgf・m
2 0.95 2 0.95
(3) Calculate the corrected output shaft torque (TF). (3) Calculate the corrected output shaft torque (TF).
According to Table 1 on page 191, According to Table 1 on page 191,
Service factor CF＝1 Service factor CF＝1
TF＝TL×1＝12.2N・m TF＝TL×1＝1.25kgf・m
(4) Determine the motor capacity. (4) Determine the motor capacity.
According to the specification charts on pages According to the specification charts on pages
131 to 134, the motor capacity suitable for 131 to 134, the motor capacity suitable for
"Reduction ratio: 1/40, 60 Hz, Torque: 12.2 N・ "Reduction ratio: 1/40, 60 Hz, Torque: 1.25
m" is 0.1 kW. kgf・m" is 0.1 kW.
Ｂ： (1) Calculate the necessary conveyor shaft torque (TC). Ｂ： (1) Calculate the necessary conveyor shaft torque (TC).
D 1 D 1
TC＝9.8μM × TC＝μM ×
2 1000 2 1000
200 200
TC＝9.8×0.15×150× ＝22.1N・m
2000 TC＝0.15×150× ＝2.25kgf・m
2000
(2) Because the hypoid motor output shaft torque (2) Because the hypoid motor output shaft torque
(TL).is equal to the conveyor shaft torque, (TL).is equal to the conveyor shaft torque,
TL＝TC＝22.1N・m TL＝TC＝2.25kgf・m
(3) Calculate the corrected output shaft torque (TF). (3) Calculate the corrected output shaft torque (TF).
According to Table 1 on page 191, According to Table 1 on page 191,
Selection
Service factor CF＝1 Service factor CF＝1

TF＝TL×1＝22.1N・m TF＝TL×1＝2.25kgf・m
(4) Determine the motor capacity. (4) Determine the motor capacity.
According to the specification charts on pages According to the specification charts on pages
131 to 134, the motor capacity suitable for 131 to 134, the motor capacity suitable for
"Reduction ratio: 1/80, 60 Hz, Torque: 22.1 N・ "Reduction ratio: 1/80, 60 Hz, Torque: 2.25
m" is 0.1 kW. kgf・m" is 0.1 kW.
３. Tentative determination of model number ３. Tentative determination of model number
In consideration of the reduction ratio, torque and In consideration of the reduction ratio, torque and
immediate stopping requirements, immediate stopping specifications, tentatively select
Ａ：Tentatively select Brake-type Hypoid Motor the following brake-type hypoid motors and check the
HMTA010-19L40RB and confirm the conditions. conditions.
Ｂ：Tentatively select Brake-type Hypoid Motor Ａ：HMTA010-19L40RB、
HMTA010-30H80B and confirm the conditions. Ｂ：HMTA010-30H80B and confirm the conditions.
４. Confirmation of moment of inertia of load and
starting frequency ４. Confirmation of the load inertia (GD2) and
¡ When the motor starts to drive a load that has a starting frequency
large moment of inertia (or when the brake-type ¡ When a motor starts to drive a load that has a large
motor stops such a load), a large torque will occur inertia (GD2) (or when a brake-type motor stops such
instantaneously and may cause an unexpected a load), a large torque will occur instantaneously and
accident. To avoid this, check the load coupling this may cause an unexpected accident. To avoid
method and the moment of inertia of the load. this, check the load coupling method and the load
Ａ： (1) Calculate the moment of inertia of the load on inertia (GD2).
the conveyor shaft (IC). Ａ： (1) Calculate the load inertia (GD2) on the conveyor
IC＝MR2＝150×0.12＝1.5kg・m2 shaft (GD2 C).
(2) Calculate the moment of inertia on the motor GD2C＝WD2＝150×0.22＝6kgf・m2
shaft (Ir). (2) Calculate the load inertia (GD2) on the motor
1 1 shaft (GD2r).
Ir＝IC× 2 × 2
iC iL 1 1
GD2r＝GD2C× × 2
1 2
1 2
i2C iL
＝1.5× （）（）
2
×
40 1 2
1 2
＝0.23×10−3kg・m2
＝6× （）
2 （ 40 ）
×
(3) Calculate the inertia ratio (U) for the hypoid ＝0.94×10−3kgf・m2
motor. (3) Calculate the inertia ratio (U) for the hypoid
Ir motor.
U＝
IM GD2r
U＝
According to Table 2 on page 191, the moment GD2M
of inertia on the motor shaft (IM) is
According to Table 2 on page 191, GD2
M is
0.66×10−3kg・m2.
2.64×10−3kgf・m2.
0.23×10−3
U＝ ≒0.35 0.94×10−3
0.66×10−3 U＝ ≒0.36
2.64×10−3
193
HYPOID MOTOR TA

(4) Confirmation of the starting frequency (4) Confirmation of the starting frequency
According to Table 3 on page 191, the According to Table 3 on page 191, the
allowable starting frequency is 30 times/min, allowable starting frequency is 30 times/min,
which is satisfactory. which is satisfactory.
Ｂ： (1) Calculate the moment of inertia of the load on Ｂ： (1) Calculate the load inertia (GD2) on the conveyor
the conveyor shaft (IC). shaft (GD2C).
IC＝MR2＝150×0.12＝1.5kg・m2 GD2C＝WD2＝150×0.22＝6kgf・m2
(2) Calculate the moment of inertia on the motor shaft (Ir). (2) Calculate the load inertia (GD2) on the motor shaft (GD2r).
1 1
Ir＝IC× GD2r＝GD2C×
i2L i2L
⎞ 1 ⎞ 2 ⎞ 1 ⎞ 2
＝1.5× ⎟ ⎟ ＝6× ⎟ ⎟
⎠ 80 ⎠ ⎠ 80 ⎠
＝0.23×10−3kg・m2 ＝0.94×10−3kgf・m2
(3) Calculate the inertia ratio (U) for the hypoid motor. (3) Calculate the inertia ratio (U) for the hypoid motor.
Ir GD2r
U＝ U＝
IM GD2M
According to Table 2 on page 191, the moment According to Table 2 on page 191, GD2M is
of inertia on the motor shaft (IM) is 2.64×10−3kgf・m2.
−3 2 0.94×10−3
0.66×10 kg・m . U＝ ≒0.36
2.64×10−3
0.23×10−3
U＝ ≒0.35
0.66×10−3 (4) Confirmation of the starting frequency
(4) Confirmation of the starting frequency According to Table 3 on page 191, the
According to Table 3 on page 191, the allowable starting frequency is 6 times/min,
allowable starting frequency is 6 times/min, which is satisfactory.
※ If the allowable starting frequency is not satisfactory, the
which is satisfactory. reducer may be damaged and its life expectancy shortened.
※ If the allowable starting frequency is not satisfactory, the
In such cases, redo model selection and check the
Selection
reducer may be damaged and its life expectancy shortened.
conditions again, or use the selected motor with the starting
In such cases, redo model selection and check the
frequency lowered.
conditions again, or use the selected motor with the starting
frequency lowered. ・ If you cannot lower the starting frequency, the usage
・ If you cannot lower the starting frequency, the usage life will be reduced, so please contact our company.
life will be reduced, so please contact our company. ・ If the inertia ratio is large, we recommend that you
・ If the inertia ratio is large, we recommend that you perform soft starting, using an inverter, etc.
perform soft starting, using an inverter, etc. ５. Confirmation of overhang load (O.H.L.)
５. Confirmation of overhang load (O.H.L.) ¡ When attaching a sprocket, gear or belt to the output
¡ When attaching a sprocket, gear or belt to the output shaft or input shaft, check that the overhang load
shaft or input shaft, check that the overhang load acting on the shaft is less than the allowable
acting on the shaft is less than the allowable overhang load (shown in the specification chart) for
overhang load (shown in the specification chart) for the hypoid motor used. Calculate the O.H.L.
the hypoid motor used. Calculate the O.H.L. 2000TF×f×Lf
O.H.L＝
2000TF×f×Lf DS
O.H.L＝
DS Ａ：Assuming that the load acts on the midpoint of the
Ａ：Assuming that the load acts on the midpoint of the length of the shaft, the following is obtained from
length of the shaft, the following is obtained from Table 4 and Table 5 on page 191.
Table 4 and Table 5 on page 191. f＝1 Lf＝1
f＝1 Lf＝1 P.C.D. of RS60-13T = 79.6 mm
P.C.D. of RS60-13T = 79.6 mm O.H.L＝
2000×1.25×1×1
2000×12.2×1×1 79.6
O.H.L＝
79.6 ＝31.4kgf
＝307N Check that the calculated O.H.L. is less than the
Check that the calculated O.H.L. is less than the allowable O.H.L.
allowable O.H.L. Since the allowable O.H.L. shown in the
Since the allowable O.H.L. shown in the characteristics chart is 165kgf, the calculated
characteristics chart is 1617 N, the calculated O.H.L. is within the limit.
O.H.L. is within the limit. Ｂ：Assuming that the load acts on a position located
Ｂ：Assuming that the load acts on a position located away from the hollow output shaft end by r as
away from the hollow output shaft end by r as shown in the figure below, the following is obtained.
shown in the figure below, the following is obtained. f＝1 Lf＝1
f＝1 Lf＝1 O.H.L＝
2000×2.25×1×1
2000×22.1×1×1 200
O.H.L＝
200 ＝22.5kgf
＝221N Check that the calculated O.H.L. is less than the
Check that the calculated O.H.L. is less than the allowable O.H.L.
allowable O.H.L. Because the allowable O.H.L. shown in the
Because the allowable O.H.L. shown in the specification chart is 230kgf, the calculated O.H.L.
specification chart is 2254 N, the calculated is within the limit.
※ If the calculated O.H.L. exceeds the allowable O.H.L., shift
O.H.L. is within the limit. the load acting position toward the base of the output shaft,
※ If the calculated O.H.L. exceeds the allowable O.H.L., shift
use a sprocket with longer P.C.D., or select a larger hypoid
the load acting position toward the base of the output shaft,
motor.
use a sprocket with longer P.C.D., or select a larger hypoid
motor.
194
HYPOID MOTOR TA

６. Determination of model number ６. Determination of model number
The models that satisfy the above-mentioned mounting The models that satisfy the above-mentioned mounting
method, power supply, immediate stopping method, power supply, immediate stopping
requirements, torque, reduction ratio, starting frequency requirements, torque, reduction ratio, starting frequency
and O.H.L. are as follows: and O.H.L. are as follows:
Brake-type hypoid motors Brake-type hypoid motors
Ａ：HMTA010-19L40RB Ａ：HMTA010-19L40RB
Ｂ：HMTA010-30H80B Ｂ：HMTA010-30H80B
Cautions for selection of a hollow shaft type Overhang load (O.H.L.)

O.H.L. overload position
The allowable O.H.L. values for the following dimensions are shown in the specification charts (pages 131
to 134).
HMTA010-30H5∼200 r 9 13.7 18 27 36 Reference length

HMTA100-30H5∼200 Q 36
Overload
HMTA010-30H300∼480
position
HMTA020-30H5∼200 r 10.5 16 21 31.5 42
HMTA040-30H5∼50
HMTA100-30H300∼480 Q 42
HMTA200-30H5∼200 Drive shaft
HMTA010-35H600∼1200
Selection
HMTA020-35H300∼480 r 14.5 22 29 43.5 58

HMTA040-35H60∼200
HMTA075-35H5∼50
Hollow output shaft
HMTA100-35H600∼1200 Q 58
HMTA200-35H300∼480 In-low section
HMTA020-45H600∼1200
Mounting surface
HMTA040-45H300∼480 r 16.5 25.1 33 49.5 66
HMTA075-45H60∼200
HMTA150-45H5∼80
HMTA220-45H5∼60 Q 66
HMTA200-45H600∼1200
HMTA040-55H600∼1200
HMTA075-55H300∼480 r 20.1 31.1 41 61.5 82
HMTA150-55H100∼200
HMTA220-55H80∼120
HMTA370-55H5∼60 Q 82
HMTA550-55H5∼40
r/Q 0.25 0.38 0.5 0.75 1
Lf 0.8 0.9 1 1.5 2
195
Hypoid Motor TA Series Others
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Special products
We manufacture special products in addition to our standard products. Please place orders for special products, using
option and specification codes.
For instance, the following specifications are available. For an explanation of model numbers, refer to pages 127 and 128.
①Outdoor motor type ②Special voltage motor type ③Inverter motor type
④Ready for CE, UL, CCC (Consult us for details) ⑤One-touch brake manual release type
⑥Specification of terminal box position ⑦Paint color
⑧Encoder type (described in the section for gear motors) ⑨POWER-LOCK type
⑩Shock Relay specification (hypoid motor, gear motor) ⑪Special hollow shaft hole diameter
⑪Manual shaft type (0.1 kW to 0.75 kW) (described in the section for gear motors)
In addition, steel plate fan covers, steel plate terminal boxes, lead wire lagging, etc., are available for 0.1 kW to 0.75 kW models;
special variable voltage, hot-zone-passing processing, class B insulation, class F insulation, cold-resistant types, heat-resistant
types, etc., are available for 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW models.
■Inverter motor type

(Optimum for inverter driving)
0.1kW∼1.5kW 5.5kW
Quick-delivery
100 made-to-order product
maximum torque
︶
％ 2.2kW、3.7kW
︵
★Exactly the same
Output torque
50 size as the standard

product
Others
★Quick delivery time of
one week
6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 ★Low price
An inverter-ready motor optimum for inverter driving is coupled directly.

At frequencies of 6 to 60 Hz, constant-torque running can be performed with the torque at a frequency of
60 Hz being used as the continuous running torque.
For the 2.2 kW and 3.7 kW devices, reduction of torque is produced at frequencies of 10 Hz or less. (90%
torque at a frequency of 6 Hz.)
・At frequencies of 60 to 120 Hz, as with the standard motor, there is a characteristic zone with constant
horsepower and the output torque is limited. Care should therefore be taken with the load torque.
・Be sure to adjust the output voltage of the inverter so that the input voltage from the inverter to the
motor conforms to the voltage and frequency indicated on the nameplate.
・If 100% torque is required at low frequencies, apply a torque boost with the inverter as necessary.
Continuous operation for a long time with too much torque boost applied will cause overheating, which
should be avoided.
・The motor may resonate depending on the revolution speed and frequency. When operating continuously,
avoid the resonance frequency by, for example, changing the carrier frequency setting of the inverter.
・When the load is low, at the time of a trial run, for example, the current may become large at low
frequencies. This is due to motor characteristics and does not indicate an abnormal condition.
It is possible to decrease the current by changing the setting of the inverter (reducing the torque boost,
reducing the V/F ratio and adjusting the torque vector).
・In order to prevent the motor from overheating, use an electronic thermal relay adjusted to the general
・For the brake-types, refer to the wiring diagram on page 190. If braking is performed at high frequencies
above 60 Hz, mechanical damage or excessive wear on the lining of the brake will be caused. Therefore,
be sure to perform braking at frequencies of 60 Hz or less.
196
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■POWER-LOCK type (made-to-order products for other than the standard shaft hole diameter)
Attaching the POWER-LOCK of external tightening type to the hollow shaft will realize keyless coupling easily.
Features
（1）Keyway not necessary
A keyway in the drive shaft is not necessary.
（2）Easy coupling and decoupling
Since no key is used, installation and removal can be performed easily.
（3）Connection remains tight and secure
Strong frictional coupling makes it unnecessary to take troublesome measures against becoming
detached or loose.
（4）No backlash and no fretting corrosion
Because of keyless coupling, the drive shaft and hollow shaft are free of backlash.
Recommended models
0.1kW∼0.75kW 1/5∼1/200
1.5kW 1/5∼1/80
Specifications
１. Because the characteristics (allowable output shaft torque, allowable output shaft O.H.L., dimensions,
etc.) of the hypoid motor are the same as those of the standard hollow-shaft-type hypoid motor, refer
to the values shown on those pages.
Others
２. For selection of a hypoid motor model and the notes on handing of the hypoid motor and POWER-LOCK,
refer to the descriptions and the instruction manual for the standard product.
Mounting list
B
φA
φC
D
E
φS
Drive shaft
Unit:mm
Capacity Power lock model Tightening torque MA
Reduction ratio φS φA φC E D B Bolt size
kW H7
number N・m｛kgf・m｝
0.1 1/5∼1/200
0.2 1/5∼1/200 30 36 72 38 160 150 PL036×072SL M6×20 11.8 {1.2}
1/5∼1/50
0.4
1/60∼1/200
35 44 80 40 188 178 PL044×080SL M6×20 11.8 {1.2}
1/5∼1/50
0.75
1/60∼1/200
45 55 100 45 210 200 PL055×100SL M6×25 11.8 {1.2}
1.5 1/5∼1/80
Note 1) The drive shaft to be coupled to the hypoid motor hollow shaft should have a dimensional tolerance of φS h6, a finish
length of dimension E or longer and a surface roughness of 12 S or less. The finished surface of the drive shaft should
be located within the range indicated by E.
Note 2) For 0.1 to 0.4 kW and 1/5 to 1/50 of 0.75 kW, a special safety cap is available.
197
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Shock Relay specification (hypoid motor, gear motor)

If the motor current exceeds the set value due to an overload, the shock relay functions after a given time to stop the
motor directly, thus protecting the machinery.
Features
●The dedicated Shock Relay is included in the terminal box: only wiring of the motor power supply is
required.
●The Shock Relay detects the motor current and functions instantaneously to protect the reducer and
machinery.
●The load current and shock time can be set, enabling appropriate protection.
Note 1) Shock Relays ready for 400 V level and CE marking are not available.
Note 2) The shock relay cannot be used for inverter driving.
■Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature 0∼40℃
No limitations on mounting angles:

Mounting direction
horizontal, vertical or inclined
2
4.9m/s ｛0.5G｝or less
Vibration
（20∼50Hz）
■Hypoid motor ■Gear motor
Others
model list model list
Reduction ratio / Reduction ratio /
Capacity 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW Capacity 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW
1/5 ● ● ● 1/5 ● ● ●
1/10 ● ● ● 1/10 ● ● ●
1/15 ● ● ● 1/15 ● ● ●
1/20 ● ● ● 1/20 ● ● ●
1/25 ● ● ● 1/25 ● ● ●
1/30 ● ● ● 1/30 ● ● ●
1/40 ● ● ● 1/40 ● ● ●
1/50 ● ● ● 1/50 ● ● ●
1/60 ● ● ● 1/60 ● ● ●
1/80 ● ● ● 1/75 ● ● ●
1/100 ● ● ● 1/100 ● ● ●
1/120 ● ● ● 1/120 ● ● ●
1/160 ● ● ● 1/165 ● ● ●
1/200 ● ● ● 1/200 ● ● ●
1/300 ● ● ● 1/300 ● ● ●
1/360 ● ● ● 1/360 ● ● ●
1/480 ● ● ● 1/450 ● ● ●
1/600 ● ● ● 1/600 ● ● ●
1/720 ● ● ● 1/720 ● ● ●
1/960 ● ● ● 1/1000 ● ● ●
1/1200 ● ● ● 1/1200 ● ● ●
Example of model number：HMTＡ010-30H50SR Example of model number：GMTＡ010-18L50SR
Indoor, non-brake, standard shaft arrangement and mounting type. Indoor, non-brake, standard shaft arrangement and mounting type.
■Terminal box dimension list (All other dimensions are the standard except for the terminal box)
２−φ２１
Ｘ 49.5 126.5 121
（mm）
ゴムキャップ
Dimension X
5.5 28.5
Motor capacity 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW
131
106
102
X 3.0 41.0 41.0

※The 0.1 kW motor has no fan or fan cover.
198
HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Shaft diameter available for hollow shaft type

(The power lock type for other than the standard shaft hole diameter is a made-to-order product.)
Shaft diameter (H8) tolerance
Motor Reduction
Model number S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
capacity ratio φ20 φ25 φ30 φ35 φ40 φ45 φ50 φ55
HMTA010-30H5（B）
∼480（B） 0.1 kW 1/5∼1/480
HMTA020-30H5（B）
∼200（B） 0.2 kW 1/5∼1/200
HMTA040-30H5（B）
∼50（B） 0.4 kW 1/5∼1/50 ○ ○ ●
HMTA100-30H5（B）
∼480（B） 100W 1/5∼1/480
HMTA200-30H5（B）
∼200（B） 200W 1/5∼1/200
HMTA010-35H600（B）
∼1200（B） 0.1 kW 1/600∼1/1200
HMTA020-35H300（B）
∼480（B） 0.2 kW 1/300∼1/480
HMTA040-35H60（B）
∼200（B） 0.4 kW 1/60∼1/200
○ ○ ●
HMTA075-35H5（B）
∼50（B） 0.75kW 1/5∼1/50
HMTA100-35H600（B）
∼1200（B） 100W 1/60∼1/1200
HMTA200-35H300（B）
∼480（B） 200W 1/300∼1/480
HMTA020-45H600（B）
∼1200（B） 0.2 kW 1/600∼1/1200
HMTA040-45H300（B）
∼480（B） 0.4 kW 1/300∼1/480
HMTA075-45H60（B）
∼200（B） 0.75kW 1/60∼1/200
○ ○ ○ ●
HMTA150-45H5（B）
∼80（B） 1.5 kW 1/5∼1/80
HMTA220-45H5（B）
∼60（B） 2.2 kW 1/5∼1/60
HMTA200-45H600（B）
∼1200（B） 200W 1/600∼1/1200
HMTA040-55H600（B）
∼1200（B） 0.4 kW 1/600∼1/1200
HMTA075-55H300（B）
∼480（B） 0.75kW 1/300∼1/480
HMTA150-55H100（B）
∼200（B） 1.5 kW 1/100∼1/200
○ ○ ○ ●
Others
HMTA220-55H80（B）
∼120（B） 2.2 kW 1/80∼1/120
HMTA370-55H5（B）
∼60（B） 3.7 kW 1/5∼1/60
HMTA550-55H5（B）
∼40（B） 5.5 kW 1/5∼1/40
Also applies to the adapter and inline reducer types. ●Standard product ○Quick delivery product
The key size corresponding to each hole diameter is as shown below.

{The key used is JIS B1301-1976 (New JIS key).}
Shaft diameter Key
φ20 6×6
φ25 8×7
φ30 8×7 For hole diameters other than those shown here,
φ35 10×8 please consult with us.
φ40 12×8
φ45 14×9
φ50 14×9
φ55 16×10
199
Hypoid Motor TA Series
Adapter type HYPOID MOTOR TA
■Adapter-type reducer
(1) This reducer has an adapter flange to which a motor can be attached.
Special motors other than our standard motors can be attached to it easily.
・Motors of other makers
・Explosion-proof motors
・Other special motors
(2) This reducer can be matched to motors conforming to the IEC standard and JEM standard.
・The flange dimensions and shaft dimensions are adjusted accordingly.
・This reducer is ready for keyless D-cut shafts for 0.2 kW or less.
(3) For servomotors, DC motors, etc., that have special flange dimensions and shaft dimensions, we can
manufacture reducers suitable for them as made-to-order products. Please contact us in such cases.
(4) We ask you to attach the motor to the reducer on your part. The motor mounting bolt and spring washer
Structure
are included with the product.
(5) If you want us to attach the motor before shipment, please contact our company.
■Structure
■HRTA075-30L5RFI
１．L Case
２．Motor flange
３．Flange
４．Adapter input shaft with pinion
５．1st stage wheel
20 19 ６．2nd stage pinion
７．Output shaft with wheel
８．2nd shaft
９．Cover
10．Bearing (input shaft case side)
11．Bearing (input shaft motor
flange side)
12．Bearing (2nd shaft cover side)
13．Bearing (2nd shaft case side)
14．Bearing (output shaft)
15．Oil seal (input shaft)
17．Seal cap
18．O-ring
19．Filter
20．Shim
■Cautions in attaching the motor

(1) Wipe rust, dust, rust preventive oil, etc., off the motor shaft.
(2) When attaching the motor, do not hit the motor or reducer and do not force by the use of a bolt. If undue
force is applied, the key may move, causing damage to the bearing, abnormal noise, etc.
(3) Since the adapter-type reducer does not come with a key for the input shaft, use the key supplied with
the motor. However, the 0.1 kW and 0.2 kW Hypoid motor come with a key.
200
Number Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable
Model
4P motor Actual reduction
of
revolution speed Outline dimension
capacity
reduction steps r/min N・m ｛kgf・m｝ N・m ｛kgf・m｝ O.H.L.
number equivalence
ratio L U・H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N ｛kgf｝ Foot mount type Face mount type Hollow shaft type
5FI 1/5 300 360 2.7 ｛0.28｝ 2.4 ｛0.24｝ 588｛ 60｝
10FI 1/10 150 180 5.6 ｛0.57｝ 4.6 ｛0.47｝ 980｛100｝
15FI 1/15 100 120 8.3 ｛0.85｝ 7.0 ｛0.71｝ 1078｛110｝ Drawing
20FI 1/20 75 90 10.8 ｛ 1.1｝ 9.3 ｛0.95｝ 1176｛120｝ 1
25FI 1/25 2 2 60 72 13.7 ｛ 1.4｝ 11.8 ｛1.2 ｝ 1274｛130｝Frame number
19
30FI 1/30 50 60 16.7 ｛ 1.7｝ 13.7 ｛1.4 ｝ 1421｛145｝
Drawing Drawing
HRTA 40FI 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 ｛ 2.3｝ 18.6 ｛1.9 ｝ 1617｛165｝
0.1 3 4
010 50FI 1/50 30 36 27.4 ｛ 2.8｝ 23.5 ｛2.4 ｝ 1862｛190｝ Frame number Frame number
60FI 1/60 25 30 31.4 ｛ 3.2｝ 26.5 ｛2.7 ｝ 2009｛205｝ 24 30
80FI 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 ｛ 4.3｝ 35.3 ｛3.6 ｝ 2254｛230｝ Drawing
100FI 1/100 15 18 52.9 ｛ 5.4｝ 44.1 ｛4.5 ｝ 2548｛260｝ 2
120FI 1/120 3 3 12.5 15 63.7 ｛ 6.5｝ 52.9 ｛5.4 ｝ 2793｛285｝ Frame number
24
160FI 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 ｛ 8.6｝ 70.6 ｛7.2 ｝ 3332｛340｝
200FI 1/200 7.5 9 106 ｛10.8｝ 88.2 ｛9.0 ｝ 3332｛340｝
5FI 1/5 300 360 5.6 ｛0.57｝ 4.6 ｛0.47｝ 588｛ 60｝
10FI 1/10 150 180 10.8 ｛ 1.1｝ 9.3 ｛0.95｝ 980｛100｝
15FI 1/15 100 120 16.7 ｛ 1.7｝ 13.7 ｛ 1.4｝ 1078｛110｝
Specification Chart
Drawing
20FI 1/20 75 90 22.5 ｛ 2.3｝ 18.6 ｛ 1.9｝ 1176｛120｝
5
25FI 1/25 2 2 60 72 27.4 ｛ 2.8｝ 23.5 ｛ 2.4｝ 1274｛130｝Frame number
30FI 1/30 50 60 33.3 ｛ 3.4｝ 27.4 ｛ 2.8｝ 1421｛145｝ 19
Drawing Drawing
HRTA 40FI 1/40 37.5 45 44.1 ｛ 4.5｝ 37.2 ｛ 3.8｝ 1617｛165｝ 7 8
0.2
020 50FI 1/50 30 36 55.9 ｛ 5.7｝ 46.1 ｛ 4.7｝ 1862｛190｝ Frame number Frame number
28 30
60FI 1/60 25 30 66.6 ｛ 6.8｝ 54.9 ｛ 5.6｝ 2009｛205｝
80FI 1/80 18.8 22.5 84.3 ｛ 8.6｝ 70.6 ｛ 7.2｝ 2254｛230｝ Drawing
100FI 1/100 15 18 106 ｛10.8｝ 88.2 ｛ 9.0｝ 2548｛260｝ 6
120FI 1/120 3 3 12.5 15 126 ｛12.9｝ 106 ｛10.8｝ 2793｛285｝Frame number
28
160FI 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 ｛17.2｝ 140 ｛14.3｝ 3332｛340｝
※ ※ ※ ※
200FI 1/200 7.5 9 169 ｛17.2｝ 169 ｛17.2｝ 3332｛340｝
5FI 1/5 300 360 10.8 ｛ 1.1｝ 9.3 ｛0.95｝ 931｛ 95｝
10FI 1/10 150 180 22.5 ｛ 2.3｝ 18.6 ｛ 1.9｝ 1568｛160｝
15FI 1/15 100 120 33.3 ｛ 3.4｝ 27.4 ｛ 2.8｝ 1715｛175｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
20FI 1/20 75 90 44.1 ｛ 4.5｝ 37.2 ｛ 3.8｝ 1862｛190｝ 9 11 13
2 2
25FI 1/25 60 72 55.9 ｛ 5.7｝ 46.1 ｛ 4.7｝ 2009｛205｝Frame number Frame number Frame number
24 28 30
30FI 1/30 50 60 66.6 ｛ 6.8｝ 55.9 ｛ 5.7｝ 2205｛225｝
◎ ◎
HRTA 40FI 1/40 37.5 45 89.2 ｛ 9.1｝ ◎ 74.5 ｛
◎
7.6｝ 2450｛250｝
0.4
040 50FI 1/50 30 36 ◎
112 ◎
｛11.4｝ ◎ ◎
93.1 ｛ 9.5｝ 2793｛285｝
H 60FI 1/60 25 30 126 ｛12.9｝ 106 ｛10.8｝ 3038｛310｝
M-1 80FI 1/80 18.8 22.5 169 ｛17.2｝ 141 ｛14.4｝ 3479｛355｝
3 3 Drawing Drawing Drawing
M-2 100FI 1/100 15 18 212 ｛21.6｝ 176 ｛18.0｝ 3920｛400｝ 10 12 14
M-3
120FI 1/120 12.5 15 254 ｛25.9｝ 212 ｛21.6｝ 4410｛450｝Frame number Frame number Frame number
M-4 38 38 35
160FI 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 ｛34.5｝ 281 ｛28.7｝ 4410｛450｝
0.1 ※ ※
200FI 1/200 7.5 9 374 ｛38.2｝ 312 ｛31.8｝ 4410｛450｝
0.2
0.4 (Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
(Note 2) The output shaft revolution is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
(Note 3) For "T" output shaft arrangements where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the
table above. In addition, the O.H.L. of one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
(Note 4) The values marked with "◎" in the table above are for 2-step reduction. For the U type with 3-step reduction, the values shown below are applied.
1/40 37.5 45 84.3 ｛ 8.6｝ 70.6 ｛7.2｝

0.4 2 3
1/50 30 36 106 ｛10.8｝ 88.2 ｛9.0｝
(Note 5) For "T" output shaft arrangements, the phases of the key ways of the right and left output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
201
Number Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable
4P motor Actual of
revolution speed Outline dimension
Model reduction
capacity reduction steps r/min N・m ｛kgf・m｝ N・m ｛kgf・m｝ O.H.L.
number equivalence
ratio
L U・H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N ｛kgf｝ Foot mount type Face mount type Hollow shaft type
5FI 1/5 300 360 20.6 ｛ 2.1｝ 17.6 ｛ 1.8｝1519｛155｝
10FI 1/10 150 180 42.1 ｛ 4.3｝ 34.3 ｛ 3.5｝2205｛225｝
15FI 1/15 100 120 62.7 ｛ 6.4｝ 51.9 ｛ 5.3｝2401｛245｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
20FI 1/20 75 90 83.3 ｛ 8.5｝ 69.6 ｛ 7.1｝2646｛270｝ 15 17 19
2 2
25FI 1/25 60 72 104 ｛10.6｝ 87.2 ｛ 8.9｝2891｛295｝Frame number Frame number Frame number
30 38 35
30FI 1/30 50 60 125 ｛12.8｝ 104 ｛10.6｝3136｛320｝
◎ ◎
HRTA 40FI 1/40 37.5 45 167 ｛17.0｝◎ 139 ◎
｛14.2｝3626｛370｝
0.75
075 50FI 1/50 30 36 ◎
209 ◎
｛21.3｝◎ 173 ◎
｛17.7｝4116｛420｝
60FI 1/60 25 30 238 ｛24.3｝ 198 ｛20.2｝4508｛460｝
80FI 1/80 18.8 22.5 317 ｛32.3｝ 264 ｛26.9｝5390｛550｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
100FI 1/100 15 18 396 ｛40.4｝ 330 ｛33.7｝6272｛640｝ 16 18 20
3 3
120FI 1/120 12.5 15 475 ｛48.5｝ 396 ｛40.4｝6272｛640｝Frame number Frame number Frame number
42 42 45
160FI 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 ｛63.4｝ 517 ｛52.8｝6272｛640｝
※ ※
200FI 1/200 7.5 9 621 ｛63.4｝※ 621 ※
｛63.4｝6272｛640｝
5FI 1/5 300 360 41.2 ｛ 4.2｝ 34.3 ｛ 3.5｝2058｛210｝
10FI 1/10 150 180 83.3 ｛ 8.5｝ 69.6 ｛ 7.1｝2842｛290｝
15FI 1/15 100 120 124 ｛12.7｝ 104 ｛10.6｝3234｛330｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
2 2
HRTA 20FI 1/20 75 90 166 ｛16.9｝ 138 ｛14.1｝3626｛370｝ 21 22 23
1.5
Specification Chart
150 25FI 1/25 60 72 208 ｛21.2｝ 173 ｛17.7｝4018｛410｝Frame number Frame number Frame number
42 42 45
30FI 1/30 50 60 249 ｛25.4｝ 208 ｛21.2｝4508｛460｝
40FI 1/40 37.5 45 317 ｛32.3｝ 264 ｛26.9｝5292｛540｝
3 3
50FI 1/50 30 36 396 ｛40.4｝ 330 ｛33.7｝6076｛620｝
(Note 2) The output shaft revolution is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
(Note 3) For "T" output shaft arrangements where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the
table above. In addition, the O.H.L. of one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
1/40 37.5 45 159 ｛16.2｝ 132 ｛13.5｝

0.75 2 3
1/50 30 36 198 ｛20.2｝ 165 ｛16.8｝
(Note 5) For "T" output shaft arrangements, the phases of the key ways of the output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Dimensions of input section
0.1 kW ~ 0.2 kW 0.4 kW ~ 0.75 kW 1.5 kW

(D-cut shaft)
H
M-5
M-6
M-7
M-8
0.75
1.5
（mm）
Motor output A B C D E F G H I
0.1 kW 110G7 25 14 5 10 – 4-M8 130 11F7

0.2 kW 110G7 25 14 5 10 – 4-M8 130 11F7
0.4 kW 110G7 32 14 5 16.3 5 4-M8 130 14F7
0.75 kW 130G7 42 20 5 21.8 6 4-M10 165 19F7
1.5 kW 130G7 52 16 5 27.3 8 4-M10 165 24F7
202
Adapter type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions
L
1 0.1kW HRTA010-19L5∼50 TR FI
L
2 0.1kW HRTA010-24L60∼200 RT FI 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Outline Dimensions
3 0.1kW HRTA010-24U5∼200ST FI 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
L.U.H
1 Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP
2
3
4 4 0.1kW HRTA010-30H5∼200 FI 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
0.1 Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：9.5kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P201 Options→P184
Details of
hollow output shaft
Note) For "T" output shaft arrangements, the phases of the key ways of the output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
203
L
5 0.2kW HRTA020-19L5∼50 TR FI
Reduction ratio：5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight：6.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P201
L
6 0.2kW HRTA020-28L60∼200 RT FI 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Outline Dimensions
7 0.2kW HRTA020-28U5∼200 T FI
S
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
L.U.H
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP 5
6
7
8 0.2kW HRTA020-30H5∼200FI 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200 8
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：9.5kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P201 Options→P184 0.2
Details of
hollow output shaft

204
L
9 0.4kW HRTA040-24L5∼50 TR FI
L
10 0.4kW HRTA040-38L60∼200 RT FI
Outline Dimensions
11 0.4kW HRTA040-28U5∼50 ST FI 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
L.U 4-M8 bolt through-hole

9
10
11
12 12 0.4kW HRTA040-38U60∼200 ST FI
0.4 Reduction ratio：60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：15.5kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P201

205 Note) For "T" output shaft arrangements, the phases of the key ways of the output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
13 0.4kW HRTA040-30H5∼50FI 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50
Details of
hollow output shaft
14 0.4kW HRTA040-35H60∼200FI
Reduction ratio： 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：13.5kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P201 Options→P184
Outline Dimensions
Details of
hollow output shaft
H
13
14
0.4
206
L
15 0.75kW HRTA075-30L5∼50 TR FI
L
16 0.75kW HRTA075-42L60∼200 RT FI
Outline Dimensions
（231）
197
17 0.75kW HRTA075-38U5∼50 ST FI 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50

L.U
15
16
17
18 18 0.75kW HRTA075-42U60∼200 ST FI
0.75 Reduction ratio： 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：27.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P202

207
19 0.75kW HRTA075-35H5∼50FI 1/5∼1/30 、 140∼1/50
Reduction ratio：5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight：16.5kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P202 Options→P184

Details of
hollow output shaft
20 0.75kW HRTA075-45H60∼200FI

Outline Dimensions
Details of
hollow output shaft
H
19
20
0.75
208
L
21 1.5kW HRTA150-42L5∼50 TR FI 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
（231）
197
22 1.5kW HRTA150-42U5∼50 ST FI 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
Outline Dimensions

23 1.5kW HRTA150-45H5∼50FI 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
Reduction ratio：5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight：24.5kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P202 Options→P184
Details of
hollow output shaft
L.U.H 4-M12 bolt through-hole

21
22
23 Note) The phases of the key ways of the output and input shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely. For "T" output shaft arrangements,
the phases of the key ways of the output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
1.5
209
Inline reducer type HYPOID MOTOR TA
The double shaft type is an independent reducer corresponding to the reducer section of the hypoid motor.
Use it in the following cases.
①When only a reducer is necessary
②When the reducer is driven by a device other than special motors and electric motors
③When the input revolution speed is different from the motor revolution speed.
■Structure
１．L case
■HRTA075-30L5R ２．R bracket
３．Flange
４．Input shaft with pinion
５．1st stage wheel
６．2nd stage pinion
20 19
７．Output shaft with wheel
８．2nd shaft
９．Cover
10．Bearing (input shaft case side)
11．Bearing (input shaft R bracket
side)
12．Bearing (2nd stage cover side)
13．Bearing (2nd stage case side)
14．Bearing (output shaft)
15．Oil seal (input shaft)
17．Seal cap
18．O-ring
19．Filter
Structure
20．Shim
■Relation between input shaft revolution speed and allowable output shaft torque
The allowable output shaft torque shown in the specification chart is for an input shaft revolution speed of
1500 r/min.
When the input shaft revolution speed is other than 1500 r/min, the values shown in the specification
chart should be multiplied by the torque correction coefficient shown in the figure below to obtain the
allowable output shaft torque.
Allowable output shaft torque correction coefficient by input shaft revolution speed
Torque correction coefficient
Input shaft revolution speed（r/min）
(Note 1) The correction coefficient shown in the figure above is also applied to the allowable input/output shaft O.H.L.
(Note 2) If the device is to be used as a step-up gear, please contact our company.
(Example)
When the HRTA010-19L50L is used at an input shaft revolution speed of 2500 r/min, the allowable output shaft torque
and allowable input/output shaft O.H.L. of this model are as shown below.
According to the figure above, the correction coefficient for an input shaft revolution speed of 2500 r/min is 0.65.
Allowable output shaft torque = 24.7×0.65 = 17.81 N
{2.8×0.65 = 1.82 kgf・m}
Allowable input shaft O.H.L. = 96.0×0.65 = 62.4 N
{9.8×0.65 = 6.37 kgf}
Allowable output shaft O.H.L. = 1862×0.65 = 1210.3 N
{190×0.65 = 123.5 kgf} 210
Allowable output shaft
4P motor Number of Allowable input/output shaft O.H.L. Outline dimension
Actual reduction
torque at input shaft
Model capacity revolution speed of
equivalence reduction steps 1500 r/min Input shaft Output shaft Foot Face Hollow
number
kW ratio mount type mount type shaft type
L U・H N・m ｛kgf・m｝ N ｛kgf｝ N ｛kgf｝
5 1/5 2.7 ｛0.28｝ 588 ｛ 60｝
10 1/10 5.6 ｛0.57｝ 980 ｛100｝
15 1/15 8.3 ｛0.85｝ 1078 ｛110｝ Drawing
20 1/20 10.8 ｛ 1.1｝ 1176 ｛120｝ 24
25 1/25 2 2 13.7 ｛ 1.4｝ 1274 ｛130｝ Frame number
30 1/30 16.7 ｛ 1.7｝ 1421 ｛145｝ 19 Drawing Drawing
HRTA 40 1/40 22.5 ｛ 2.3｝ 1617 ｛165｝ 26 27
0.1 96.0 ｛9.8｝
010 50 1/50 27.4 ｛ 2.8｝ 1862 ｛190｝ Frame number Frame number
60 1/60 31.4 ｛ 3.2｝ 2009 ｛205｝ 24 30
80 1/80 42.1 ｛ 4.3｝ 2254 ｛230｝ Drawing
100 1/100 52.9 ｛ 5.4｝ 2548 ｛260｝ 25
120 1/120 3 3 63.7 ｛ 6.5｝ 2793 ｛285｝ Frame number
160 1/160 84.3 ｛ 8.6｝ 3332 ｛340｝ 24
200 1/200 106 ｛10.8｝ 3332 ｛340｝
5 1/5 5.6 ｛0.57｝ 588 ｛ 60｝
10 1/10 10.8 ｛ 1.1｝ 980 ｛100｝
15 1/15 16.7 ｛ 1.7｝ 1078 ｛110｝
Specification Chart
Drawing
20 1/20 22.5 ｛ 2.3｝ 1176 ｛120｝
28
25 1/25 27.4 ｛ 2.8｝ 1274 ｛130｝
2 2 Frame number
30 1/30 33.3 ｛ 3.4｝ 1421 ｛145｝ Drawing Drawing
19
HRTA 40 1/40 44.1 ｛ 4.5｝ 1617 ｛165｝ 30 31
0.2 147 ｛15｝
020 50 1/50 55.9 ｛ 5.7｝ 1862 ｛190｝ Frame number Frame number
60 1/60 66.6 ｛ 6.8｝ 2009 ｛205｝ 28 30
80 1/80 84.3 ｛ 8.6｝ 2254 ｛230｝ Drawing
100 1/100 106 ｛10.8｝ 2548 ｛260｝ 29
120 1/120 3 3 126 ｛12.9｝ 2793 ｛285｝ Frame number
160 1/160 169 ｛17.2｝ 3332 ｛340｝ 28
※ ※
200 1/200 169 ｛17.2｝ 3332 ｛340｝
5 1/5 10.8 ｛ 1.1｝ 931 ｛ 95｝
10 1/10 22.5 ｛ 2.3｝ 1568 ｛160｝
15 1/15 33.3 ｛ 3.4｝ 1715 ｛175｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
20 1/20 44.1 ｛ 4.5｝ 1862 ｛190｝ 32 34 36
2 2
25 1/25 55.9 ｛ 5.7｝ 2009 ｛205｝ Frame number Frame number Frame number
30 1/30 66.6 ｛ 6.8｝ 2205 ｛225｝ 24 28 30
◎ ◎
HRTA 40 1/40 89.2 ｛ 9.1｝ 2450 ｛250｝
0.4 235 ｛24｝
040 50 1/50 ◎
112 ◎
｛11.4｝ 2793 ｛285｝
H 60 1/60 126 ｛12.9｝ 3038 ｛310｝
M-1 80 1/80 169 ｛17.2｝ 3479 ｛355｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing

3 3
M-2 100 1/100 212 ｛21.6｝ 3920 ｛400｝ 33 35 37
M-3 120 1/120 254 ｛25.9｝ 4410 ｛450｝ Frame number Frame number Frame number
M-4
160 1/160 338 ｛34.5｝ 4410 ｛450｝ 38 38 35
0.1 200 1/200 ※
374 ※
｛38.2｝ 4410 ｛450｝
0.2
0.4 (Note 2) For "T" output shaft arrangements where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in
the table above.
Furthermore, the O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
1/40 84.3 ｛ 8.6｝

0.4 2 3
1/50 106 ｛10.8｝
(Note 4) The phases of the key ways of the output and input shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely. For "T" output shaft arrangements, the phases of
the key ways of the output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
211
Number of Allowable output shaft
Allowable input/output shaft O.H.L. Outline dimension
4P motor Actual reduction torque at input shaft
Model capacity
steps
revolution speed of
equivalence
reduction 1500 r/min Input shaft Output shaft Foot Face Hollow
number
kW ratio mount type mount type shaft type
L U・H N・m ｛kgf・m｝ N ｛kgf｝ N ｛kgf｝
5 1/5 20.6 ｛ 2.1｝ 1519 ｛155｝
10 1/10 42.1 ｛ 4.3｝ 2205 ｛225｝
15 1/15 62.7 ｛ 6.4｝ 2401 ｛245｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
20 1/20 83.3 ｛ 8.5｝ 2646 ｛270｝ 38 40 42
2 2
25 1/25 104 ｛10.6｝ 2891 ｛295｝ Frame number Frame number Frame number
30 1/30 125 ｛12.8｝ 3136 ｛320｝ 30 38 35
◎ ◎
HRTA 40 1/40 167 ｛17.0｝ 3626 ｛370｝
0.75 353 ｛36｝
075 50 1/50 ◎
209 ◎
｛21.3｝ 4116 ｛420｝
60 1/60 238 ｛24.3｝ 4508 ｛460｝
80 1/80 317 ｛32.3｝ 5390 ｛550｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
100 1/100 396 ｛40.4｝ 6272 ｛640｝ 39 41 43
3 3
120 1/120 475 ｛48.5｝ 6272 ｛640｝ Frame number Frame number Frame number
160 1/160 621 ｛63.4｝ 6272 ｛640｝ 42 42 45
※ ※
200 1/200 621 ｛63.4｝ 6272 ｛640｝
5 1/5 41.2 ｛ 4.2｝ 2058 ｛210｝
10 1/10 83.3 ｛ 8.5｝ 2842 ｛290｝
15 1/15 124 ｛12.7｝ 3234 ｛330｝ Drawing Drawing Drawing
Specification Chart
2 2
HRTA 20 1/20 166 ｛16.9｝ 3626 ｛370｝ 44 45 46
1.5 568 ｛58｝
150 25 1/25 208 ｛21.2｝ 4018 ｛410｝ Frame number Frame number Frame number
30 1/30 249 ｛25.4｝ 4508 ｛460｝ 42 42 45
40 1/40 317 ｛32.3｝ 5292 ｛540｝
3 3
50 1/50 396 ｛40.4｝ 6076 ｛620｝
(Note 2) For "T" output shaft arrangements where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in
the table above.
Furthermore, the O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
1/40 159 ｛16.2｝

0.75 2 3
1/50 198 ｛20.2｝
(Note 4) The phases of the key ways of the output and input shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely. For "T" output shaft arrangements, the phases of
the key ways of the right and left output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
H
M-5
M-6
M-7
M-8
0.75
1.5
212
Inline reducer type HYPOID MOTOR TA Outline Dimensions
L
24 0.1kW HRTA010-19L5∼50 TR
L
25 0.1kW HRTA010-24L60∼200 TR 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Outline Dimensions
26 0.1kW HRTA010-24U5∼200ST 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
L.U.H 4-M8 bolt through-hole

25
26
27 27 0.1kW HRTA010-30H5∼200 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
0.1 Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：7.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P211 Options→P184
Details of
4-M8 bolt through-hole hollow output shaft
Note) The phases of the key ways of the output shaft and input shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely. For "T" output shaft
213
arrangements, the phases of the key ways of the output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
L
28 0.2kW HRTA020-19L5∼50 TR
L
29 0.2kW HRTA020-28L60∼200 TR 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200
Outline Dimensions
30 0.2kW HRTA020-28U5∼200 T
S
1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200

L.U.H
28
29
30
31 0.2kW HRTA020-30H5∼200 1/5∼1/60 、1/80∼1/200 31
Reduction ratio：5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：7.0kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P211 Options→P184 0.2
Details of
hollow output shaft
214
L
32 0.4kW HRTA040-24L5∼50 TR
L
33 0.4kW HRTA040-38L60∼200 TR
Outline Dimensions
34 0.4kW HRTA040-28U5∼50 ST 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
L.U 4-M8 bolt through-hole

32
33
34
35 35 0.4kW HRTA040-38U60∼200 ST

215 Note) The phases of the key ways of the output and input shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely. For "T" output shaft arrangements, the phases of the key
ways of the output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
36 0.4kW HRTA040-30H5∼50 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50

Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP Details of
hollow output shaft
37 0.4kW HRTA040-35H60∼200
Outline Dimensions
4-M10 bolt through-hole Details of
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP hollow output shaft
Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the input shaft bracket protrudes from the mounting surface.
H
36
37
0.4
216
L
38 0.75kW HRTA075-30L5∼50 TR
L
39 0.75kW HRTA075-42L60∼200 TR
Outline Dimensions
40 0.75kW HRTA075-38U5∼50 ST 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
L.U
39
40
41 41 0.75kW HRTA075-42U60∼200 ST

217 Note) The phases of the key ways of the output and input shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely. For "T" output shaft arrangements, the phases of the key
ways of the output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
42 0.75kW HRTA075-35H5∼50 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
Details of
4-M10 bolt through-hole hollow output shaft
43 0.75kW HRTA075-45H60∼200
Reduction ratio： 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight：20.5kg Reference page：Specification Chart→P212 Options→P184
Outline Dimensions
4-M12 bolt through-hole Details of
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP hollow output shaft
H
42
43
0.75
218
L
44 1.5kW HRTA150-42L5∼50 TR 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
45 1.5kW HRTA150-42U5∼50 T
S
1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
Outline Dimensions

46 1.5kW HRTA150-45H5∼50 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50
L.U.H
Details of
hollow output shaft
45
46 Note) The phases of the key ways of the output shaft and input shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely. For "T" output shaft
arrangements, the phases of the key ways of the output shafts are not necessarily aligned precisely.
1.5
219
Notes
HYPOID MOTOR TA
外
形
寸
法
図
220
Notes
HYPOID MOTOR TA
221
Notes
HYPOID MOTOR TA
222
Notes
HYPOID MOTOR TA
223
Notes
HYPOID MOTOR TA
224
Notes
HYPOID MOTOR TA
225
1-1, Kotari-Kuresumi, Nagaokakyo, Phone : +81-75-957-3131
Kyoto 617-0833, Japan Facsimile : +81-75-957-3122
http://www.tsubaki-emerson.co.jp/
Global Associated Partners:
NORTH and SOUTH AMERICA

U.S. TSUBAKI, INC. TSUBAKI of CANADA LIMITED TSUBAKI BRASIL
301 E. Marquardt Drive 1630 Drew Road REPRESENTACAO COMERCIAL LTDA.
Wheeling, IL 60090-6497 Mississauga, Ontario, L5S 1J6 R. Pamplona, 1018 - CJ. 73/74
U.S.A. Canada Jd. Paulista - 01405-001
Phone : +1-847-459-9500 Phone : +1-905-676-0400 Sao Paulo - S.P. Brazil
Facsimile : +1-847-459-9515 Facsimile : +1-905-676-0904 Phone : +55-11-3253-5656
Facsimile : +55-11-3253-3384
EUROPE
TSUBAKIMOTO EUROPE B.V. TSUBAKIMOTO U.K. LTD.
Aventurijn 1200, 3316 LB Dordrecht Osier Drive, Sherwood Park
The Netherlands Annesley, Nottingham
Phone : +31-78-6204000 NG15 0DX U.K.
Facsimile : +31-78-6204001 Phone : +44-1623-688-700
Facsimile : +44-1623-688-789
ASIA and OSEANIA

TSUBAKIMOTO SINGAPORE PTE. LTD. TSUBAKIMOTO SINGAPORE PTE. LTD. TSUBAKIMOTO (THAILAND) CO., LTD. TSUBAKI AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD.
25 Gul Lane INDIA LIAISON OFFICE 999/9 The Offices at Centralworld Unit E, 95-101 Silverwater Road
Jurong Suite No. 312, 39/12, Haddows Road 10th Floor, No.1001, Rama 1 Road Silverwater, N.S.W. 2128
Singapore 629419 Nungambakkam Pathumwan, Bangkok 10330 Thailand Australia
Phone : +65-6861-0422/3/4 Chennai - 600006, India Phone : +66-2-264-5354/5/6 Phone : +61-2-9648-5269
Facsimile : +65-6861-7035 Phone : +91-44-28303112 Facsimile : +66-2-251-3912 Facsimile : +61-2-9648-3115
Facsimile : +91-44-28303102
TAIWAN TSUBAKIMOTO CO. KOREA CONVEYOR IND.CO., LTD. TSUBAKI EMERSON MACHINERY (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.
No.33, Lane 17, Zihciang North Road 72-5 Onsoo-Dong The 4th Building, No.1588 Gao Tai Rd.
Gueishan Township, Taoyuan County Kuro-Ku, Seoul Jiading Industry Zone, Shanghai, China 201821
Taiwan Korea Phone : 021-6916-9305/021-6916-9306
Phone : +886-33-293827/8/9 Phone : +82-2-2619-4711 Facsimile : 021-6916-9308
Facsimile : +886-33-293065 Facsimile : +82-2-2619-0819
Distributed by:
Note: In accordance with the policy of TSUBAKI EMERSON CO., to constantly improve its products, the specifications in this catalog are subject to change without notice.
TSUBAKI EMERSON CO. holds copyright on this catalog. All rights reserved.
Catalog No. 985-K318 ©2008/5 TSUBAKI EMERSON CO. Printed in Japan K 1,000

Tsubaki Emerson Gearmotor Hypoid

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tsubaki Emerson Gearmotor Hypoid

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GEARMOTOR

※For further details refer to the pages beginning p.117∼.

Gear Motor TA Series Hypoid Motor TA Series

Variations to meet diverse needs

Gear Motor TA Series Hypoid Motor TA Series

Outline Dimensions Non-brake/Foot mount/Face mount

Outline Dimensions Brake type/Foot mount/Face mount

■Inline Reducer type

Outline Dimensions Foot mount/Face mount

Outline Dimensions Foot mount/Face mount

■CB gear motor

Outline Dimensions Foot mount/Face mount

Model Lineup ・・・・・・・・・・・・・5 Inline Reducer type

Motorized type Outline Dimensions

Foot mount L Face mount U Foot mount L

Provided P44 B-22 P44 B-23

provided P31 M-28 P31 M-29

0.4kW Provided P46 B-33 P46 B-34

provided P33 M-38 P33 M-39

0.75kW Provided P48 B-43 P48 B-44

provided P34 M-47 P34 M-48

1.5kW Provided P49 B-51 P49 B-52

provided P35 M-54 P35 M-55

※Page number for outline dimensions, Drawing number P28 M-11

P28 M-13 P28 M-14 P28 M-15

P42 B-13 P42 B-14 P42 B-15

P29 M-18 P29 M-19 P29 M-20

P43 B-18 P43 B-19 P43 B-20

P30 M-24 P30 M-25 P30 M-26

P31 M-30 P31 M-31 P31 M-32

P45 B-30 P45 B-31 P45 B-32

P32 M-35 P32 M-36 P32 M-37

P46 B-35 P46 B-36 P46 B-37

P33 M-40 P33 M-41 P33 M-42

P47 B-40 P47 B-41 P47 B-42

P34 M-45 P34 M-46

P48 B-45 P48 B-46

P34 M-49 P34 M-50

P48 B-49 P48 B-50

3.7kW Provided P51 B-63 P51 B-64

Provided P51 B-67

provided P41 M-86 P41 M-87

P52 B-71 P52 B-72 P52 B-73

P39 M-76 P39 M-77 P39 M-78

P53 B-76 P53 B-77 P53 B-78

P40 M-82 P40 M-83 P40 M-84

P54 B-82 P54 B-83 P54 B-84

P41 M-88 P41 M-89 P41 M-90

P55 B-88 P55 B-89 P55 B-90

reducer types G-11 P72 G-12

reducer types G-21 P74 G-22 P74 G-23

reducer types G-27 P75 G-28 P75 G-29

Adapter types P89 P89 A-28 P89 A-29

reducer types P76 G-33 P76 G-34

reducer types P77 G-38 P77 G-39

Adapter types P92 A-43 P92 A-44

reducer types P78 G-47 P78 G-48

reducer types P79 G-51 P79 G-52

reducer types P79 G-54 P79 G-55

→P70, 84 Adapter types P93 A-54 P93 A-55

reducer types P80 G-57 P80 G-58

reducer types P81 G-63 P81 G-64

P72 G-13 P72 G-14 P72 G-15

P86 A-13 P86 A-14 P86 A-15